The Wellness Business Podcast: Recent Episodes
Karen Pattock and Kathleen Legrys
The Wellness Business Podcast was created specifically to focus on the core principles of building a profitable wellness business. Each weekly podcast episode is filled with action steps and case studies dedicated to one core principle of business to get new clients, grow a responsive email list, increase brand awareness, generate more income, launch new products and learn the latest social media strategies.
Well friends, as the title of this podcast shared, it’s our final episode. Believe us when we say today is bittersweet. We have loved creating this podcast during the past 7 years for all of the wellness warriors out there that are working hard to change lives and have the ripple effect in the world that truly makes a difference.
The decision to make this our final episode was not an easy one but the timing feels right because we both have other projects in the works that we want to focus our time on. Creating and producing a podcast is a lot of work, and while we have enjoyed every minute of it over the past 7 years, we’re both ready for a new chapter.
In this episode, we’re pulling some of our best content out of our podcast library as a simple roadmap for health coaches. Today we’re sharing 4 of our very best business building podcast episodes that will outline a simple growth formula appropriate for wellness business owners.
In this episode you’ll discover –
- Our 4-step blueprint for growing your wellness business as quickly as possible
- K&K share their reasoning for ending the podcast and how they are feeling about it while recording the final episode
- Your next step action plan to work directly with us and learn a proven system for reaching your ideal clients online, growing an engaged email list, and consistently enrolling new clients within 60 days.
Links mentioned in this episode –
Episode 216 – 3 Simple Steps to Nailing Your Niche - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode216/
Episode 217 – 3 Secrets to Creating the Perfect Lead Magnet to Attract Your Ideal Clients - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode217/
Episode 138 – 5 Free Ways to Grow Your Email List and Promote Your Free Offer - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode138/
Episode 240 – How to Sell Without Selling to Fill Your Coaching Programs - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode240/
Kathleen’s Health Coach Toolkit – https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/hctoolkit/
Karen’s Resource Library of trainings and free downloadable resources - https://www.karenpattock.com/free-download-library/
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you want to stand out on social media, grow your audience, build connections and get clients, video is a must. When you think about who you follow and the people you feel connected to the most, it’s most likely those who you get to see on video; that’s because it feels like you’re seeing them in real time, even when it’s a recording.
Most people are nervous on camera, so if this is how you’re feeling, you are not alone and today we are going to help you feel more confident with our 5 insider tips.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- The first step in calming video nerves
- The easiest way to start utilizing video right now
- The #1 thing that will help you improve your videos
- How to outline your videos to maximize watch time
Whether you are brand new to video or you want to take your skills to the next level, tune in to learn simple strategies you can start using today.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Livestream Video Checklist - https://www.karenpattock.com/livestream-video-checklist/
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
One of the amazing things about being a health coach or nutritionist is that you get to decide how you want to help people and generate revenue. You get to call the shots and design your business the way you want.
There’s more than one way to monetize your expertise, and today, we’re diving into 4 of them. We’re also sharing examples of each one to give you some ideas if you’re looking to branch out a bit and explore other possibilities.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- 4 of the most popular ways health coaches monetize their expertise
- Options and examples of each format
- The tech required for each option
- Benefits of each format, so you can decide which ones are best for you
If you’re looking to expand your reach and leverage your time, be sure to tune in for helpful tips and ideas to get started.
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Lately we’ve been evaluating what has been working for us, and fellow health coaches, on social media. When we say ‘working’ we’re talking about what type of content is helping the followers of health coaches move through a client funnel, from first finding them to actually enrolling in their paid program.
After diving into the data we’ve discovered that it’s as important to have non-business-related posts and personal content as it is to offer resources and ways of working with you.
It’s also important to be intentional with the type of business-related content that you’re posting. That’s why we’ve invited our good friend, Alicia Streger, back on the podcast today. She is an expert in social media content and we always love her insight about the most up-to-date strategies. Today she’ll help us dig into this topic even further to help make your posting content as engaging as possible.
In this episode, you’ll discover –
- The 4 types of content you should be posting on social media right now to grow and convert your audience from strangers to paying clients
- What kind of content increases brand exposure and attracts a wider audience in relation to visibility, value and connection
- The type of content that has been proven to increase sales, generate revenue, and transform lives (it’s easier than you think)
Let’s dive into the 4 types of social media content you should include in your strategy!
Links included –
K&K Content Club Affiliate Link - https://contentandsocialmediaclub.com/~access/a1c1171f/
Coupon Code - SAVE27, (to take advantage of the offer – get your first month for only $27)
Fit Pro Essentials Website - www.FitProEssentials.com
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Marketing platforms have come and gone, launching strategies have changed from being very formal to a much more casual atmosphere, and social media in general continues to evolve and change.
However, there are some pieces of marketing and client conversion that have remained consistent through the years and that’s what we’re sharing today which is The Formula for Getting New Clients Consistently in 2024.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- The 4 main components that make up our business growth formula and how you can implement them into your coaching practice
- The individual and successful process several coaches took to move from struggling to enrolling new clients in a short period of time
- Why planning ahead, at least 30 days before a launch, can significantly increase the number of clients you enroll during the open cart period
The doors are open to The Wellness Business Accelerator, and you can SAVE $100 through April 25th.
Find out more here: www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com
Links mentioned on this episode:
The Wellness Business Accelerator Program - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We often hear from coaches that one of their biggest challenges comes when they try to figure out the tech in different aspects of their business. A question that we received from a coach recently actually was our inspiration for this episode. She said, “How do I actually DO the technical aspect of a freebie? Connecting the online pieces?”
That’s why we knew we had to dedicate an episode to this topic to make it super simple for you to have a flawless freebie delivery. Each step that we cover builds on the last step and by the time we finish this episode you’ll discover that it isn’t nearly as complicated or technical as you may have thought.
In this episode, we tackle the technical process necessary to deliver a freebie to a new email subscriber. By breaking down each step, we demystify the technical aspects, revealing a straightforward path to successful freebie implementation in any coaching business.
In this episode you’ll discover –
- The 7-step tech-friendly freebie delivery process that we personally use in our businesses and teach our clients for flawless delivery
- The purpose of a follow-up email sequence and why, when designed correctly, it’ll lead to more paying clients
- Why this rinse-and-repeat process, once implemented the first time, makes future lead magnets a breeze to set up
Ready to design your freebie delivery process? Let’s dive in!
Links included –
wbwaitlist.com - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/enroll/
Episode 314 - Supercharging Your List Building: 5 Vital Elements for High-Converting Freebies - https://www.karenpattock.com/high-converting-freebies-episode-314/
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
One of the most impactful ways I attracted clients when I was a health coach was by hosting a monthly live online wellness workshop. It was truly one of the foundational pieces of my marketing strategy back then and in my opinion it’s still a very viable strategy for coaches looking to grow their email list and consistently enroll clients into their paid programs.
In this episode, we delve into the strategy of transforming live online wellness workshops into evergreen assets for marketing and client enrollment. We’re covering a common question about pre-recording workshops for an evergreen model, exploring the benefits and considerations associated with this decision.
In this episode you’ll discover –
- The two most common evergreen workshop options and the pros/cons to each
- The single most overlooked ‘must-have’ before implementing either option to increase overall conversion rates
- Understanding the benefits and considerations of each approach in terms of list building, conversion rates, and setup complexity.
Let’s dive in. Grab your earbuds and let’s chat all things evergreen workshops.
Links mentioned in episode:
Karen’s done-for-you Workshops - https://www.karenpattock.com/workshops-the-ultimate-fast-track/
Coupon Code: PODCAST25
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Confidence is the cornerstone of success, and this is certainly the case for health coaches who want to help people reach their goals and overcome challenges. It’s easy to feel a lack of confidence when you’re starting something new, and it’s quite normal, so today we’re sharing 5 strategies you can use to boost your confidence as you work on building your business.
Here's what you’ll discover in this episode:
- One of the top mistakes coaches make that stifle their confidence
- The most important thing you can do right now if you want to feel more confident
- How to tap into the power of others who understand what you are trying to do, so you have a support system
- How to get a boost of confidence on the days when you feel like you need it the most
As health coaches, we empower others to make positive changes, but it's equally important to nurture our own personal growth along the way.
Tune in to learn our top 5 strategies for feeling more self-assured as a health coach.
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator VIP Wait List:
www.wbwaitlist.com
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We haven’t done an Ask Us Anything episode in a while, so we thought this would be a good time to bring it back. This is where we answer questions health coaches either posted in our Facebook groups, on social media or emailed us about.
We have 3 questions we’re answering today including:
- How much content to share without giving away everything for free
- How we work as business partners when it comes to sharing income, expenses, etc.
- Is it better to offer a free or paid in-person workshop
We hope one of these questions have been on your mind too or maybe our answers will help you in the future with some of your plans as you create content to share, run workshops or possibly form a collaboration or partnership down the road.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Many coaches fall into the trap of creating a lead magnet that is designed for the masses for the sake of list growth vs. a niche-specific option that will only attract the right people that are perfect for their program.
In this week’s episode, we’re discussing the lead magnet-niche connection. More specifically how to audit your lead magnet to confirm it is closely aligned with your ideal clients so it’s an attractive way of getting them on your email list.
When we work with our clients more often than not we help the coach make tweaks that not only quickly attracts their dream clients but also improves their overall list-building conversion rates within 30 days.
We thought it would be a good idea to share our process with you here so you can quickly do your own audit to improve your list-building results.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- How to determine on your niche to ensure clarity on who you help, how you help, and the transformation you offer
- The key to align your lead magnet by choosing one that specifically resonates with your niche audience, serving as a stepping stone towards enrolling in your coaching services
- Our 6-step audit process that you can use to evaluate your lead magnet against five key criteria: awareness of client challenge, relevance to your program, potential for quick wins, connection to your program, and clarity in title and promotion.
- The key to monitoring your results for consistency and conversions
Tune in to find out how you can audit your own lead magnet and take the necessary steps to improve it for higher conversions.
Links mentioned during the episode:
Wellness Business Accelerator VIP Waitlist – wbwaitlist.com
3 Simple Steps to Nailing Your Niche https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode216/
Create an Irresistible Client-Attracting Freebie in 60 Minutes – A Lead Magnet Template for Coaches
https://www.karenpattock.com/lead-magnet-template
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Many of the listeners of this podcast have been building their wellness businesses for years which means that they’ve also been building their email list. Building an email list should be a top priority every day because your subscriber list will translate into more sales than anything else in your business.
If you’ve been at it for a while, you may have noticed that as your email list grows, your open and click-through rates go down. That’s completely normal as your list gets bigger.
A couple of years ago Karen did a major clean-up of her email list. Anyone that hadn’t opened an email in the most recent 4 months was sent two separate emails asking them if they wanted to stay on her list. If they didn’t reply or decided to leave they were removed from my list. Anyone that clicked the link indicating they wanted to stay was reactivated and continued on with her.
It felt great to get her list cleaned up and that definitely improved her open and click-through rates. Then she took it one step further by creating a 4-week re-engagement campaign to reinvigorate her list even more.
In this episode, you’ll discover –
- A 4-phase re-engagement strategy that can be implemented over a four-week period that your email subscribers will find irresistible
- Why running this rinse-&-repeat campaign two times per year will be instrumental in improving your delivery and engagement rates for the entire 12-month period
- Practical guidance on implementing a re-engagement campaign of your own to revitalize subscriber engagement
- Actionable tips for tracking and analyzing key metrics to measure the success of the re-engagement campaign
Ready to dive in? Let’s do this!
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
You’re probably very aware that not everyone is going to be ready to enroll in your 3- or 6-month coaching program as a first step with you. They may have doubts, reservations, or questions and/or they may not be sure about investing their time and money right now. When you have a 30-day program to offer, it allows more people to take a leap of faith and give it a try because it will be more affordable and it’s only 30 days - so it’s an easy commitment to make. Once people have completed this shorter program, more of them will be ready to enroll in your 3- or 6-month program because they have just spent a month with you, and they now know you and trust you.
Today, we’re sharing 4 key elements that make a 30-day coaching program successful by focusing on addressing the most common problems your potential clients face, providing small wins for them, and creating desire to continue the journey with you.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- The critical element that is often missing that sets the stage for the success of your entire program
- How to create momentum and motivation with your program
- How to create desire for your longer-term program as the next step in the customer journey
Launching a 30-day health coaching program can be a great way to not only address a problem your clients have, but it can also lay the groundwork for a long-term coaching relationship. Tune in to learn how to put this into place.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
30 Day Fit and Healthy Jump Start [Done-for-You Coaching Program from Kathleen]
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/30-day-jump-start/
Episode 341: How to Find Out What Your Ideal Clients Want
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode341/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
There are so many things to do as a health coach and business owner, and sometimes, you may not be sure where to start or where to focus your time. Everything feels like it’s important, so what do you do so you feel like you’re actually making progress?
We always love having a formula to follow because we feel like there is a plan to guide us in the right direction. If you do too, we think you’ll find this episode super helpful because we’re sharing a blueprint for a profitable health coaching business.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- How to set clear and actionable goals, so you know where to focus your time and effort
- A common mistake we see when it comes to reaching your ideal clients that’s keeping people from enrolling in your programs
- 6 proven strategies for marketing your wellness business
- One of our favorite goal setting and planning apps
Tune in to find out how to successfully navigate running and building your coaching business by following our 4-part blueprint.
Resources mentioned:
6-Part Formula for Growing Your Wellness Business
https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/6_part
Episode 265: 3 Simple Steps to Validate Your Niche Marketing Message.
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/niche-marketing-message/
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you ever feel overwhelmed in your business, you are definitely not alone. You wear many hats as a health coach and business owner, so there are going to be times when you feel like it’s a LOT! We’ve been there too and there are still times we feel overwhelmed, but we’re much better at managing it and dealing with it now. Today we’re sharing Our Top Tips for Conquering Overwhelm in Your Coaching Business,
Sometimes, feeling overwhelmed can prevent you from taking action or making decisions, so by implementing our 4 tips, you’ll feel less stressed and be more productive.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- How prioritizing tasks can reduce stress and help you get more done
- How simplifying can be your best friend
- How to come up for air when you’re buried in a long to-do list
Tune in if you’re ready to kick overwhelm to the curb and feel more in control of your business.
Links/Resources mentioned on this episode:
Episode 308: Getting Help Sooner Rather than Later – 5 Steps to Take When Hiring a Virtual Assistant
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/hiring-virtual-assistant-coaching-business/
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
One of the things we hear often from coaches when we ask what’s holding them back from reaching their goals – IS tech.
Most often we hear them say that they are not techy or they refer to themselves as tech-challenged.
While having an online business does require a certain amount of tech, the platforms that you do need for the most part are as simple as can be to navigate once you familiarize yourself with the parts that make them work.
That said, we’ve often found that while we could probably figure out the tech that is challenging us, it isn’t always the best idea to spend the time to do so. In a lot of situations hiring a VA to take on that one-off project makes more financial sense than trying to figure it out on our own.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, you’ll discover –
- A 5-step strategy that will help you determine whether it makes financial sense to stick it out to overcome the tech-challenge yourself or instead, hire a virtual assistant
- The importance of analyzing the cost implications of choosing between DIY solutions and seeking external assistance
- A super-simple strategy that allows you to hire someone to help you that won’t cost you a single penny
- The best approach when hiring a virtual assistant to guarantee that you get the results you’re looking for within your allotted budget
Okay, time to click into your favorite podcast app and let’s dive in!
Links mentioned in this episode:
Free Guide: 10 Steps to Hiring Virtual Support That Save You Time and Money.
https://www.karenpattock.com/outsourceguide/
Virtual Assistant Savvies Facebook Group:
https://www.facebook.com/groups/vasavvies
Link for episode 308 - Getting Help Sooner Rather Than Later; 5 Steps to Take When Hiring a Virtual Assistant
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode308/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
AI is everywhere it seems. Many health coaches are using it which is great, but it’s crucial to be aware of potential pitfalls and mistakes that are easy to make without even realizing it.
Since tools like ChatGPT are relatively new, it feels a bit like the wild west right now, so we invited our favorite legal expert, Lisa Fraley, to clarify some important things we all need to know and to help us navigate using AI in our businesses.
In this enlightening interview, Lisa shares valuable insights on:
- 3 main issues and potential areas of concern to be aware of before using AI
- How to avoid plagiarism and copyright violation (and the difference between the two)
- The current surprising statistic on the accuracy of medical information being shared by ChatGPT
- Best practices for using AI safely as a health coach right now
- What to do if you discover someone has copied your original work
Tune in to this must-listen episode as Lisa provides essential guidance every health coach needs to know.
Links mentioned on this episode:
Lisa’s website:
https://lisafraley.com
Lisa’s DIY legal templates (affiliate link)
https://bit.ly/48TANyh
Lisa’s Legal Masterclass that goes into more detail on the topic of AI:
What do I need to Know When Using AI in My Business?
https://bit.ly/3vtblAZ
Today we’re sharing some behind-the-scenes prep we are doing for an upcoming photo shoot we have coming up in Scottsdale, Arizona. Photo shoots aren’t just about the clothes you wear or whether you’re having a good hair day. There are several key factors like location, props, etc. that need to be taken into consideration.
We’re also diving into a trending topic related to offering a free download on your website. We’ve seen a trend lately of coaches only having popups on their website vs. a static opt-in opportunity and in this episode, we’re sharing why we believe it’s important to have both.
In this episode you’ll discover –
- Our behind-the-scenes tips and strategies to have a successful photo shoot complete with a list of props to make your pictures more interesting
- A list of places in your local area that make fantastic backdrops for casual photos on social media or B-roll opportunities for Instagram Reels
- Our recommendations for the best place to locate your opt-in opportunity on your website and whether pop-ups are still a good idea
Grab your favorite headphones and let’s dive in!
Links mentioned in this episode:
Link to past episode #344 - Top 3 Reasons Why Your Free Offer Isn't Converting Well and How to Fix it - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode346
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
A few weeks back I posted a few tips about marketing a wellness business in my Health Coach Client group and one coach shared this in her post…
“Oh my gosh! I struggle for sure at marketing myself! For some reason I randomly cry when I think about marketing myself or practicing. What the heck is that? I’m gonna need to figure that out.”
We often talk about making offers and selling programs without feeling salesy on this podcast, but for some coaches it goes beyond just feeling salesy. Some are actually having physical reactions like nausea, sweating, and in the case of this coach, even crying. On this episode, we want to explore this topic and offer some strategies that we believe will help if you fall into this category.
While imposter syndrome is one condition that can hold you back from marketing your coaching business full on, what we’re discussing today is something completely different. It’s more of a physical reaction brought about by the feeling of vulnerability. What we want to do today is to explore what’s causing that vulnerability.
In this week’s episode you’ll discover -
- The real reason you feel vulnerable when marketing your coaching program and why understanding the root cause brings the opportunity to increase confidence
- Five ways to separate your personal connection from the outcome of every sales conversation and feel really good no matter what answer you receive
- Why experiencing imposter syndrome is different than marketing vulnerability and how you can conquer both though a single weekly practice
Links mentioned in this episode:
Crushing Self-Doubt How to Tackle & Overcome Imposter Syndrome https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode333/
How to Lead a 1 on 1 Discovery Call that Results in the Client Saying Yes https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode24/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Growing an email list full of potential clients is still one of the most effective marketing strategies you can use for your wellness business. But how do you troubleshoot your free offer when the results aren’t what you had hoped? Since we know this can be tricky to figure out, we’re sharing the top 3 reasons why your free offer isn’t converting and how to fix it.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- Our favorite resource for coming up with the perfect title, plus examples you can use
- Common mistakes made on the landing page that will affect the conversion rate
- What to include on your landing page for high conversions
Whether you’re getting ready to create a free offer or you have one you’d like more people opting in for, this episode will be helpful.
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
There are a few key elements to creating and running successful health coaching programs, and today, we are covering 3 of the most important ones. When you have a system or process to share that you can also rinse and repeat, your clients will be more successful, and you’ll be able to help more people.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- Why it’s important for you and your clients to have a blueprint to follow
- How to come up with topics to cover to help your clients get the best results
- A common mistake that’s easy to make (that often causes clients to give up)
If you want to launch a challenge or coaching program for the new year, and you don’t have time to create one from scratch, check out the sale Kathleen is having on all of her done-for-you programs through Jan. 11th.
SAVE 40% on ALL Kathleen’s done-for-you coaching programs from Jan 9 – 11, 2024.
Use code: JAN2024 for your instant savings.
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/store/
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
You’re interested in hiring a business coach to help you build your wellness business. That’s amazing and we fully support that decision.
Making the financial and time investment in a business coach can be the path forward to reaching your goals more quickly and with more clarity. It’s the idea that working with someone that has gone before you has the organic effect of shortening your learning curve and getting you to the finish line of reaching your goals more quickly than if you tried to go it alone.
We recently wrapped up our fall session of the Wellness Business Accelerator program and realized that some of our students had worked with private business coaches that gave them really bad advice. Ultimately that advice set their businesses back by months and in some cases even years. That’s why we knew we had to share this valuable information about hiring a business coach on the podcast so you don’t hire one that doesn’t understand the health and wellness space.
In this podcast episode you’ll learn:
- Five guidelines to live by when hiring a business coach as a way of choosing a qualified candidate that will be the perfect fit for you and your goals
- Understand how working with a seasoned business coach can expedite your learning curve, providing you with invaluable insights and shortcuts to propel your wellness business forward sooner rather than later
- The #1 ‘don’t ever let this happen to you’ scenario to avoid in any coaching relationship, and what to do to avoid it
Links mentioned in this episode:
How to Hire a Business Coach - Your 5-Point Checklist
www.karenpattock.com/hire-business-coach-checklist
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
It's easy to think we know what our ideal clients want but oftentimes what happens is we use words and phrases that they aren’t using, so there is a big disconnect. One common example of this we see quite often is thinking something along the lines that our clients want “a more vibrant and healthy life”, when that’s not what they’re thinking at all because that’s very broad and pretty general. They’re thinking about something much more tangible, measurable and/or specific, and that’s why understanding what they truly want can make all the difference in how many clients enroll in your programs. People want something concrete if they are going to make an investment.
We’re bringing back an episode we did earlier this year that shares 3 simple ways to find out what your ideal clients truly want, so you can - A. Attract more of your ideal clients and B. Have more paying clients.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- How to gather helpful insights about what your ideal clients really want
- Which method will give you the most detailed and in-depth information
- Examples of questions to ask to get the information you want
- Where to use the information you gather
Tune in to find out how to you can easily find out the needs and desires of your prospects, so you can dramatically improve your marketing and attract more clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kathleen’s Ultimate Health Coach Toolkit with Discovery Call Script:
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/toolkit
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
One of our favorite online tools for our businesses and one that we regularly recommend to our clients is Canva. There is a really good chance that you’ve heard of it and probably have even given it a try. What we have realized over time though is that most coaches using Canva only use it for 2 or 3 things in their business. There are so many options that they aren’t even aware of.
This week we’re bringing back a super fun episode that we did over a year ago where we cover 12 Ways to Use Canva in Your Coaching Business. What’s even more exciting about Canva is that the free version is so robust, most coaches never need anything more than that for their business. Okay, we won’t make you wait any longer. Let’s dive into today’s BEST OF episode all about Canva. Enjoy!
In this episode you’ll discover:
- 12 ways you can use Canva in your coaching business to create beautiful and professional graphics, resources and presentations
- The most underutilized tool within the platform that can save you money in your business each month, (think social media scheduling)
- Where you can get free training videos about how to use each tool within the platform so you get faster and faster each time
Tune in to find out how you can best utilize Canva in your coaching business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Canva Affiliate Link:
https://partner.canva.com/c/3608615/647168/10068
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Coming up with ideas for your content isn’t always easy. We know how it is because we do it for this podcast each week, and we’ve been doing it for over 6 years now. Sometimes, the ideas come to us very easily, but other times it’s like…hmmmmm what should we cover next, so we get it. If you’re ever at a loss for what content to create, this episode will help.
Today we’re sharing 5 Ways to Find Content Ideas that Resonate with Your Ideal Clients, so you never run out of ideas again.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- Why creating and sharing your content online is an important part of your marketing strategy
- One of our favorite secret weapons for topic ideas
- The strategy that can also help dismantle objections your audience may have
When you refer to the 5 ideas we share, you’ll have a long list of topics to cover that your audience will appreciate.
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
As a way of switching things up here on the podcast, we’ve decided to dedicate one episode every 4-5 weeks to a real-time conversation between the two of us as friends and business partners. We’ll chat a bit about what’s going on behind the scenes in our lives at the moment, which could be personal or related to our business. Then we’ll discuss one trending topic that’s going on in the health coaching space that we think will be beneficial to our listeners. Lastly, we’ll wrap up by answering one or two questions from coaches that we’ve received recently.
We’ve done over 300 teaching episodes of this podcast so it’s time to add another layer to what we share with you and we know how much you all love when we chat about what’s going on with us, share funny stories about our friendship and keep it real when it comes to the challenges in building an online business and that’s why we’re bringing you these more casual conversational episodes. Think of it like we’re all hanging out for a chat over coffee.
- We’re introducing a new format called Takeaway Tuesday where we will blend personal and business updates, trending health coaching topics, and listener questions approximately once per month.
- We’re challenging you to identify which areas of your life are you super courageous in and what areas are you not and how can you balance both
- How to define boundaries for you as a coach when it comes to your client success and results
Links mentioned in this episode:
Professional Mode Facebook Article - https://www.facebook.com/help/2978174759158711
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Hosting a Facebook for your coaching business, can be a great way to build trust with your audience, position yourself as an expert and get new clients when it’s done the right way. In order for your group to work as client generating strategy, there are a few key pieces you need to have in place.
We’re bringing back an episode we did earlier this year, and if you have a FB group or you want to start one, AND you want to get clients from it, this will be super helpful for you.
We cover a lot, including:
- The #1 thing your group must have in place if you want to attract the right members – your ideal clients.
- What you want to include in your group if you want people to connect with you and trust you as soon as they join.
- The common missing piece in most groups that is the top reason you aren’t getting more clients and how to fix it.
I mention a free resource during this replay, and it’s still available for you to download. It’s PDF guide called 10 Free Ways to Grow Your FB Group. Part of getting clients from your group, is getting new members on a regular basis, and that’s what this guide will help you do. You can get it by going to the show notes page at wbpodcast.com/337
Links to Resources:
Checklist: 10 Free Ways to Grow Your Facebook Group https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/fbgroupchecklist
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Last week a brand new health coach posted a question in my Customer Support group that I loved because it’s a question we often get asked by health coaches. She wanted to know whether it’s better to promote her program at the end of a workshop or should her call to action be sending people to book a discovery call with her. In this episode we’ll share our 5-step formula for which makes the most sense for your wellness business.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast you’ll discover:
- 5 simple questions to ask yourself to determine if it’s better to promote your program or a discovery call for more sales
- The price cutoff that shouldn’t require a discovery call option to enroll new clients into your paid program
- The difference between promoting to a cold audience vs. a warm audience and what is required to get each audience to feel comfortable in joining your coaching program
Links mentioned in this episode:
Podcast episode about discovery calls - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode24/
Karen’s wellness workshop sample: https://www.karenpattock.com/workshopsample/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Most coaches that we speak and work with are all doing their best to dial in on an approach that results in a steady stream of clients enrolling in their paid programs. However, it can feel confusing trying to figure out which approach is the “ONE” that actually works for you and your future clients.
This is a great time to start planning your strategy for the new year. How are you going to kick off 2024 with a bang so that it can be your best year in business yet? One great option is to deliver one wellness workshops each month to help your dream clients get to know you better, learn more about your offers, and enroll in your coaching programs.
In this episode, you’ll discover -
- The concept of a client funnel, from attracting potential clients through free content to narrowing down to warm leads at the bottom all by delivering one wellness workshop each month
- How wellness workshops serve a dual purpose in the client funnel: attracting new prospects and converting them into paying clients
- The 6 key elements to a profitable workshop, including establishing, enlightening, educating, entrenching, engaging, and enrolling participants in your program
- How workshops can be utilized in various ways in a coaching business: as free informational sessions, as fee-based coaching workshops, or as pre-recorded on-demand sessions for lead generation and nurturing
Grab your headphones and let’s dive in!
Links mentioned in this episode:
Karen’s Wellness Workshop: https://www.karenpattock.com/workshops-the-ultimate-fast-track/
Through November 16th, 2023, save 40% with discount code: WELLNESS
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The holidays are fast approaching and if you’ve been trying to figure out what to do for a special promotion for your coaching business, we’ve got you covered.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- 5 ideas for promotions to run during the holidays to boost revenue
- How many days to run your promotion
- Ideas for bonuses you can use to increase the value and interest in your offer
- Tips for how to position a program you offer year-round as a holiday special
- An option of what to do to increase sales in January if you aren’t ready to run a promotion in November or December
Tune in for ideas and strategies for planning and running a successful holiday promotion this year.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kathleen’s Done-for-you challenges: https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/store/
Karen’s Done-for-you workshops: https://www.karenpattock.com/workshops-the-ultimate-fast-track/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Imposter syndrome is one of those things that can, and more than likely will, get in your head at almost every stage of your business journey. Each and every time you move to the next level of your business you’ll find that it’s common for self-doubt to creep in. The good news is that as time goes by, your experience as a business owner will help you recognize the telltale signs of imposter syndrome before it really gets a grip on you. You’ll become acutely aware of what situations bring out your unique feelings of self-doubt so you’ll be able to recognize and squash them before they slow your momentum.
Imposter syndrome, loosely defined, is the nagging doubt that undermines one's abilities, making them feel like a fraud. We’re here to help you realize that those feelings are just feelings and not fact.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The most common reasons that new coaches are particularly susceptible to the negative thoughts of self-doubt and imposter syndrome and why over time experience will overcome those feelings once and for all
- Three easy-to-implement steps to take action on when imposter syndrome is making you feel particularly vulnerable so you can turn things around very quickly and get in control of your feelings
- The number one reason that wellness business owners experience imposter syndrome more than anyone else and a one-sentence canned response that immediately eases your feelings of inadequacy and puts you back in control of the situation.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Did you know that by addressing the elephant in the room with your potential clients, you’ll enroll more people? By ‘elephant in the room” we mean their objections. Most people have them as they consider whether or not they should invest in your coaching program or other offer.
When you address these objections head on, you’re helping people step right over them rather than pondering them and possibly talking themselves out of it because there is some lingering doubt in their mind. This means you’ll have more people enrolling because they have addressed and answered the questions they have that could hold them back from working with you.
Here's what you’ll discover in this episode:
- The 3 most common objections people have
- How and where to address objections for maximum impact
- Why addressing objections head on leads to higher client enrollment
Tune in to learn how to use objections to your advantage without being salesy, so you can help people make the decision that is best for them.
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Before we share the 3 Pivotal Mindset Shifts of Successful Health Coaches, we have some exciting news to share!
The doors are now open to the Wellness Business Accelerator. We only open enrollment to this exclusive program 1-2 times per year and enrollment is only open until this Saturday, October 21st at 11:59 pm ET.
The Wellness Business Accelerator is our signature program where you learn a proven system for reaching your ideal clients online, growing an engaged email list, and consistently enrolling new clients within 60 days.
You’ll discover the FASTEST AND EASIEST ways to apply marketing strategies that actually work, so you aren’t wasting your time on things that do not DIRECTLY GROW YOUR BUSINESS.
Building your wellness business doesn’t have to be complicated and consume all of your time. In fact, it can be quite simple when you follow our proven blueprint.
To find out more and join us in the fall cohort, go to: https://wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
We know that the success of any coaching business comes down to the right messaging and marketing strategies, but our mindset plays a role too because it’s our mindset that directs many of our most important decisions.
Today, we are sharing 3 pivotal mindset shifts of some of the most successful health coaches we see.
Tune in to learn what they are, so you can start applying them in your business.
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you're a coach who's struggling to fill your calendar with clients, you're not alone. Many passionate coaches find themselves in this exact situation, despite their best efforts.
With nearly a decade of experience coaching coaches just like you, we've identified the top three reasons why you might be facing this challenge. It’s likely a matter of fine-tuning many of the things you’ve already put in place, (not a complete overhaul).
Join us as we dive deep into each of these critical elements and provide actionable insights that can transform your coaching business.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
· The top 3 critical elements most coaches are missing in their marketing that is causing them to lose out on new clients and additional revenue to their business
· The added layer you need to consider when defining your niche that makes all the difference between attracting your dream clients, or not
· The role consistency plays in expanding your network, attracting the right clients, and future opportunities that otherwise would not have been available to you
· The secret sauce that must be included when defining who your offer is for, how it helps them, and the transformation that it offers
If you're ready to take your coaching business to the next level and achieve the success you deserve, let's get started!
Links Mentioned on this episode:
LIVE TRAINING: 3 Secrets Every Wellness Business Owner Needs to Know to Grow a Thriving Practice in 2023 - http://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/3secrets/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Launching is an important part of every successful business. A launch is a marketing campaign that piques interest in an offer that you have, so you can get people interested, excited and ready to enroll in your program or service. This can be your 1-on-1 coaching, your online program or anything you have to offer your audience.
In this episode, you will discover:
- The 5 key components every launch must include to be successful
- Why implementing these key components, a minimum of four times per year can increase sales as much as 25-50%
- How these strategies can increase launch momentum by making more sales on day 1, thereby, giving you social proof that your program is in demand
Links Mentioned
Webinar Invite: 3 Secrets Every Wellness Business Owner Needs to Know to Grow a Thriving Practice in 2023 - thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/3secrets
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
When you hear the words ‘goal setting’ does it make you feel a little uncomfortable or does it excite you? Some people have an aversion to goal setting especially when it comes to their business, so maybe using the phrase “setting intentions” feels better – and that’s okay. It can be easy to avoid setting goals in your business because maybe you don’t know what types of goals to set, or you don't’ want to be disappointed if you don’t reach them.
We think it’s important to set goals, so you know if you’re on track or not. It’s also important, so you can formulate a plan to reach whatever goals you have set – whether you reach them isn’t as important as what you put into place along the way and what you learn in the process.
Today, we’re talking about setting and achieving purposeful goals for your wellness business, and if you prefer, you can use the word ‘intentions’ instead of goals.
What you’ll discover:
· 3 important types of goals to set for your business
· Our secret for setting goals that are achievable
· The one goal to set that will help you continue to grow your audience
The beauty of having your own business is that you get to decide how you want to run it, so being intentional with this is key, so that you don’t end up with a business that is running YOU – and it all starts with setting goals.
Links mentioned on this episode:
Register for live training: 3 Secrets Every Wellness Business Owner Needs to Know to Grow a Thriving Practice in 2023.
http://www.wbpodcast.com/3secrets
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator: www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
There is a lot to do when it comes to growing your wellness business, but some things are more important than others when it comes to actually getting clients. It’s easy to get distracted by sparkly objects and hop from one project to the other, but when you ask yourself the 5 questions we’re sharing today, it will help you stay on track more, and feel more focused which means making progress faster.
These are questions we ask ourselves on a regular basis because we know all too well how easy it is to want to get sidetracked by those sparkly objects.
On this episode, you’ll discover:
- 5 questions to ask yourself to stay focused and grow your business
- What to do when you feel pulled in too many different directions
- How to say yes to only the things you really want to do in your business to see progress faster
When you ask yourself these 5 questions on a regular basis, you’ll be blown away at what you can accomplish.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
WBA VIP Waitlist – www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Maximizing your online reach is essential for getting your content in front of a larger audience. When your content can be seen by more people, it gives you the chance to grow your following, build trust and rapport, while you also grow your email list and enroll more clients. It all starts with your content.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- How to leverage other people’s audience to get in front new ideal clients.
- Ideas for repurposing your content to save time and reach more people.
- The quickest way to grow your email list while also boosting your credibility.
- And more
If you want to increase your visibility online and reach more people, tune in to find out 5 of our top tips to get you started.
Links mentioned on this episode:
Episode 216: 3 Simple Steps to Nail Your Niche as a Health Coach
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/nail-your-niche-health-coach/
Episode 89: Insider Secrets for Getting Booked as a Podcast Guest
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/get-booked-as-podcast-guest/
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator -
www.wellnessbusinessacclerator.com
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
When you first start your health coaching business the easiest way to begin to enroll new clients is to use the outline that you received through your certification or purchase a done-for-you coaching program so you can jump right in getting experience as a coach.
This approach allows you to experiment with the different types of clients that resonate with you the most and also gives you an opportunity to put your education to work to get actual coaching experience. It’s a win-win!
But there often comes a time, after you’ve worked with several clients and have more experience as a coach, when you will decide you want to create your own coaching program. It’s the natural progression as a coach and for many of us this option makes sense once we have more clarity around the area we want to specialize.
If you believe that you have a coaching program brewing inside of you, but you’re not sure how to get started, then you’re going to love today’s episode where we explore 5 Checkpoints To Know if You’re Ready To Create Your Own Coaching Program.
In this episode you will discover:
- 5 checkpoints to know if you’re ready to create your own coaching program
- The benefits of creating your own program as a way of standing out in your niche so that it’s easier to attract your dream clients
- Why adding a group coaching program to your service offerings leads to scalability and efficiency in your practice leaving more free time for other things
Show Resources:
Amy Porterfield’s Course Confident Bootcamp Registration - https://amyporterfield.spiffy.co/a/1X7CoB6qpp/608
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Over the years we’ve read many books that have helped us be better business owners and better versions of ourselves. Some of the books knocked our socks off because they were powerful lessons that came at the right time to help us do things more efficiently.
Today we are each going to share our favorite books. The ones that made an impact in one way or another on us personally or in our business or both. Good books are meant to be shared and we’re excited to share our favs with you.
In this episode, you’ll discover –
- A list of our favorite business and mindset books that made a lasting impact on us and how we show up each day as coaches and entrepreneurs
- Insight into what we loved about each book and why we believe they will have an impact on you too
- Personal stories of what we were struggling with and how these books pushed us to change and grow
Links Mentioned
Free training – Planning Your Next 90 Days - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/posts/821305662519894/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Surveys and polls are a way to open up the lines of communication between you and your followers so you can dial in on exactly what they want to learn from you in your free content as well as your paid content.
We are firm believers that before you should create any new content for your dream clients, whether that’s a freebie or program content, you should first survey them to see what it is they really want.
It’s really easy to follow an idea of something you think your audience wants, when in fact they aren’t really interested in that topic at all. It’s so disappointing when you put something out there that you’ve been working on and your audience doesn’t respond or show any interest.
In this episode you will discover:
· The importance of surveying your audience before creating any new content for your health coaching clients, to ensure that your content aligns with their preferences
· What surveys and polls are powerful tools for gauging audience interest and preferences by actively involving your dream clients in decision-making processes
· The key to obtaining accurate survey results starts with surveying your dream clients directly through your email list, private Facebook group and loyal social media followers vs. a general audience that may or may not be interested in your area of expertise
· Why surveying your audience not only helps shape your free content but also leads your paid program creation by understanding your clients' challenges, interests, and preferred program features
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you want to run a highly profitable online health coaching program, there are a few insider secrets you want to know first.
After running many online programs over the last 10 years, there are a few key lessons that have been learned, and we’re sharing 3 of the most important ones with you.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
· The 3 secrets to know before you run your online coaching program
· How to create a system you can easily rinse and repeat
· Why having a specific niche is important to the success of your online program
· Common mistakes to avoid and what to do instead
Tune in to find out what you want to make sure you have in place to ensure the best possible results for your online program.
Links mentioned on this episode:
30% off Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence program
Use code: AUG2023 to save 30% through August 16, 2023
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
VIP waitlist for Wellness Business Accelerator:
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/enroll/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Designing the perfect homepage isn’t difficult if you have a clear understanding of the purpose that page serves on your website. We prefer to think of it like our online home and the homepage is like the foyer where we greet a new guest. We invite them in and give them the lay of the land to help them feel more comfortable, cozy, and empowered to get around on their own.
In this episode we’re going to walk you through our 10-point website homepage checklist so you can create a new page or improve on the one you already have.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The overall purpose of your website homepage so you can maximize your visitor’s overall experience, (and keep him/her on your website longer)
- Our 10-point homepage checklist and how to apply it to your website for better results
- Why going through this exercise will be an eye-opening experience for you so you’ll be able to improve your website marketing message to attract more dream clients
Link for Karen’s freebie is: http://www.karenpattock.com/10-point-homepage-checklist
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Wellness workshops are one of the best methods to attract, nurture, and convert your dream customers into paying clients. Today we’re going to discuss the 3 benefits to hosting monthly workshops that will boost client enrollment into your paid programs. In this episode we’re covering
- Why hosting a monthly workshop works so well to boost the know, like and trust factor between you and your email subscribers so that they are moving through their customer journey with you more quickly
- How leading workshops is the perfect approach to sales that never leaves you feeling salesy or spammy
- The natural, and free, side-effect of hosting workshops that boosts your overall credibility as a coach leading to even more people enrolling in your paid programs
LINKS:
Excited about hosting wellness workshops but want to see a sample first? CLICK HERE! KarenPattock.com/workshopsample
Check out my library of 15 Done-For-You Wellness Workshops. Everything you need to be up and running in just one hour! CLICK HERE!
https://www.karenpattock.com/workshops-the-ultimate-fast-track/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We hear it all the time – “I know I should show up consistently on social media, but I don’t know what to post” or “I want to share helpful content on social media but it takes too much time.”
We totally get it, and if you’re nodding your head in agreement with either of those sentiments, you’re going to love this episode we’re bringing back about How to Plan Out 30 Days of Your Social Media Content in One Hour or Less.
Here's what you'll discover:
· Why it's important to have a variety of posts
· The 3 different categories of posts you should include
· 5 examples of types of posts you can put on rotation every month
· How to come up with 30 days or more worth of posts each and every month
It may sound too good to be true, but you really can plan out an entire month of your posts in an hour or less each month when you learn what we are going to share with you. Tune in to learn how.
Links/Resources mentioned on this episode:
Free Guide: Social Media Planning Made Easy - https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/socialmediamadeeasy
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
When it comes to creating and sharing content for your business, there are two types; Free and paid.
But how to you determine what should be included in your free content such as your freebies, blog posts and videos, and what should be saved for content for your paid programs?
If this question has been on your mind, this episode will be a huge help.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
· The purpose of your free content and how it plays an important role in your marketing and client attraction strategy
· 8 popular types of free content you can use to attract your ideal clients
· What to avoid doing with your free content
· Examples of free content you can start sharing today
Tune in to learn how to use both forms of content in your business to get the best results.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 117 – How to Easily Navigate the Changes on Instagram with Jasmine Star
Episode 144 – 5 Simple Ways to Repurpose Your Content to Reach More People
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
Conducting discovery calls is critical for health coaches who offer 1-on-1 coaching. It’s during these calls that potential clients can see how you can help them and learn about your program. It’s also where you get to learn more about what your ideal clients really want and need.
There are a few common mistakes that are easy to make, especially when you’re first starting out. We know because we made them too.
In this episode, we’re breaking down 4 Common Discovery Call Mistakes to Avoid and what to do instead, so you enroll more clients.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- How to get more qualified people to book calls
- How to make it quick and easy for people to schedule
- One of the most important things to cover during your calls
- What you must do at the end of the call if you want to enroll more clients
Tune in to discovery some of the top mistakes to avoid with your calls, so you’ll have more people signing up to work with you.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kathleen’s Ultimate Health Coach Toolkit:
https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/toolkit
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Did you know that bonuses can work with ANY type of offer you have, including one-on-one coaching, online group coaching, or a membership site?
The intention behind bonuses is to make them time-sensitive and only available for a set number of days, so there is urgency involved in people taking action to get access to the bonus. Karen and I have been using this strategy for many years, and we want to share some of our top secrets with you, so you can use this effective marketing method in your business too.
Here's what you’ll discover:
· How bonuses can increase sales even when you only offer 1-on-1 coaching
· How and when to use bonuses the right way to get the best results
· Different strategies for the timing of your bonuses to maximize sales
· Examples of different types of bonuses you can use in your health coaching business
· And more
Tune in to see how you can increase enrollment during your next promotion with this simple strategy.
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
As two health coaches turned business coaches that have over 10 years of experience under our belts we thought it would be fun to turn back the clock to discuss what we would do if we were just starting out as new health coaches and had $1,000 to invest in our businesses. In other words, where would we invest those funds, what software would we invest in, and what coaching resources would we purchase in order to get new clients sooner rather than later.
In this episode you’ll discover:
· The top 5 business categories we would focus on when investing the money that would give us the biggest bang for our buck
· Why it’s important to invest in each of the 5 business categories to set you up for success right from the start
· Our 4-month expense plan that fits into our $1k budget
Tune in to find out how you can a waitlist strategy into your coaching business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kathleen’s done-for-you health coaching programs: https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/store/
Karen’s done-for-you workshops: https://www.karenpattock.com/workshops-the-ultimate-fast-track/
MailerLite - https://www.mailerlite.com/a/wfw6snnktd
Canva - https://partner.canva.com/c/3608615/647168/10068
Acuity - http://bit.ly/2MSgaIM
PracticeBetter - https://practicebetter.grsm.io/karenpattock1348
Zoom - https://zoom.us/
GoDaddy - https://www.godaddy.com
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
One of the first things an online business owner needs to tackle is figuring out what they’ll offer as a lead magnet to grow their email list with high quality leads. There are a handful of key factors to keep in mind when designing your free offer and in this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast we’re sharing how you can supercharge your list building by focusing on 5 vital elements for high-converting freebies.
In this episode you’ll discover…
· The 4 ‘sweet-spot’ details to pay attention to when creating a new free offer that will make it a gotta-have it resource for your dream clients
· The 5 vital elements that every high-converting freebie must have that makes it irresistible in any chosen format
· Why designing a freebie that is niche-specific and highly valuable, (vs. general health information), is a game-changer for attracting the right people that are perfect for your paid program
Tune in to find out how you can a waitlist strategy into your coaching business.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We’ve worked with thousands of health coaches over the years and have noticed that they often try something once and when it doesn’t end up giving them the results they expected, they ditch that idea and start over with something new. Today we want to encourage you to stop starting from scratch by implementing our 3 steps to gain momentum in your wellness business.
When you try a new strategy or tactic to attract clients or enroll clients into your paid program it can often feel like an uphill battle. We’ve experienced this at times ourselves. The strategy sounds good, however, upon implementing it, it feels like a lot of work with less than stellar rewards.
In this episode of the Wellness Business Podcast you’ll discover…
· 3 steps to gain momentum in your wellness business that make implementation easier and yield better results
· The mindset shift you need to make, (stop throwing the baby out with the bath water), that will save you hours and hours of time and energy
· How to avoid shiny object syndrome for good so you never let it sabotage your results ever again
Links to Resources Mentioned in This Episode:
FREE DOWNLOAD: The Ultimate Health Coach Success Path Blueprint - https://www.karenpattock.com/health-coach-success-blueprint/
Wellness Business Accelerator: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/enroll/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
There are many proven strategies that we teach here on the podcast to improve your sales whenever you launch your program or offer spots to work with you one-on-one. One of our favorite strategies is to implement a program waitlist so people who have an interest in working with can take action in the moment when they are most fired up about what’s possible after going through your program. That’s why we’re bringing back one of our most popular episodes: 2 Ways to Implement a Waitlist Strategy to Increase Sales. Both of these strategies are super simple to implement and have proven to be highly effective in improving overall sales for other coaches. In this episode you’ll discover:
· The two best options for using a waitlist strategy in your coaching business that increases overall sales each time you launch
· An easy to implement setup outline that makes implementation a breeze
· How a waitlist strategy can easily work as part of your prelaunch runway plan to provide even better sales results
Tune in to find out how you can a waitlist strategy into your coaching business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The VIP Waitlist Strategy: 2 Ways To Increase Future Sales –https://www.karenpattock.com/vip-strategy
A Simple and Free Strategy to Increase Interest When You Promote Your Programs - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode172/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Marketing your health coaching business is likely one of your least favorite things to do, but it’s necessary if you want to build a profitable business.
The good news is that you don’t need to be a marketing ninja to start seeing great results from your efforts and today we’re sharing 5 simple, but very effective strategies you can start using right away.
Here’s what you’ll discover on this episode:
· 5 free and proven ways to market your health coaching business
· What you must have in place first if you want to get results from your marketing efforts
· How to come up with more content in less time
· One of the quickest ways to grow your following
Have a listen and decide which 1-2 strategies you can start with for now, and then add more when you can.
LINKS mentioned on this episode:
Group Accelerator 50 % OFF - https://grpaccelerator.com/
Episode 89 - Insider Secrets to Getting Booked on Podcasts - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode89/
Episode 265 - 3 Simple Steps to Validate Your Niche Marketing Message
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode265/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you’ve been coaching clients for a year or more, you may be wondering if you should update your program content. We recently did a complete update on our signature program, so we're sharing some insights about that with you too. Today, we are going to share 3 examples of when it’s a good time to give your program a refresh.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
· When is a good time to update your coaching content
· Different ways you can refresh or repackage your programs
· Ideas for restructuring your program offer
· Behind the scenes of some of what we updated in our signature program
Truth be told, your programs are always going to a be a work in progress, and we think that’s part of what keeps it interesting AND your clients will appreciate it.
We hope this gives you some ideas and inspiration for updating your program when you’re ready.
Resources mentioned on this episode:
Coach with Confidence – Kathleen’s done-for-you 6-month health coaching program - https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
Use code: PODCAST310 for 30% off through May 31st.
There is something special that happens in a workshop environment when the host finds their flow and the attendees put their guard down and the synchronicity between the two is absolutely magical and that’s why on this episode we’re sharing 5 reasons hosting wellness workshops results in more paying clients.
If more paying clients is your goal, stick around because we’re not only sharing the 5 reasons why, we’re also sharing real life examples of coaches, just like you, that are enrolling more clients and making more money than ever before in their coaching businesses using the workshop model.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The 5 key factors why workshops work so well to not only attract new leads but also improve your overall enrollment rate above any other marketing tool out there
- How workshops open doors to new opportunities and income streams simply by showing up consistently to deliver valuable content
- Why workshops are so powerful in the relationship-building process, resulting in immediate sales and future clients.
Links to Resources Mentioned in This Episode:
www.mywellnessworkshops.com
Coupon Code: SPRING30
Expires May 18th, 2023
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We live in such an amazing world where we can monetize our gifts and talents in many ways. We believe that everyone has a zone of genius and when you can put that to work for you by getting paid to do what you love it’s a great way to live your life.
There are thousands of people in the world that want to work from home, that have incredible organizational skills or are artistically gifted that want to help you bring your business to the next level through virtual support. They want to put their zone of genius to work for you and get paid for it.
In today’s episode you’ll discover…
· The 5 steps you should take when hiring a virtual assistant that will set that working relationship up for success right from the start
· A list of questions you can ask past references to get a feel, ahead of time, if this virtual assistant is a good fit for you
· Our very best pro-tips that you should consider when hiring a virtual assistant whether they will be filling an ongoing support role or taking care of one-off tasks for you
Links to Resources Mentioned in This Episode:
10 Steps To Hiring Virtual Support That Save You Time and Money –
https://www.karenpattock.com/outsourceguide/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
You don’t need to dance, lip sync, or follow the latest social media trends to grow a loyal following. If you’ve been avoiding showing up on social media through video or other content formats because you don’t feel comfortable doing the same thing other people are doing, you’re going to love this episode.
Here’s what we’re diving into in this episode:
- · What it means to be authentic on social media and examples of how to do it
- · How trends can actually backfire when it comes to growing your following
- · Why your videos don't need to go viral to build your brand
- · How to come across as real and relatable (authentic) before you do a video (Kathleen shares what helps her with this)
Your followers are looking for valuable content that will educate, entertain, or inspire them. Figure out what fits your personality the best, knowing that it’s okay to test and experiment to find what works best.
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Are you spending hours on social media every week but you’re not getting clients? If so, you’re not alone, but this episode will be very helpful.
If you aren’t having much success getting clients from social media, it’s likely because there are a few missing pieces in your strategy or maybe you don't really have much of an actual strategy except for posting content to check it off the old to-do list.
The good news is that by implementing a few key changes, you can turn things around and start getting clients each and every month, even if you don’t have thousands and thousands of followers yet.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
· The #1 thing you must have in place to stand out and attract the right audience
· How to lead followers to the next step in the customer journey, so they move closer to becoming a client
· How to create content that will attract the right people and have them coming back to your account day after day
· The social media content format that isn’t optional in 2023. And more!
If you’re ready to deploy a strategy that will help you get more clients from social media, this is the episode for you.
Resources mentioned on this episode:
Wellness Business Accelerator VIP Wait List
Wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Quite often our clients ask us a question that starts with the words, “What’s the best way to ________?” You can fill in that blank with the thing you feel the most challenged by…
…the best way to grow my email list?
…the best way to attract new clients?
…the best way to get people excited about my paid program?
…the best way to fill my program the next time I open the doors?
We believe that all of us need to find a process or system to build our business that works for us based on our personality, time restraints, and other obligations,
There are fundamental commonalities between all successful online businesses that need to be considered when starting and building your business.
In today’s podcast episode, you’ll discover:
· The 4 main components that make up our business growth formula and how you can implement them into your coaching practice
· The individual and successful process several coaches took to move from struggling to enrolling new clients in a short period of time
· Why planning ahead, at least 30 days before a launch, can significantly increase the number of clients you enroll during the open cart period
Links to Resources Mentioned In This Episode:
www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
There are times in every business when things seem hard or confusing, and it’s often at the very beginning because there is so much to figure out. If you’re in a place right now where you’re feeling stuck, we have 3 ideas that can help.
Even though Karen and I have each been in business for about 10 years, there are still times when things don’t go as planned and we have to take a step back to evaluate what happened and figure out how we can improve for next time. It’s all part of the process for every entrepreneur.
Today, we’re going to cover 3 specific areas of your marketing that you want to look at closely because these are the most common areas where we see coaches struggle, and when you have each of these things in place, it can give your business a definite boost.
Here’s what we’re covering:
· The #1 missing strategy we see with coaches who are struggling to get clients and what to do about it.
· The 3 biggest reasons for not getting clients from social media and how to remedy it
· Ideas for the frequency of making offers, so you have more people enrolling in your paid programs
We know there is a lot to learn when it comes to growing your business with online strategies such as social media and email list building, but the good news is you CAN learn exactly how to do it, and we love sharing our proven strategies that will save you time and help you get the best results in the shortest time possible.
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Facebook groups are still a great way to build relationships and get coaching clients, as long as you have a few key strategies in place.
While many people think getting high engagement is the most important metric to measure, the ultimate metric is how many clients you’re getting from your group.
In this episode you’ll discover 3 ways to get more clients from your Facebook group.
· The #1 thing you group must have if you want to attract the right members
· What you must include in your group if you want people to connect with you and trust you
· The common missing piece in most groups that is the top reason you aren’t getting more clients and how to fix it
If you have a Facebook group (or you plan to start one) but you aren’t getting clients from it, you won’t want to miss this episode.
Links to Resources:
Checklist: 10 Free Ways to Grow Your Facebook Group https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/fbgroupchecklist
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Over the past couple of months, we have been geeking out on a brand-new online tool that you’ve probably heard about because everyone is talking about it. It’s called ChatGPT. If you haven’t heard of it yet, you are in for a real treat today because it is the most innovative online tool to come around since we each started our businesses 10 years ago. It’s going to cut your content creation time in half which saves you time and money and who doesn’t love that.
ChatGPT is an Artificial Intelligence powered chatbot that uses natural language processing to communicate with humans in a conversational manner. It is a type of language model that has been trained on a vast amount of text data, enabling it to understand and generate human-like responses to a wide range of queries and questions.
This is a great tool for you if you struggle with creating content for your business. Not only is this a tremendous asset for you as it relates to brainstorming ideas but can help you dial in on nitty-gritty sales copy and ideal client specific copywriting in minutes that would otherwise take you hours to create.
In today’s episode you’ll discover –
· What ChatGPT is and how it’ll work for you in your wellness business, (it’s going to quickly become your favorite online tool)
· A list of content creation ideas that ChatGPT will make easier and save you tons of time in reaching your dream clients
· How this new artificial intelligence platform will help you brainstorm ideas, outline and structure content, generate content, and optimize your content SEO
Links to Resources Mentioned In This Episode:
https://chat.openai.com
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
You want to get as many new email subscribers each month as possible, but you may be wondering HOW to it.
Today, we’re sharing how to double new email subscribers every month, so you are consistently welcoming new people into your ecosystem.
· What your free offer must include in order to get high conversions
· Where to share your free resource on social media each month, including specific examples
· A common mistake to avoid when it comes to promoting your freebie and what to do instead to get new subscribers each and every month
· What to include in your social media posts to boost sign-ups for your lead magnet
When you incorporate what we share on this episode, you will be pleasantly surprised at how many more subscribes you’ll be welcoming.
Links/Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
More than likely, you’ve heard us discuss the importance of defining your ideal client identity on some of our other podcast episodes. That’s because it truly is one of the most important decisions that you can make when starting your business. When you know who it is that you want to work with most you can be crystal clear in your marketing language so those people will be instantly attracted to you.
In today’s episode you’ll discover…
· A limiting belief trap that many coaches fall into as it relates to defining their target market that holds them back from targeting the right people that lead to higher program enrollment
· Our signature formula designed to help you decide what makes an ideal client identity valuable in the sense that they can easily be converted from a follower into a paying client
· How to add layering to your target market that takes an otherwise vague ideal client identity to laser-focused and crystal clear so it’s easy for someone to say, “yes, that’s me”
Grab your pen and paper and let’s dive into this very step-by-step episode that will help you define your target market in no time.
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We all have the same number of hours in the day, but when you are conscious of how you’re spending that time and you are aware of what is draining your energy vs what makes you feel happy and energized, you’ll likely notice a difference in the way you feel – your mood, your productivity level and enjoyment of what you do.
Today, we are talking about managing your energy vs managing your time, and it should be an interesting conversation to give you some ideas of what you may want to implement or try.
Here’s what we’re covering:
· How to be more aware of what drains your energy and what fuels your energy, so you can focus on more of the right things
· How to arrange your schedule to get the most out of your day
· What things to limit during the day that may be zapping your energy without you even realizing it
Tune in for a look at how to think about your productivity a little differently and see what you discover.
Links/Resources:
Harvard Business Review Article – Manage Your Energy, Not Your Time - https://hbr.org/2007/10/manage-your-energy-not-your-time
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
I recently asked a question on my Facebook page that had many people chiming in with answers that blew me away. The question I asked was: “How many hours a week do you spend on social media sites??” and 95% of the people said… way too much.
We understand that most of us have a love/hate relationship with social media. However, when you know you’re spending too much time on these platforms but you can’t stop yourself it’s time to put some boundaries in place.
For those of you that love practical how-to tips we’ve got you covered with 5 easy tips to break your social media cycle. However, for those of you that want something a little deeper we’ve got you covered too.
In today’s episode you’ll discover:
· The importance of setting boundaries around social media as a way freeing up hours in your schedule each week
· A simple mindset shift that you can embrace to help you deprioritize social media in your life and replace it with things and people that bring you joy
· 5 simple ways for you to be more intentional with the amount of time you do, and do not, spend on social media
If you’re ready to be more intentional with how much time you spend on social media then click the play button right now!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you have a free Facebook group for your health coaching business but you’re getting low engagement and/or it’s not leading to new clients signing up to work with you, there are a few common reasons why this happens.
Once you know the mistakes to avoid, you’ll have more of the right people joining your group, and you’ll also have more members enrolling in your paid programs (instead of them only consuming your free content).
On this episode we’re sharing 3 Common Facebook Group Mistakes to Avoid, and here’s what you’ll discover:
- The #1 reason why people are joining your group but not becoming clients
- Tips for naming your group to attract the right members
- One of the first things new members will look for as soon as they join your group, and if you don't have this in place, you are missing a huge opportunity to build trust and connection
- How to lead people to the next step to working with you in a non-salesy way
Tune in to find out if you might be making any or all of these 3 common mistakes in your group, so you’ll know what to do instead to get better results.
Be sure to download your free FB Group Audit Checklist below, so you can audit your own group to help troubleshoot any issues you’re having to quickly turn your group around.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Facebook Group Audit Checklist: https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/fb-group-audit-checklist
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
One of the most important elements of good marketing is connecting the dots between what your customers and clients want and the solution you offer. Sometimes we think we may know what our ideal clients, but often times, we’re really guessing and that can mean there is a disconnect between your audience and your offers. This is the most common reason for people not signing up for your free resources and enrolling in your paid programs. It’s also one of the reasons why people may sign up for your freebies but not invest in working with you – because they don’t understand how you can help them.
Today, we’re going to share 3 easy ways to find out what your ideal clients truly want, so you can attract more of your ideal clients and have more paying clients.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- How to gather helpful insights about what your ideal clients really want
- Which method will give you the most detailed and in-depth information
- Examples of questions to ask to get the information you want
- Where to use the information you gather
Tune in to find out how to you can easily find out the needs and desires of your prospects, so you can dramatically improve your marketing and attract more clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kathleen’s Ultimate HC Toolkit with Discovery Call Script:
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/toolkit
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We’re moving into the second part of our two-part series on Successfully Building s Health Coaching Business While Working Another Job. Let’s talk about the value of outsourcing when you're getting started, but also not spending all your money on hiring help. We’re sharing a few budget-friendly option that you’re going to love.
Many coaches that we talk to believe that they don’t have the money to invest in virtual support. We believe that is a limiting belief and, in this episode, we’ll help you reframe your belief around getting support as well as how you can ease into the outsourcing process.
We know that many coaches want to build a thriving full-time practice so they can leave their regular job and be in charge of their day-to-day schedules.
In this episode you’ll discover…
- Three budget-friendly options to get virtual support without breaking the bank
- Our top five recommended outsourcing tasks when you’re first starting out
- How you’ll know when it’s time to transition your coaching business full-time so you can quit your 9-5.
We’ve got you covered! Click play on this episode of the podcast to plan your escape from your job into your full-time coaching practice.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: Karen’s Ultimate Health Coach Success Plan Blueprint
https://www.karenpattock.com/health-coach-success-blueprint/
Outsourcing Like a Pro: 10 Steps to Outsourcinghttps://www.karenpattock.com/outsourceguide/
Virtual Assistant Savvies Facebook Group
https://www.facebook.com/groups/699202366887797
Virtual Staff Ph
https://www.virtualstaff.ph/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We are constantly interacting with Health Coaches and learning what obstacles they face when it comes to building their wellness business. Most of the coaches we talk to want to have a full-time thriving practice which we absolutely love. We know that each client you help will ripple out to their friends and family in a way that truly changes lives.
That said, one of the most challenging situations a health coach faces is when they are trying to build their wellness business while also working another job. We get it – you need to keep paying the bills until your coaching business can replace your income.
When this is the case it’s imperative that you become extremely intentional with your time as well as streamline your day-to-day tasks as much as possible. This week, we’re kicking off a two-part series called: Successfully Building A Health Coaching Business While Working Another Job.
In this episode you’ll discover…
- Why we are totally addicted to the 12-week planning model and why this process will help you reach your goals more quickly than anything else you’ve ever tried
- The key to understanding when you’re most productive and why time-blocking your schedule based on your unique rhythm is your path to success
- How outsourcing, even on a project-by-project, basis can be the catalyst you’ve been looking for to set your business up as a full-time practice
There is no time like the present to start planning for your future if quitting your job for a full-time coaching practice is a top priority for you.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: Karen’s Ultimate Health Coach Success Plan Blueprint
https://www.karenpattock.com/health-coach-success-blueprint/
The Secrets to Outsourcing Even if You’re on a Tight Budgethttps://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode29/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Today on the podcast we’re going to discuss a topic that we think many coaches wonder about. In fact, over the years we’ve both been asked this question many times and the reason we decided to do this episode is because Karen recently got this very question in her Facebook group from a concerned health coach.
Let’s dive into her question now. She says,
“I have been away from my health coaching and my email list for a while (working on other projects). How do I explain my absence to my email list and reintroduce myself? I don’t want to just look like a flake. Thank you.”
This is a great question and I can understand why she’s concerned about the way her email list will perceive her recent lack of communication.
In this episode, we’re sharing three great options for successfully reconnecting with a neglected email list.
In this episode you’ll discover…
- Three amazing options for successfully reconnecting with a neglected email list
- The reason why not connecting with your email list for a bit isn’t that end of the world as long as you think through your reintroduction
- An option for reintroducing yourself in a way that has the potential to actually lead to more clients
If you’re considering how to jump back in with an email list that hasn’t heard from you recently you’re going to love our three reintroduction options. Grab your earbuds and let’s dive in!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Did you know that you literally have 7 seconds when someone lands on your social media account to get them to pay attention to you, keep reading more, keep scrolling through your account? That’s why it’s so important to do everything you can to make sure your bio and page is as clear as possible. That way when someone lands on your page they are like… OMG this person, this business, is exactly what I need and am looking for.
When you’re this crystal clear in your bio it also helps someone that is not right for you to know that and allows them to move on really quickly, which is okay too.
Creating a crystal clear bio, that speaks directly to your dream clients, takes time and practice so today we’re teaching you a 5 -step process that will simplify things for you.
In this episode you’ll discover…
- The 5-element formula for writing a client attracting social media bio that will speak directly to your dream clients
- The do’s and don’ts of bio writing that will keep the process super simple
- Multiple examples of others in the health and wellness space that have crystal clear bios you can use for inspiration
There is no time like the present to rework your social media bio into a client attraction masterpiece. Grab your earbuds and let’s dive in!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
SocialCurator affiliate link: https://hello.socialcurator.com/a/h2ngBj2NN6TSRbJsHGg1
The Social Media Bio Cheat Sheet: http://www.karenpattock.com/instagrambio
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you’ve been thinking about running an online challenge but you aren’t sure if you should charge for it or not, you are going to find this episode very helpful in making your decision. January is a popular time for running challenges, but the great news is that you can run them any time of the year. So, if you’re thinking you’ve missed out on the New Year frenzy because you don’t have a challenge ready, nothing could be further from the truth because people are looking for help 365 days a year.
Here’s what you’ll discover in this episode:
- The differences between a free and paid challenge
- When a paid challenge can work well, and what you need to have in place first for it to be successful
- How your free challenge can lead to paying clients
- Our recommendation of which choice to make if you are just starting out
Tune in to find out which option might be best for your next or first challenge.
Links mentioned on today’s episode:
Save 40% on all of Kathleen’s done-for-you health coaching programs and resources thru January 12th with code: JAN2023
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/store/
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Even though algorithms change, and our organic reach may be lower, social media is still one of the easiest ways people can find out about you, and when you have the right pieces in place, they can also become email subscribers and clients. In order for this to happen, there are a few important pieces you want to have in place, and that’s what we’re going to cover today.
Whether you use Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn or something else, the same principles will apply, so if you aren’t on Instagram yet, you will still come away with some ideas you can implement right away.
Here’s what you’ll discover in this episode:
- How to use your Instagram bio to stand out and attract your ideal clients
- A simple but overlooked strategy that can have visitors and followers bingeing on your content
- Which types of stories get the highest views and how to incorporate this into your content strategy
- Easy ways to get new email subscribers
- How to turn some of your followers into paying clients
Tune in to find out how to turn more of your followers into email subscribers and clients.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We are sliding into the New Year here in a few days, and we’re bringing back one more episode for you that will help you know where to focus your time and effort before your next launch, so you can increase sales. We’re covering 3 specific things you want to do, starting 30-60 days before your launch, so you can warm up your audience and create interest and demand for your offer.
If you have a promotion coming up the New Year and you don’t have 30 days before it starts, that’s okay - you can still use some of these strategies even if you only have a few days, or you can save them for next time.
In this episode, you'll discover:
- How to show up consistently for your followers and subscribers to warm them up and create curiosity about your program before you launch
- 5 ways to show up consistently
- When to focus on building your email list
- The benefits of growing your Facebook group prior to promoting your offer
Tune in to find out what to focus on before your next launch to boost sales and enrollment.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 138: 5 FREE Ways to Promote Your Free Offer to Grow Your Email List: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode138/
Episode 239: How to Use Your Facebook Group to Grow an Email List Full of Warm Leads: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode239/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Decision making is a key piece in being the owner of your own business. The quicker you can make an informed decision and move forward the faster you will continue to grow.
Rarely is there ever a perfect choice. Each option typically has pros and cons so it usually comes down to the ‘best’ choice rather than the ‘perfect’ choice.
In this episode, we’re covering the 3 steps you can take to simplify your decision-making process and feel confident that you’re making the right choices for your business needs.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- Three simple steps decision making steps to make to move out of fear and procrastination into a decisive action taker
- The main reason why holding off on deciding could be sabotaging your success as a coach
- One life-changing realization when it comes to making decisions that will release any doubt or anxiety you have in becoming a strong decision maker for your business
If you’ve ever felt paralyzed by the choices you need to make as a business owner and health coach, you won’t want to miss this episode where you’ll get our 3 steps to make decisions in your business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
PracticeBetter
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We are bringing back an episode we did a few months ago that was very popular, and it’s about how to turn freebie seekers into paying clients. Truth be told, you are going to have way more people who just want your free resources, but there are things you can do to improve your results.
Especially as you plan out your promotions or sales for the holidays or New Year, this will be very helpful.
If you ever feel like people come out of the woodwork for your free content but when you present a paid offer, it’s crickets, this is a must listen.
We are covering 3 specific steps you want to have in place and we’re sharing examples of each one.
STEP #1 - Find out what your ideal clients want and find out what to do with the information you gather once you have it.
STEP #2 - Invite people to work with you or join your group program (discover one effective ‘non salesy’ way to do this with ease).
STEP #3 - Map out a customer journey that leads potential client down the path towards becoming a client.
If you want to turn more of your followers and subscribers into clients, be sure to tune into this insightful episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 155: The Missing Link to Turning Your Email Subscribers into Clients - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode155/
Episode 132: Planning Your Customer Journey for Improved Client Attraction - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/132/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - https://wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Anytime someone is willing to share their productivity tips and strategies we’re all ears. Getting more done in less time is always our objective so we have more free time to pursue our other passions. Every year we are faced with more distractions and shiny objects that can take our focus off of our business goals so having strategies and hacks that help speed up our overall results is important. We believe that over time, as a business owner becomes more seasoned and in the flow of their business, they will find what works best for them but in the meantime, hearing how others are streamlining their tasks and work schedule is the perfect path to get them there sooner rather than later. In this episode you’ll discover…
- Ten hacks for increasing productivity and skyrocket results leaving more time for family, friends, and passion projects
- How to avoid the three main reasons why businesses can start off on rocky ground and what to put in place instead to increase your chances of success
- Our favorite online tools designed to improve organization that have kept us on track even during the most chaotic times in our business
This is an episode that you’ll want to reference over and over so grab your notepad and let’s jump in!
Links mentioned in the show:
FREEBIE:
The 5-Step Formula for Setting and Achieving Your Goals in the Next 30 Days https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/5steps/
Recommended reading:
The One Thing by Gary Keller - https://www.amazon.com/ONE-Thing-Surprisingly-Extraordinary-Results/dp/1885167776/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1504735275&sr=8-1&keywords=the+one+thing
Recommended Planning Programs:
Trello - https://trello.com/
Evernote - https://evernote.com/
SmartSheet - https://www.smartsheet.com/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you have a free Facebook group for your health coaching business, you are likely looking for ways to grow it each and every week. Your Facebook group can play a key role in bringing new people into your ecosystem where you can form and nurture connections with people who are interested in your area of expertise. Your group is often people’s first step in the customer journey with you, so growing it with the right people is important.
This week, on The Wellness Business Podcast, you’ll discover some of our top strategies for growing your group, including:
- How to screen people before you approve them, so you get more of the RIGHT people in your group
- 4 ways to use social media to grow your group without spending a penny
- How to get more people showing up for your livestreams in your group
- The “set it and forget it” growth strategy that runs behind the scenes 24/7
Tune in to find out how to use the 4 strategies we share for your own group and watch what happens!
Links mentioned on this episode:
Free Checklist: 10 Free Ways to Grow Your Facebook Group https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/fbgroupchecklist
Group Accelerator mini course: https://grpaccelerator.com/
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Today we want to discuss the pros and cons of being either an introverted or extroverted business owner and the steps you can take to be successful no matter which personality type you identify with.
We don’t really love labels, particularly those that can pigeon hole someone in one way or the other and that’s why we thought shining a light on this topic on the podcast was a great idea.
Whether you believe you are an introvert or an extrovert you may find yourself automatically categorizing yourself with the things you are ‘good’ or ‘not good’ at doing.
You may have had friends or family that have repeatedly made observations your whole life about how you handle your day-to-day life but we believe no matter what you can be a successful wellness business owner. You just need to be aware of your strengths and get support in other areas.
In this episode you’ll discover…
- The strengths and weaknesses of both introverts and extroverts and how to navigate these personality types successfully as a business owner
- Misconceptions that can often hold someone back from meeting their full potential as a business owner and what they can do instead to meet their goals
- How to push yourself outside your comfort zone as an introvert or extrovert in ways that will grow your entrepreneurial strength
- Blocking time on your calendar to meet your core personality desires while also scheduling time to grow your business
Whether you are an introvert, extrovert or somewhere in between this episode has something to offer you so grab your ear buds and let’s get started!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Building a Thriving Wellness Business When You’re an Introvert
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode61/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We know you want to run your coaching business as smoothly as possible while also limiting expenses, so today we’re going to share some ideas about how to decide when it’s time to start investing in paid resources.
If you have any type of business, you are going to have some expenses but that doesn’t mean you can’t run a lean business with low overhead. It just means there is going to come a time when the limitations of free resources are no longer going to meet your needs, and you’ll have to decide which paid tools are worth it for you.
Here’s what you’ll discover on this episode:
- The 3 questions we ask ourselves before investing in a paid business tool or service
- Examples of free vs paid options for your business
- A mistake some coaches make that actually keeps them stuck in a loop of working too hard and not making enough money
We understand that spending money on your business can feel a little scary sometimes, but at some point, it’s going to be a necessity if you’re serious about building your business. The good news is that you get to decide what makes the most sense and what paid tools will get you the most bang for your buck.
Tune in for helpful tips and ideas to help you decide what’s right for you.
Resources mentioned on this episode:
Meal Garden [affiliate link] - https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=2038854&u=3343723&m=125504&urllink=&afftrack=
Practice Better [affiliate link] - https://practicebetter.grsm.io/karenpattock1348
Episode 29: Secrets to Outsourcing on a Budget
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/outsourcing-on-a-budget/
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Did you know that not every follower you have on social media is an actual lead or prospective dream client? It’s important to be clear on the differences between the two. When you show up on social media as if you are only speaking to your actual dream clients you’ll strengthen your relationship with the right people and repel all the rest. That’s what you want.
However, most of those people will never move past being an audience member. Today’s episode will help you identify the key differences between the two and how to grab the attention of the right people that do want to eventually become a client.
Understanding the difference will help you determine reasonable expectations for each as well as how they both play into the success of your business.
In this episode you’ll discover…
- The main differences between an audience member vs. a leads list and which one has the most potential to fill your programs with paying clients
- 4 ways to transform your social media followers into leads and paying clients without wasting your time on the people that won’t ever invest in your program
- How a customer journey works in your business and why having one running behind the scenes that nurtures your email list subscribers is the automation you’ve been looking for to make more sales
Tune in now to find out everything you need to know about your audience members and actual ideal client leads.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Are your Facebook Analytics Accurate & How To Verify Your Results (Episode 273) - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode273/
Planning Your Customer Journey to Turn More Leads into Sales – https://wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Launching a coaching program or online course doesn't have to be daunting or overwhelming - you just need a few key ingredients to make it successful. A launch strategy can be used for any promotion you want to do during the year, and it can also be used if you only offer 1-on-1 coaching.
Our special guest is one of our favorite mentors, Chris Ducker, and he’s sharing 3 key tips you want to incorporate to get the best results from your launch.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
- 3 key ingredients to include for a successful launch
- What is a launch and how to use this proven sales strategy in your coaching business
- How to build anticipation for your offer, so you have people ready and excited to join
- 3 ways to create urgency during your launch to increase sales
- What types of bonuses to consider including and which ones to avoid
This episode is a must-listen! Tune in to learn Chris’s tips and specific examples of what to do in your first or next launch to make it a success.
LINKS from this episode:
THE ELEVATED ENTREPRENEUR EXPERIENCE - 3 Day Live Online event with Chris Ducker - https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/chris
Links/Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
There are two amazing ways to use workshops in your coaching business. The first way is to share the content free of charge with the intention of 1) growing your email list and 2) building a relationship with the workshop attendees.
In the category of list builders, workshops are definitely more time and effort but the results are significantly better so the work is worth it. Your workshop will be considered to be an event and have more appeal than a simple pdf download.
The second way to use workshops in your coaching business, and what we will going over today, is to charge for the workshop. Paid workshops are a great way to give your followers a low-cost way to work with you, (which can definitely be part of the nurturing process and relationship building that is needed to help them get more comfortable with a higher investment down the road), and it’s a great way to give your revenue a boost anytime you want.
In this episode you’ll discover…
- The 3 key differences between a free and paid workshop
- How much you can charge for a paid workshop that supports your clients in their health journey
- An easy way to expand your free workshop content from one hour to a paid workshop, (2-3 hours), without needing to recreate the wheel or start from scratch
Tune in now to find out the 3 key differences between a free and paid workshop.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Karen’s upcoming webinar - 5 Reasons Why the Most Successful Coaches Use Workshops to Grow Their Businesses: How this low-tech strategy will outperform social media every single time for getting new clientshttps://www.karenpattock.com/workshopsuccess/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you’re working on growing your health coaching or nutrition business, you are likely looking for ideas on how to market it. This is probably something you didn’t learn about during your training program, so you’re left to figure out a lot of it on your own.
Luckily, Karen and I love the marketing aspect of building a business, and it’s something we incorporate all the time, continue to learn more about as things evolve, and we love to experiment to see what works.
Today, we are sharing simple but effective ways to market your health coaching business.
Here’s what you’ll discover on this episode:
- 5 free and proven ways to market your health coaching business
- What you must have in place first if you want to get results from your marketing efforts
- How to come up with more content in less time
- One of the quickest ways to grow your following
Have a listen and decide which 1-2 strategies you can start with for now, and then add more when you can.
LINKS mentioned on this episode:
Group Accelerator 50 % OFF - https://grpaccelerator.com/
Episode 89 - Insider Secrets to Getting Booked on Podcasts - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode89/
Episode 265 - 3 Simple Steps to Validate Your Niche Marketing Message
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode265/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
One of the best and most useful tools in our businesses is Canva. Canva is a free-to-use online graphic design tool. It’s very user friendly and with over 100,000 templates it can turn even the least artsy person into a professional graphics designer.
We realized that many of our podcast listeners might not realize how helpful Canva can and would want to learn how they can better utilize the platform for their business.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- 12 ways you can use Canva in your coaching business to create beautiful and professional graphics, resources and presentations
- The most underutilized tool within the platform that can save you money in your business each month, (think social media scheduling)
- Where you can get free training videos about how to use each tool within the platform so you get faster and faster each time
Tune in to find out how you can best utilize Canva in your coaching business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Canva Affiliate Link:
https://partner.canva.com/c/3608615/647168/10068
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We have worked with thousands of health coaches over the past several years, so we notice some patterns and mistakes that are commonly make that hold them back from reaching their goals. Truth be told, we made some of these mistakes when we were new too, so we totally get it.
The problem is that these 3 mistakes are so easy to make that many coaches don’t even realize they’re making them, but they wonder why they are struggling to get clients and grow their business.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, you’ll discover:
-
3 common mistakes health coaches make that are sabotaging their success (and they probably don't even realize it)
-
The best and quickest way to get feedback and input on your plans and ideas
-
The question we ask ourselves to help us make decisions every time we feel stuck
-
The #1 thing that holds coaches back from taking action and moving forward, and what to do about it
If you are making any of these mistakes, you’ll know how to quickly turn things around after you tune in.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links: Episode 265: 3 Simple Steps to Validate Your Niche Marketing Message
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode265/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you want to grow an email list full of prospects who are actually interested in what you have to offer, coming up with a compelling title for your free offer is critical. Truth be told - the title of your freebie will be the biggest determining factor in the number of people who opt in for it. No pressure, right?
On this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, we are going to help you come up with the perfect lead magnet topic and title, and we’ll also share a few examples, to get the creative juices flowing. These 3 tips will apply no matter what type of lead magnet you are creating; it could be PDF guide, a checklist, a webinar or a video series.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- Why your lead magnet title is so important
- How to come up with ideas for your freebie topic and title
- What your lead magnet title must have in order for it to convert well
- Examples of high-converting titles that work
- A free and simple tool that will help you come up with great titles ideas
Tune in for to discover the secrets to creating an irresistible topic and title for your free offer that will result in more subscribers.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Wellness Business Accelerator Lesson Library: https://wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Links: Episode 216 - 3 Simple Steps to Nailing Your Niche as a Health Coach https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode216/
Blog title generator website: https://www.blogtitlegenerator.com
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
A waitlist strategy is a great way to build your relationship with your future clients and help them stay excited about the possibility of working with you. We’ll be sharing how you can use this strategy in two different ways in your coaching business, one before your launch and one after. It’s a quick and easy setup that any coach can implement in less than 60 minutes.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The two best options for using a waitlist strategy in your coaching business that increases overall sales each time you launch
- An easy to implement setup outline that makes implementation a breeze
- How a waitlist strategy can easily work as part of your prelaunch runway plan to provide even better sales results
Tune in to find out how you can use a waitlist strategy into your coaching business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The VIP Waitlist Strategy: 2 Ways To Increase Future Sales –https://www.karenpattock.com/vip-strategy
A Simple and Free Strategy to Increase Interest When You Promote Your Programs - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode172/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We have coaches ask us all the time about online business tools and resources that are also budget friendly, so we thought it would be helpful to do a podcast episode about it in case you are looking for some recommendations too. Today, we are sharing 5 of our top online resources for your coaching business.
Sometimes having too many options can stop us in our tracks because we feel overwhelmed and even a little afraid of making the “wrong” choice. The truth is you won’t know until you test it out to see if it’s right for you. If you’re feeling stuck about making the perfect choice, just know that making a decision to just choose one and get started is the best way to go, so you can start making progress.
We have free and budget-friendly recommendations in the following categories:
- Hosting and Running your Coaching Programs
- Email marketing software
- Recipes and Meal Plans
- Online scheduling
- Graphics, PDF’s and slide decks
Tune in to find out about some of the most popular tools other health coaches are using in their business right now.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Practice Better (affiliate) - https://practicebetter.grsm.io/karenpattock1348
Meal Garden (affiliate) - https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=2038854&u=3343723&m=125504&urllink=&afftrack=
Canva - https://www.canva.com/
MailerLite - https://www.mailerlite.com
Calendly - https://calendly.com/
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Taking time once per month to review your Facebook analytics is a great way to determine if what you’re posting is getting engagement and working to build brand awareness. This week we’re talking about the analytics that are provided on your Facebook business page.
I recently had a coach post this question…
‘So my reach and engagement numbers are increasing incrementally every month. EXCEPT that there are 0 link clicks?!! What?! I have a CTA at the end of almost every post, different ones depending on what it is about. But does this basically mean, my freebie(s) are NOT working. I mean, a lot of these are educational. But still. 0 link clicks is depressing for all this work.’
Numerical data is always the quickest way to know if things are working or not. Even if you sit down for 15-20 minutes once per month you’ll gain a world of knowledge to help you make future decisions.
In this week’s episode you’ll discover:
- 5 ways to troubleshoot your Facebook analytics so you can improve your link clicks and overall engagement
- Our recommendation for digging into your own analytics and how often you should do it
- The best way to verify what the analytics are telling you if you think there is a reporting problem
Tune in to find out how to add at least one more offer to your coaching business to stay profitable and attract more clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 244 – 5 Ways To Overcome The Email Open Tracking Issue Due To The iOS15 Update https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode244/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Whether we are headed for a recession or not, people are feeling the pinch in their bank accounts. This means if business is slowing down for you or you're having a hard time gaining momentum as a new coach, it’s a good time to look at your offers to see where you can make some changes.
Having only one way for people to work with you, such as your 1-on-1 coaching program is likely no longer enough. There are people who will be looking for more affordable options to get the help and support they need, and this is where having more than one offer comes in, and that’s what we’ll be diving into today.
Here’s what you’ll discover:
-
What it means to have more than one offer for your coaching business and why now is the time to pivot
-
4 specific coaching formats to consider adding to your practice and examples of each one
-
Different pricing options for your new offers that are more budget-friendly for potential clients (that can also help you scale your business)
Tune in to find out how to add at least one more offer to your coaching business to stay profitable and attract more clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Coach with Confidence 6-Month Health Coaching Program
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
Meal Garden:
https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=2038854&u=3343723&m=125504&urllink=&afftrack=
Episode 216 - 3 Simple Steps to Nailing Your Niche https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode216/
Episode 249 - Why Giving Your Clients Too Much Support Can Sabotage Your Coaching Practice (VIP Upgrade details)
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode249/
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We’ve talked about fear before on the podcast. For instance fear that manifests as imposter syndrome or fear that leads to all kinds of limiting beliefs around whether you are good enough or deserving enough to be successful.
But it seems that fear is becoming an epidemic among health coaches and we feel it’s important to discuss it so we can get it out in the open rather than in the shadows.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- 5 ways to overcome fear and limiting beliefs so you will never become stuck in your business
- The top 5 fear-based topics that you can fall into that leave you feeling unsure of what is the next best decision to make
- A single mindset shift that will have you instantly reframing your beliefs around your purpose and skills when it comes to serving your clients
Tune in to find out how to overcome your fear of making a wrong decision and the limiting beliefs that are keeping you from building a business that you love.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Wellness Workshops - https://www.karenpattock.com/workshops-the-ultimate-fast-track/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If there is one thing we know that holds many coaches back from filling their programs and getting new clients, it’s fear of selling. This makes sense because they didn’t get sales training during their health coach certification program but selling is an important part of an effective marketing strategy. What if we could reframe this though, so that you can fill your programs without pushy, spammy sales tactics and use strategies that feel easy and authentic instead?
We like to bring back popular episodes from time to time, and that’s what we are doing today with one we did a few months ago about How to Fill Your Coaching Programs Without Selling.
We’re sharing 3 non-salesy ways to fill your programs, and we are also giving you examples of how to use them:
-
Share your story - why are you doing what you’re doing? Does your journey relate to them based on where you were when you started and where you are now?
-
Share client success stories - people want to know it has worked for others and it helps lower skepticism.
-
What result can you help people get in your program?
If you want to know how to use soft-sell techniques that lead to paying clients, be sure to tune in.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
As an online business owner, you should always be planning and thinking about how you can make more sales. One of the easiest ways to do that is through various email sequences that either build momentum, warm up and nurture your followers, or actually do the selling for you.
We’re bringing back a popular and high-value episode that walks you through the 4 most important types of email sequences that have been proven to increase client enrollment.
You’ll discover:
- 4 types of email sequences that have been proven to increase program sales
- How many emails should be included in each email sequence for maximum impact
- Why including these email sequences 30-60 days prior to your launch will improve your conversion rate
- Our #1 recommendation to build momentum and excitement for your upcoming sales, (leading to more people enrolling as soon as the doors open)
Tune in to discover how best to use automated email sequences to increase sales.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Welcome Email Sequence: http://www.karenpattock.com/follow-up-email-sequence
Episode 172 – A Simple and Free Strategy to Increase Interest in Your Programs: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode172/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Running free online challenges can be a great way to build awareness and interest about what you do and get new clients. We love challenges because they are a free marketing strategy that helps you build the know, like, trust factor while also growing your email list at the same time.
Sometimes, not knowing how to get people to join your challenge and fear of no one signing up can hold coaches back from getting started, so we are helping you with that today.
We are bringing back a popular episode we did a few months ago where we cover 5 ways to fill your online challenge.
You'll discover:
- What strategy will 10x - 50x your reach right now
- Where to do your livestreams to reach the most people
- Which strategy to use to warm up your Instagram followers
- How to reach beyond your own audience to get in front of new people
If you’ve wondered how you can fill your online challenge, be sure to tune in.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Resource – 10 Ways to Promote Your Online Challenge: https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/onlineprogram
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Health Coaches often create a system for bringing new clients onboard that will WOW them and kick their experience off with a bang. It’s true that welcoming new clients into a new coaching program in a big way is important, however, it’s just as important to end your coaching program with equal intention.
If you don’t have an official offboarding process and questionnaire as you wrap up working with your clients you’ll find this episode exceptionally helpful.
We’re bringing this popular episode because it got coaches talking and for the first time thinking about how to successfully wrap up their coaching program with a client that not only leaves them feeling positive but sets the stage for more new clients in the future.
On this BEST OF episode of The Wellness Business Podcast we’ll be covering:
- The top 3 reasons why this is an important part of your coaching program
- A 7-Step Offboarding Questionnaire template that you can use again and again in your program for improved customer experiences
- Just how simple it is to assist your clients remember and document how far they’ve come while working with you and why they are so happy they made the investment in your paid program
Tune in to this episode to discover the secret to an offboarding process that improves customer experiences and ultimately leads to better testimonials and more clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The 7-Step Offboarding Questionnaire for Health Coaches: http://www.karenpattock.com/7-step-offboarding-questionnaire
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - https://wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
In this episode we are going to dive into a topic that is in the hearts and minds of many coaches that we talk to and work with. Some believe that this only affects new coaches but as we share more on this topic today, you’ll begin to see that it can become a concern at every level of business.
The topic we’re discussing today is imposter syndrome.
The official definition of imposter syndrome is loosely defined as doubting your abilities and feeling like a fraud.
In today’s episode you’ll discover:
- 3 steps to quickly cure imposter syndrome no matter what stage of business you’re in
- Our own personal imposter syndrome stories and how we’ve navigated this path through the years
- A simple one-sentence response that you can use anytime you are asked a question by a potential client that you don’t know the answer to, that will have them loving your approach
If you’ve ever dealt with imposter syndrome, this is an episode you won’t want to miss.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The Ultimate Health Coach Success Path Blueprint: https://www.karenpattock.com/health-coach-success-blueprint/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - https://wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
A big mistake many coaches make is overlooking or ignoring the niche part of their business even though it’s one of the most important aspects of having a successful business.
If we aren’t crystal clear about who we help and what we do, our content and messaging get overlooked, and that means disappointing marketing results and lack of clients. The goal is stand out and attract the right people, so we can build a profitable business.
In today’s podcast episode we’ll be sharing:
- 3 simple steps to validate your niche marketing message so you are attracting your dream clients (this will be a total eye opener!)
- The biggest reason most coaches struggle with dialing in their messaging and how to fix it
We are also sharing a glimpse into one of our most popular lessons inside the Wellness Business Accelerator – Business-Building Lesson Library and how you can get your hands on it for just $97
Find out more below and join us while we are offering limited-time bonuses and the chance to SAVE 30%!
Wellness Business Accelerator
www.wellnessbusinessaccelertor.com
If you’re working on growing your social media following and your email list, one of your main goals is likely to turn some of your followers into paying clients.
But how do you move people from being just a freebie seeker who only wants your free information to becoming someone who invests in your coaching programs or other offers?
We are covering 3 specific steps you want to have in place and we’re sharing examples of each one.
STEP #1 - Find out what your ideal clients want and find out what to do with the information you gather once you have it.
STEP #2 - Invite people to work with you or join your group program (discover one effective ‘non salesy’ way to do this with ease).
STEP #3 - Map out a customer journey that leads potential client down the path towards becoming a client.
If you want to turn more of your followers and subscribers into clients, be sure to tune into this insightful episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 155: The Missing Link to Turning Your Email Subscribers into Clients - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode155/
Episode 132: Planning Your Customer Journey for Improved Client Attraction - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/132/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - https://wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you want a fun and easy way to increase interaction in your Facebook group while you also get a deeper understanding of your ideal clients, hosting live office hours is a great option.
Here are just a few benefits of hosting live office hours in your group:
-
You get insightful questions from your community which can help you with content ideas, marketing copy, social media posts, and/or program creation, just to name a few.
-
You don’t have to come up with a topic for your livestream since you’re answering questions from group members.
-
You get to interact with your members which increases engagement, and they appreciate it because you are giving a more detailed answer than you could give if you were typing it out.
In this episode, we are covering how to run your live office hours, the best way to ensure you have questions coming in and how to get people showing up while you’re live.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Guide: 10 Free Ways to Grow Your Facebook Group - https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/fbgroupchecklist
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you want to increase productivity and profitability, using 90-Day goal setting framework might just be the key.
When you plan in this way it is much more manageable and works in your favor to avoid the revenue highs and lows that often come with trying to plan 12 months at a time at the beginning of each year.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, we're sharing how to leverage your time and energy to build your business in a way that results in more profits and the healthiest version of you as a business owner.
In this episode you'll discover:
- Why working in 90-day cycles to complete your goals makes you more productive and profitable
- A sample 12-week project plan for hosting a wellness workshop for client enrollment
- Why planning a 12-month calendar for your business can lead to feelings of failure and burnout
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
FREEBIE – 90 Day Business & Goal Setting Training http://www.karenpattock.com/business-goal-setting-podcast
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Urgency and scarcity have been proven to provide amazing sales results when used together. The idea behind this strategy is to appeal to our natural psychological desire as humans to never miss a good deal or be left behind.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, we’re sharing a ‘Call to Action’’ promotional strategy that we’ve been using for years to make more sales. The great news is that this works for every type of business, including yours.
In today's episode you'll discover:
- 3 urgency and scarcity options you can use in your next promotion that will increase the number of people enrolling in your paid program
- The #1 thing you should NEVER do when using this strategy, (because you could lose all future credibility with your followers)
- The psychological premise behind this strategy and why it works like gangbusters across all industries
To get more sales, you need to always have a call-to-action. Tune in to this episode to learn how to get more program sales.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
FREEBIE – 10 Ways To Use Urgency & Scarcity To Make More Sales: http://www.karenpattock.com/10-ways-urgency-scarcity
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
A very common question we see from health coaches is how to price their coaching programs. This can be a real quandary since there are several options to consider, and it can keep you stuck in analysis paralysis. Because there isn't one set answer about how to do this, we wanted to share a formula with you to help you make a plan you feel good about, so you can check this off your to-do list once and for all.
The 3-part formula we are sharing in this episode, breaks down the following elements of the pricing puzzle:
- What Your Ideal Client Wants
- Your Revenue Goals
- Pricing and Program Model Options
Once you have these 3 elements figured out, you will feel more confident about what you are charging and the value you are providing to your clients.
Tune in for plenty of ideas and examples, so you can finalize or update your program pricing.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Guide and Workbook: The Secrets to Pricing and Packaging Health Coaching Programs that Sell: https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/pricing
Episode 226: How Often Should You Raise Your 1-On-1Coaching Rates: https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/raise-health-coaching-prices/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
One of the biggest hurdles for most coaches taking their coaching online is the tech stuff, so we are going to let you in on the secrets to making this super simple.
The name of the game with this is ACTION, and not PERFECTION, so don’t get hung up on bells and whistles and figuring out the EXACT BEST way to do this. Just get started. Run your first round as a beta program where you offer it at a discount, so you can get feedback and testimonials for the next time you run it.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- The two easiest ways to run your online program without the tech overwhelm
- Two other logistics you’ll need to have in place to help your clients and stay in touch
- Important mindset shifts that are critical to taking your coaching online
If you’ve had questions about taking your coaching program online without tech overwhelm, you’ll want to tune in to this episode.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The Ultimate Guide to Launching a Successful Online Health Coaching Program: https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/online_launch_guide/
Coach with Confidence, Done-for-You 6 Month Health Coaching Program: https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
Practice Better: https://practicebetter.io/?gspk=a2FyZW5wYXR0b2NrMTM0OA&gsxid=o7V4dj15Kp6M
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
You’re ready to start helping people as a health coach, but how do you actually get clients?
Most of the certification programs don’t teach a lot about the marketing piece of running a business, but without a marketing strategy, you won’t have clients or a business. The good news is that it doesn’t have to be complicated.
In this episode, we are sharing 3 steps to getting more health coaching clients, and when you implement what we teach, you will start to build momentum and get clients enrolling in your programs.
We explain each step and share examples, so you’ll know how to take action.
STEP 1. Have A marketable ideal client - your niche.
STEP 2. Be able to communicate the BENEFITS of your program and the problem it helps solve.
STEP 3. Promotion - Invitations to work with you (in a non-salesy way).
Tune in to discover how to use these 3 simple steps in your business and watch what happens.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Wellness Business Accelerator: http://www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
There are all kinds of different free resources you can use to grow your email list and today we are covering 5 of the most common and most popular ones.
Before you decide on the type of freebie you want to create, it's important to keep a couple of things in mind:
-
The topic and title of your freebie are WAY more important than the format you use (a PDF guide vs. video series for example) because your free offer should provide a small solution to a problem or struggle you know your ideal clients have.
-
Your freebie should directly relate to your paid program and what you offer. So, as you toss around ideas for what to put together, ask yourself if it ties into your coaching program in a logical and seamless way.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, you'll learn:
- The simplest and easiest type of free offer you can create on your own
- The best format for testing your freebie title and topic
- The freebie option that will accelerate your email list growth the fastest
Tune in to discover which type of free offer might be best for you AND your audience right now, so you can start growing your email list now.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Wellness Business Accelerator: http://www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Workshops are a fantastic way to build your email list and enroll clients into your paid program. The key to a profitable workshop is that it contains 6 specific elements. If any one of these elements are missing from your presentation chances are your workshop will not convert well and will ultimately result in lost sales and we don't want that.
In this week's episode we're covering:
- The 6 elements of a profitable workshop (this blueprint has been time-tested through 200 presentations)
- A breakdown of each key workshop element and why it's important
- How you can put this blueprint into action by creating your own profitable workshop.
If you have had questions about creating a wellness workshop that converts into paying clients, you’ll want to tune in to this episode.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
6 Elements of a Profitable Workshop Freebie: http://www.karenpattock.com/elements-profitable-workshop
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
As an online business owner, you should always be planning and thinking about how you can enroll more clients and/or make more sales. One of the easiest ways to do this is through various email sequences that either build momentum, warm up and nurture your followers, or actually do the selling for you.
In this episode we're covering 4 different types of email sequences that will absolutely increase sales over time.
You'll discover:
- 4 types of email sequences that have been proven to increase program sales
- How many emails should be included in each email sequence for maximum impact
- Why including these email sequences 30-60 days prior to your launch will improve your conversion rate
- Our #1 recommendation to build momentum and excitement for your upcoming sales, (leading to more people enrolling as soon as the doors open)
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Follow Up Email Sequence Swipe Copy: http://www.karenpattock.com/follow-up-email-sequence
Episode 172 – A Simple and Free Strategy to Increase Interest in Your Programs: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode172/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Last week, a brand new health coach posted a question in Karen’s Customer Support group that we loved because it's a question we often get asked by health coaches.
She wanted to know whether it's better to promote her program at the end of a workshop or should her call to action be sending people to book a discovery call with her.
In this episode we'll share our 5-step formula for which makes the most sense for your wellness business.
You’ll discover:
- 5 simple questions to ask yourself to determine if it's better to promote your program or a discovery call for more sales
- The price cutoff that shouldn't require a discovery call option to enroll new clients into your paid program
- The difference between promoting to a cold audience vs. a warm audience and what is required to get each audience to feel comfortable in joining your coaching program
If you’ve wondered what you should promote at the end of your workshop, this episode is for you!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 24 – How to Lead a 1 on 1 Discovery Call that Results in the Client Saying Yes: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode24/
Karen’s wellness workshop sample: karenpattock.com/wellness-workshops-sample/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Now, more than ever, it's important to be crystal clear in your marketing message of who you help and how you help.
So many coaches that we work with believe that the more people they market to the more customers they'll get. While on the surface this seems like a reasonable conclusion the reality is it's the exact opposite.
A better strategy is to identify your ideal client identity - the people who will most benefit from what you're offering-and create programs and marketing messages that appeal just to them. If you build something they love they'll spread the word for you and become your biggest raving fan.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast you'll discover:
- 4 Ways To Dial In Your Marketing Message Leading To More Clients
- Why reducing your overall customer pool will actually lead to more paying clients
- The importance of creating a marketing message that appeals to your ideal clients and leaves them wanting to learn more about what you do
If you want to start attracting your ideal clients, listen in to learn how to dial in your marketing message and niche.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Crafting Your Marketing Message Freebie: https://www.karenpattock.com/craft-marketing-message/
Episode 245 – 5 Ways To Overcome The Email Open Tracking Issue Due To The iOS15 Update: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode245/
EP 252 – Why We Stopped Running Facebook Ads And What We Are Doing Instead: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode252
Wellness Business Accelerator Waitlist: wbwaitlist.com
How To Identify Your Ideal Client Part 1: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode163/
How To Identify Your Ideal Client Part 2: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode164/
How To Identify Your Ideal Client Part 3: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode165/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
We have been running Facebook ads for several years, and there has definitely been a shift over the last year that has caused us to reevaluate our strategy. This has been a very recent decision we both made, and because we like to give you some behind the scenes of what we do in our businesses, we wanted to share this with you.
On this episode, we are taking you behind the scenes about why we stopped running Facebook ads and what we are doing instead. We hope it gives you some ideas if you are in the same boat or maybe you are considering running ads.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- What lead us to the decision to stop running ads after many years
- The challenges we were having with our ad results over the past few months
- What we are focusing on right now instead
Tune in to find out what options you may want to consider if you are facing the same challenges with your ads right now.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you provide virtual coaching in your business, it's important to know which laws you should follow, so you are protected from a legal standpoint.
We see questions from time to time about the legalities of running a health coaching business, and we know coaches sometimes wonder what laws they should be following when all or part of their business is virtual.
Our special guest this week is attorney and Legal Coach, Lisa Fraley, and she's covering what you need to know on this very important topic.
-
What does virtual coaching mean and what does it include?
-
What laws should health coaches follow when their clients and program participants live all over the world?
-
What laws do you follow if you live in two different states during the year?
Tune in to find out what you need to know about what laws to follow when you do virtual and online coaching.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Lisa’s Website: https://lisafraley.com/
Lisa’s DIY Legal Resources: https://lisafraley.com/diy-legal-templates/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen recently asked a question in her Facebook group that sparked a conversation among coaches that we thought would be beneficial to our podcast listeners.
The question Karen asked was: Do you have an offboarding (feedback) questionnaire that you send to your clients?
On this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, you’ll discover:
- The top 3 reasons why this is an important part of your coaching program
- A 7-Step Offboarding Questionnaire template that you can use again and again in your program for improved customer experiences
- Just how simple it is to assist your clients remember and document how far they've come while working with you and why they are so happy they made the investment in your paid program
If you don't have an official offboarding process and questionnaire as you wrap up working with your clients, you'll find this episode incredibly helpful.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
FREEBIE: 7 Step Client Offboarding Questionnaire: http://www.karenpattock.com/7-step-offboarding-questionnaire
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you've ever found yourself in a coaching relationship that left you feeling like you should be doing more to help your client so they can get better results, you're going to love this episode.
It's great when a coach wants to help their clients get amazing results. I think we all feel that way as coaches and it's certainly an admirable characteristic. The problem is that it can sabotage your coaching practice if you're not careful when and how you deliver that additional support.
In this episode you'll discover:
- Why giving your struggling client additional free support can actually do more harm than good for them and your coaching practice
- The three levels of coaching programs we recommend and how to determine the price point for each
- How you can turn around the experience of a struggling client with one simple offer which is a win-win for both of you
- A Pro Tip that will instantly add significantly more revenue to your next group coaching program launch all the while supporting your new clients in a way that is perfect for them
Tune in to learn how to give your coaching clients the right amount of support to meet their needs and expectations without sabotaging your coaching practice.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
FREEBIE: VIP Coaching Blueprint: http://www.karenpattock.com/VIP-Coaching-Blueprint
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Over the past 3-4 years, most of us have noticed a significant decline in our organic reach on Facebook.
In 2018, Facebook made an announcement that they are changing the algorithm and they stated: "We are no longer about content, we are about meaningful engagement".
Over the next year, Facebook pages saw significant drops in reach, and it's been the case ever since.
Here we are in 2022, and we're starting to find ways around this with a specific strategy that is working very well.
On this episode, you'll learn:
- The types of posts are getting more than 10x engagement for us right now, so you can use this simple strategy too
- How to incorporate this simple strategy starting today to see a boost in reach and interaction with your followers
- Mindset shifts in how to use your business page for your marketing and the role it plays now
If you’ve been wondering how to get more organic reach on Facebook, be sure to tune in.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Social Media Examiner YouTube video: How to Improve Facebook Reach and Engagement: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iJZ4cYFwJvA
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
If you want more coaching clients, being clear on the benefits people will get by working with you is key. It's all about the messaging and how you convey what you do, how it can improve their life and help solve their problem.
It's easy to focus more on the features or the 'stuff' your clients will receive vs. the benefits they get by working with you. When you want people to take action, having a strong focus on the outcome and result (the benefits) is how to do it.
On this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, we are sharing:
- What are features vs benefits of your program and why is it more important to focus on the benefits
- Examples of features and benefits of some coaching programs that you can model for your business
- 5 easy ways to research your ideal client's problems, challenges and desired results, so your messaging stands out
Tune in to this episode to learn how to increase enrollment by focusing on the benefits of your program or service instead of the features it includes.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Wellness Business Accelerator Wait List: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/enroll/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
The success of your promotion or launch greatly depends on what you do 30-60 days beforehand - it's not just what you do during your promotion that will make sales. The period before your launch or promotion is considered your pre-launch period and this is important because it's where you can really warm up your audience and subscribers, build trust and gain interest in your upcoming offer.
Plan out at least 30 days for this if possible.
We are going to cover 3 specific things to focus on before your next promotion to increase sales and enrollment in your programs.
In this episode, you'll discover:
- How to show up consistently for your followers and subscribers to warm them up and create curiosity about your program before you launch
- 5 ways to show up consistently
- When to focus on building your email list
- The benefits of growing your Facebook group prior to promoting your offer
Tune in to find out what to focus on before your next launch to boost sales and enrollment.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 138: 5 FREE Ways to Promote Your Free Offer to Grow Your Email List: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode138/
Episode 239: How to Use Your Facebook Group to Grow an Email List Full of Warm Leads: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode239/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
If you have a Facebook group, you know it can take some time to manage it, so today we are sharing 5 hacks to help you save hours in your group each week.
We have been running FB groups for years now, and when Kathleen was a health coach, it was one of the ways she enrolled new clients. They got to know her as a trusted resource and when she opened enrollment for her programs, some of the members joined. It was an easy decision for them because they already knew her and felt a connection to her. That is the power of having a FB group that is specific to your niche.
Here are 5 hacks to save time managing your Facebook group:
-
Schedule your posts ahead of time
-
Set a limit of time you spend in your group each day (30 mins is ideal)
-
You don't need to post in your group 7 days a week
-
Repurpose previous posts
-
Get help managing your group
Tune in for a breakdown of each tip, so you can find out how save hours each week.
If you want to learn a lot more about starting and growing a FB group full of your members who turn into paying clients, be sure to check out Kathleen's Group Accelerator program.
Enrollment is only open through this Friday, Feb 25th. It's 50% off, so now is the time to join while the price is ridiculous!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kathleen’s Group Accelerator program: https://grpacclerator.com
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
In the second half of 2021 there were some significant changes to how your email management system can, and cannot, track the number of emails your subscribers are opening.
Last September, with the release of the iOS 15 update, Apple announced that they will block the tracking of email opens in the Apple Mail app.
This change has impacted every single business owner that reaches their followers through email delivery. Which is literally all of us.
In this episode you will discover:
- How the iOS15 update has already impacted your business and what you can implement immediately to make tracking easier
- What alternative tracking metrics are still available to you so you're always crystal clear about how engaged your email subscribers are with your content
- 5 things we recommend that you do starting today to overcome the iOS15 email tracking changes
If you think this doesn't apply to you because you aren't a big tracking person, stick with us because we're going to explain exactly how it already has affected you in your business and 5 ways to overcome this significant challenge.
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
If you are like a lot of other coaches and solopreneurs, looking at ways to simplify your business is a big focus right now. We are 100% on board with this motto, and we continue to look at what is working and what is not working, so we can focus our attention on the winning strategies while having more free time. One of the areas that is important to simplify is content creation.
In today's episode we're sharing how the content from one great workshop delivered monthly can fill your content calendar for an entire month. So, if simplifying your content creation calendar is something you're interested in or if you're someone that finds it challenging to know what to blog about, create social media content about, and focus your attention on to attract your dream clients, this episode is for you.
In today's episode you'll discover:
- How one monthly workshop can drive your content creation for an entire month
- A simple method to attract your dream clients that doesn't rely on social media posts to get their attention
- Our streamlined method to create 4 livestream topics to grow your email list, 4 blog or email topics to warm up your followers, 12 social media posts, and 12 story topic ideas from one great workshop
If you want to simplify your content creation, learn how you can do just that with ONE monthly workshop.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Sign up for Karen’s workshop: http://www.karenpattock.com/workshopsuccess
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
When you own an online business, learning how to be a good presenter has many benefits. Improving this skill will directly impact your workshops, livestream video, stories, Reels, pre-recorded video, podcast interviews, summits, wellness fairs, etc. Honing your craft of delivering a presentation that includes strategy and intention will go a long way to quickly growing your wellness business.
In this episode you'll discover:
- The importance of improving your presentation skills for better overall live video results and engagement
- The #1 secret all seasoned speakers and presenters use to guarantee their video/talk goes off without a hitch
- Why getting clarity on your customer journey will directly impact the quality of your video content and delivery
- A simple technique of selling and warming up your audience to your paid program without ever feeling salesy
Video is becoming one of the most critical marketing tools for online businesses, and this episode shares what you need to know to become a better presenter and create amazing video content.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 241: Marketing in 2022 - What's on The Horizon for Coaches – http://www.wbpodcast.com/241
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
If you're building an online business, then you’ve likely felt some pretty big shifts in 2021 in your ability to reach your dream clients using social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram.
It's been coming for a while now but last year showed a clear divide between the people that were doubling down on the top social media tools vs. those that want to keep plugging away trying to use marketing strategies from 2018.
In this episode, you'll discover:
- The two most impactful social media marketing tools you must be using this year to get results, (this information is straight from Facebook and Instagram headquarters)
- A simple way to get started using video that will quickly put your mind at ease, (no more stage fright)
- The power of a Facebook group as part of your customer journey and why the latest tools being added make them even more exciting
- Why using video and groups will be a gamechanger for your business and how they will finally get you in front of your dream clients on social media
This episode is a must for any health coach wanting to grow their wellness business in 2022.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Facebook Group Accelerator Wait List
https://www.fbaccelerator.com/
How To Conquer Your Fear of Live Video: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode171/
Livestream Video Checklist: https://www.karenpattock.com/livestream-video-checklist/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
We know from working with thousands of coaches in our courses and done-for-you programs that selling is one thing that most wellness business owners feel very uncomfortable about, so they avoid it as much as possible.
The problem with avoiding promoting your programs is it prevents you from growing your practice. If you aren't making offers and inviting people to work with you, how are you going to get clients?
What if there was an easier way to do this? Would that interest you?
In this episode we’re covering how to fill coaching programs without “selling” in the way you think and likely dread.
Here are 3 easy ways to fill your programs without selling, and then we'll give you examples of how to use them:
-
Share your story - why are you doing what you're doing? Does your journey relate to them based on where you were when you started and where you are now?
-
Share client success stories - people want to know it has worked for others and it helps lower skepticism.
-
What result can you help people get in your program?
If it makes you uncomfortable to invite people to join your programs and working with you, you won’t want to miss this episode all about how to fill your coaching programs without feeling salesy.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Having a Facebook group for your health coaching business can be a great strategy because it allows you to truly build a community of people who want to learn from you. A free group can be part of the customer journey and it's a key touchpoint for them because they can keep coming back to your group day after day.
The people who are most likely to sign up for your coaching programs are those who know you, trust you and feel connected to you, and this is called a warm audience. You hear us say this a lot, but it's important to use social media to grow your email list, and this can be done very easily when you have a Facebook group.
Here are the 5 strategies we are covering in depth on this episode:
- Include a link to your freebie in the welcome post at the top of your group, so it's the first thing people see when they join.
- Post a link to your free offer in the description of your group.
- Post about your new freebies as you create them.
- A weekly welcome post where you tag new members.
- Use one of the 3 screening question for new members as a way to grow your email list.
Tune in to learn more about how to apply each of these in your group to grow an email list full of warm leads and prospects.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Wait list for Kathleen’s Facebook Group Accelerator Program – https://www.fbaccelerator.com/
Episode 217: 3 Secrets to Creating the Perfect Lead Magnet to Attract Your Ideal Clients – https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode217/
Links to Resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
As we turn the calendar to a new year, it's the perfect time to wipe the slate clean and start over fresh. On this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, we're sharing 5 questions you can ask yourself to shake things up in your wellness business in 2022.
In this episode you'll discover:
- 5 questions you can ask yourself now to shake things up in your wellness business in 2022
- Why we find this exercise so powerful and how you can benefit from taking the time to do it for yourself
- Why it's so important to acknowledge what didn't go well as much as focusing on what did
This time of year is the perfect time to confirm that the business you're building is one that is bringing you joy and happiness as well as being a good representation of yourself, so tune in to this must-listen episode so you can kick off the new year with a bang!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Resource – 90 Day Planning Workbook: https://www.karenpattock.com/90-day-new-year-planner
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Client testimonials are like gold for your business. They provide social proof that past clients had positive results when working with you. Most people look for program and product testimonials before buying because they want to see success stories that help them picture themselves with a positive outcome when working with you.
Testimonials help build your reputation, the foundation of your business, and should be one of the most important parts of your client attraction and enrollment strategy.
In this episode, you’ll discover…
- Why testimonials are so important to the success of your business
- How to ask for a testimonial without feeling awkward
- What to do with a testimonial once you have it
- How to use a testimonial to attract clients and grow your business
- 3 alternatives to fill your testimonial page even if you’ve never had a paying client
If you’ve wanted to learn the ins and outs of creating and maintaining a thorough and successful testimonials page to help grow your business and acquire more clients, tune in to this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Resource – Client Testimonial Acquisition Formula: https://www.karenpattock.com/testimonial-formula/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
After working with and providing done-for-your resources for thousands of health coaches over the years, the number one thing we see with the coaches who are the most successful is that they have a very clearly defined niche which conveys exactly who they help and how they help them. This comes down to the problem you solve for a select group of people rather than having a very general message that doesn't resonate with anyone.
We are walking you through how to come up with a compelling niche statement that succinctly explains what you do, so when someone asks you what you do, so you know exactly what to say and you feel confident about it. This will also give you clarity on what type of content to create and share with your audience because the more specific you are, the more you will attract the right people.
There are 3 P's to this 3-Step formula, and we're diving into each of them on this episode:
1. People - Who you help
2. Problem - The problem they have
3. Process - How you help them - the solution
Once you have this dialed in, you'll feel confident about your niche and you'll also be able to easily communicate the answer to "What do you do?"
Tune in to learn more about the 3 steps, so you can finally nail your niche.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 83: How Andrea Enrolled 3 New Ideal Clients After Defining Her Niche – https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode83/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
If you do 1-on-1 coaching, you probably do discovery calls to enroll new clients, so knowing how to conduct these calls effectively is key to growing your practice.
Today, we are going to talk about how to prevent your discovery calls from going off the rails, so YOU are the one who is in control of the flow of the conversation rather than leaving it up to chance and running the risk of the call getting off track and not being productive.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- How to prepare for your discovery calls to maximize your chances of turning them into a paying client
- A formula to kick off your discovery call with tons of energy and excitement
- 9 steps to conducting an effective discovery call
- How to get access to a copy of a Discovery Call Outline/Script
Learning how to master discovery calls to enroll new clients is a key conversion strategy for many health coaches. In this episode, you’ll learn exactly what you can do to conduct effective discovery calls.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: Kathleen’s Ultimate Health Coach Toolkit which includes a Discovery Call Outline/Script – https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/toolkit/
Episode 91: 11 Ways to Book Discovery Calls – https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode91/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
There is no magic pill when it comes to building your wellness business, but there is a proven formula you can follow that will expedite your growth and success. Just like you probably tell your coaching clients: it takes work, and it takes consistency to see results.
Don't make the mistake of chasing the next sparkly object that you think will be the answer because it will still take implementing this 6-part formula before you see progress and success - no matter what.
One of the most common questions we get is "What do I need to do to get clients?" and that is what we are going to cover on today's episode.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- How to STAND OUT and move people from being AWARE of who you are to becoming a CLIENT
- What you must do on a CONSISTENT basis if you want to attract the RIGHT people and turn them into PAYING CLIENTS
- If you aren't getting enough clients, FIND OUT THE #1 reason why and what to do about it.
If you’ve wondered how you can stand out and consistently turn your ideal clients into paying client, this episode is for you.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Guide – The 6-Part Formula for Growing Your Wellness Business:
https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/6_part
Episode 163 – The Difference Between Your Niche, Marketing Message, and Offer:
https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode163/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Designing the perfect homepage isn't difficult if you have a clear understanding of the purpose that page serves on your website. We prefer to think of it like our online home and the homepage is like the foyer where we greet a new guest. We invite them in and give them the lay of the land to help them feel more comfortable, cozy, and empowered to get around on their own.
In this episode we're going to walk you through our 10-point website homepage checklist so you can create a new page or improve on the one you already have.
In this episode you'll discover:
- The overall purpose of your website homepage so you can maximize your visitor's overall experience, (and keep him/her on your website longer)
- Our 10-point homepage checklist and how to apply it to your website for better results
- Why going through this exercise will be an eye-opening experience for you so you'll be able to improve your website marketing message to attract more dream clients
If you’ve had questions about whether or not your website homepage is set up to attract your ideal client, this is a must listen episode for you!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Resource – 10-Point Website Homepage Checklist: http://www.karenpattock.com/10-point-homepage-checklist
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Running free online challenges can be a great way to get new clients because it allows you to gather a group of people who are interested in your area of expertise, grow your email list and then invite participants to your paid program at the end of the challenge.
A common question about running challenges is how to fill them, so you have plenty of people joining it. The more people who join your free event, the more people you'll have enrolling in your paid program when you invite them at the end.
On this episode we're sharing 5 ways to promote your online challenge, and you can use these even if you don't have a budget for Facebook ads.
You'll discover:
- What strategy will 10x - 50x your reach right now
- Where to do your livestreams to reach the most people
- Which strategy to use to warm up your Instagram followers
- How to reach beyond your own audience to get in front of new people
If you’ve wondered how you can fill your online challenge, tune in to learn 5 free ways to promote your challenge.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Resource – 10 Ways to Promote Your Online Challenge: https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/onlineprogram
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
The demand for live video is at an all-time high right now and predictions are that it's only going to become more and more necessary for anyone that is building an online business. This demand all started when social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram added options for showing up on video. They've encouraged us to create that type of content by rewarding us with increased organic reach leading to further engagement with the people we're trying to connect with on social media without paying for advertising.
Currently we have tools like Facebook livestreaming, Facebook and Instagram stories, IGTV, Instagram Live, and Reels. It seems like every time we turn around there is a new way to connect through video which is precisely why it's time for you to incorporate this into your marketing strategy.
In this episode we are covering:
- Why livestream video should be critical piece of every online business owner's client attraction and sales strategy
- Our 8-step process for planning and promoting your next livestream video for maximum engagement
- Why interacting through live video speeds up the journey your dream clients have as they go through your customer journey
While all video content is preferred, there is one form that stands out above the rest because it encourages a two-way conversation, as well as, continued engagement rather than a passive viewing experience.
That type of video is livestream video and that’s what this episode is all about.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
5-Part Formula for Writing Client-Specific Video Titles: https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode214/
Social Video Advantage: https://www.karenpattock.com/social-video-advantage/
Livestream Video Checklist: http://www.karenpattock.com/livestream-video-checklist
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Every high-converting sales page has one thing in common. It’s the ingredient that almost guarantees that your reader will stay on the page to learn more about your program or service.
In this episode you will discover:
- The #1 thing to include on your sales page to increase program enrollment
- Two wellness examples of great headlines and sub-headlines to assist you in writing your own high-converting sales page
- The key to get any reader to stay on that page to consume more of the information is to grab their attention immediately with a client-specific headline and sub-headline, (you did all the work to get them there, now let's make sure they stay)
If your sales page hasn’t converted the way you’d hoped, you’ll want to stick around to find out the number one most important thing to include on your sales page to increase program enrollment.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Coming up with the perfect name for your business can seem daunting when you’re just getting started or making a major pivot in your business. The good news is that we have some great tips to make this process simple for you.
As a coach, it often becomes a challenge to choose a business name for your coaching practice, so this episode will walk you through how to choose the name that will stand the test of time, no matter what direction you go in the future.
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- 5 specific tips for choosing a business name that's right for your coaching business
- How to choose a name that will stand the test of time no matter what direction you go in the future
- The one domain we all should own as a solopreneur no matter what we do in our business
If you’ve ever felt stuck trying to decide the name for your business, this is an important episode you won’t want to miss.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The Ultimate Health Coach Success Path Blueprint: https://www.karenpattock.com/health-coach-success-blueprint/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Overwhelm is something we hear about a lot from health coaches and we know the feeling. We used to feel overwhelmed on a regular basis, so we get it. The good news is that it doesn't have to be that way and it really shouldn't be that way.
There is a lot to do as a health coach who is building a business from scratch, and with our tips today, we hope it helps you feel much better and know what next steps to take to alleviate this feeling, so you can feel empowered instead.
Here's what you'll discover on this episode:
- How to avoid over committing to things that are not aligned with your goals and priorities
- How to delegate effectively to free up more time for income-generating tasks and projects
- How to focus on fewer things to get better results
If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed in your health coaching business, tune in to this episode to learn how to overcome and avoid overwhelm.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Virtual Assistant Savvies: https://www.facebook.com/groups/vasavvies
Wellness & Healthcare Virtual Assistants: https://www.facebook.com/groups/885577781961540/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Being intentional with mapping out a customer journey is often overlooked which means leaving money on the table and not helping as many people as you could.
Using your Facebook group as part of the customer journey is one of the most effective ways to lead prospective clients to the next step towards working with you.
Here are 3 ways you can use your Facebook group as part of the customer journey:
- Offer your lead magnet in your group to grow your email list and offer your services as the solution to their problem.
- Do free trainings/live Q&A's to provide value, build rapport and trust.
- Invite people to your group via social media and emails (and let them know when you are doing your livestreams ahead of time.
We're also sharing tips on how to grow your group AND your email list.
Tune in to learn how to apply these strategies to get the best results.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
FREE Guide: 10 Proven Ways to Grow Your Facebook group - https://resources.healthcoachsolutions.net/growfbgroup
Episode 132: Planning Your Customer Journey for Improved Client Attraction - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/132/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
When it comes to pricing your coaching programs, we often find that coaches struggle with knowing where to start when they first come out of school and then when they should raise their prices once they get some experience under their belt. That’s why we are bringing back this very important episode.
Back when we were health coaches, we developed a systematic approach to increasing prices that worked like a charm.
Having a successful business doesn't always mean you have the lowest priced program and services. Actually, the opposite is often true depending on the dream clients you're trying to enroll in your programs.
That's why having a simple formula to fall back on takes all the guess work out of how often and how much to increase your prices over time.
In this episode you will discover:
- How to evaluate your starting point based on your past experience with your ideal clients
- How to figure out pricing if you're a new health coach and haven't had any clients yet
- Establishing a starting price point for your coaching services
- How to consistently raise your prices systematically without pricing yourself out of the market
If you’ve wondered how often you should raise your coaching prices and when you should do it, you’ll want to tune into this episode.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Social media is a fantastic marketing and client attraction tool, but there it can also leave you feeling a bit disappointed and frustrated, and this can sometimes come from setting expectations. Whether you're using Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn or any other platform, having the right plan and setting realistic expectations is the key to social media success without the overwhelm.
In this episode, we're revealing 5 realistic expectations to set when it comes to social media. Whether you've felt overwhelmed by social media or as if your strategies and efforts aren't leading to any results, you'll want to take a listen to this episode.
In this episode you will discover:
- 5 reality check-in points that will help you set realistic expectations and keep you on track with your own social media strategy
- How to find support and resources to brainstorm and implement social media strategies
- Why you should rely on a give-only strategy for your social media marketing
- How to get through the natural ebbs and flows of your business and social media engagement
Take a listen so you better manage your own social media expectations with our 5 reality check-in points!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
If you have chosen a niche you feel excited about, the next step is to determine if your ideal clients are actually looking for a solution to their problem.
Once you know what your audience wants, you'll have a much easier time with your messaging, growing your email list and enrolling people into your coaching programs.
On this episode, you'll discover:
- How to figure out if the niche, or ideal client, that you have identified actually wants your help
- The signs to watch for from your potential clients that tell you if they are a prime candidate for your coaching services and are willing to pay for it
- How to fine-tune your marketing to identify your sweet spot so you are only attracting the people that are looking for a way to solve their problem
- 5 ways you can connect with your ideal clients to get more information to learn if they want your help and if so, what they want
Tune in to learn how to determine if your ideal clients are the right fit for your programs and services.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Niche Companion Workbook - http://thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/niche-workbook
Episode 163: The Difference Between Your Niche, Marketing Message, and Offer - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode163/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
We are bringing back a popular episode this week that is about something almost every business owner will deal with at some point or another and that's burn out. The struggle is real when you're dealing with everything else going on in your life PLUS building a business.
We have both hit burnout before, so we have learned the hard way what NOT to do so we can avoid having it happen again.
We're sharing helpful strategies that will help you avoid or recover from burnout, including:
- How to schedule time off
- Ideas for what to outsource and take off of your plate
- How to set boundaries
- Falling into the comparison trap
- And more
Tune in to discover how to manage your life and your business without burning the candle at both ends.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
If you want more clients enrolling in your coaching programs, you have to make it a no-brainer for them to say yes. The best way to do this by defining the promise of the program - this is the outcome or result they can expect if they follow what you teach, or they follow your system. If your promise is vague and general, people won't know if it can help them, but when it's crystal clear and specific, you'll have a lot more people signing up to work with you.
We are sharing some examples of how to do this, and here are a few key questions to ask yourself to get started with defining your promise:
- What PROBLEM do you help people solve?
- WHO are you solving it for?
- What transformation is expected (if they do the work)?
- What is the PROCESS that they take to get there?
There are other parts of your offer, which include a sense of scarcity or urgency, bonuses, overcoming objections and more, and we cover all of the in the Wellness Business Accelerator program, but the promise has to come before that. If you don't have a compelling promise, people are going to scroll on by.
Tune in to find out how to make your offer irresistible.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Join the Wellness Business Accelerator program - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
One of the most valuable resources you have as a business owner is learning from others’ success. There’s a reason something is working for others. This week you’re in for a treat as Christina Della Rocca of Peak Santé shares how she successfully pivoted from in-person coaching to a virtual coaching model.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- How Christina pivoted her coaching practice to an online business model after closing her local clinic due to the pandemic
- The action she immediately took online to show up for her dream clients in a time of uncertainty that resulted in her growing her following even more
- How Christina’s ‘figure-it-out-as-you-go’ approach has led to her business being more profitable than ever by signing contracts with multiple corporate clients
- The next step you can take to get our support in growing your wellness business just like we helped Christina, (it will take less than one minute)
If you’re interested in hearing what helped grow Christina’s business and how you can do it too, you’ll want to listen to this episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Brand New Live Training with Karen and Kathleen: How to Enroll Your Next 3 Clients In 30 Days Even with A Small Email List and Social Media Following – www.wbpodcast.com/webinar
Christina’s website – https://www.peaksante.com/
Christina’s membership program – https://peaksante.kartra.com/page/Dpa391
Kathleen’s 7 Day Healthy Habits Challenge – https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/7-days/
Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Program – https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Because we have worked with so many health coaches over the years, we have unique insights about where they can sometimes hit roadblocks when it comes to growing their business.
Today we are covering 5 Myths Most Health Coaches Believe that are Keeping them Stuck. When we were health coaches over 9 years ago, we fell for some of these myths too. As we share each of them, see which ones you currently believe because they are likely keeping you either stuck in the way you take action, the way you’re showing up, the belief you have in yourself and/or what you are capable of doing.
We’re busting each myth and sharing what IS working right now.
Myth #1 - You need a big email list to make money.
Myth #2 - You can build a successful business with only free content
Myth #3 - You have to have everything figured out before you get started
Myth #4 - You have to feel confident before you start
Myth #5 - You need a big social media following.
If any of these myths have kept you from taking the next step in your business, you’ll want to tune in to this episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
FREE LIVE TRAINING: How to Enroll Your Next 3 Clients In 30 Days Even with A Small Email List and Social Media Following – www.wbpodcast.com/webinar
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
We have worked with thousands of health coaches over the years and there are a few things that the ones who grow profitable businesses all have in common.
The good news is that you don’t have to spend tens of thousands of dollars to have a profitable health coaching business, but there are a few things successful health coaches do differently and we are sharing them with you today.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- How successful health coaches shorten their learning curve to see success much quicker.
- What profitable health coaches do when it comes to choosing a niche.
- The type of systems they implement to save time and run a more efficient practice.
If you're ready to learn what other health coaches are doing to build and grow a profitable wellness business, you’ll want to tune in!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
How to Enroll Your Next 3 Clients In 30 Days Even with A Small Email List and Social Media Following - wbpodcast.com/webinar
Andrea’s Niche Story - thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode83/
Shannon’s Niche Story - www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode96/
Mark’s Niche Story - www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode192/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator - www.wellnessbusinessaccelerator.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
In this episode we're sharing 12 easy ways that you can generate a quick $1,000 to use however you see fit. Our hope is that you'll reinvest it back in your business by getting the support and coaching you need to build the business of your dreams.
You’ll might just find some interesting and creative methods you may not have considered.
In this episode you'll discover:
- 12 easy ways you can generate a quick $1,000 to reinvest in your business
- How to get creative with saving and generating income in the next month
- Just how quickly you can boost your income by $1k when you're willing to step outside your comfort zone in an effort to build your business and make your dreams come true
If you’re ready for some quick cash in your business, you won’t want to miss this must-listen episode!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Have you ever spent hours building what you thought to be the perfect lead magnet only to launch it and receive no email sign ups?
One of the biggest reasons why this happens is because your lead magnet struggled to truly connect with your dream clients. We see this quite often.
A lead magnet that is too generic and doesn't connect back to what your target audience needs and wants, results in people not signing up for it. If they can't identify that it's for them when reading the title, then they aren't going to want it.
In today's episode we're walking you through the 3 secrets to creating the perfect lead magnet to attract your ideal clients.
In this episode you'll discover:
- Three secrets to creating a high-converting lead magnet that has new subscribers signing up for your email list every single day
- The 9 most popular lead magnet delivery formats that are designed to help your new subscribers get more out of your content
- The 5 key elements to crafting a lead magnet title that guarantees your dream clients will know it's for them and will have them instantly entering their email address to grab your freebie
If your lead magnet isn’t performing the way you hoped it would, this is a must-listen episode you won’t want to miss!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 132 – Planning Your Customer Journey for Improved Client Attraction
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
If you are struggling to figure out your niche, it can feel frustrating. You are not alone because most health coaches don't find this easy to do, but we are going to walk you through a process today that is going to help
Knowing your niche is important because when you narrow in on a specific demographic and you have a solution to their problem, you will attract the right people and repel the wrong people, and that's what you want.
If you try to be for everyone, you message is generic, wishy washy and not compelling enough for people to want to take action or enroll in your programs.
There are 3 P's to this 3-Step formula, and we're diving into each of them on this episode:
- People - Who you help
- Problem - The problem they have
- Process - How you help them - the solution
Once you have this dialed in, you'll feel confident about your niche and you'll also be able to easily communicate the answer to "What do you do?"
Tune in to learn more about the 3 steps, so you can finally nail your niche.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Wellness Business Accelerator VIP Wait List
Episode 83 – How Andrea Enrolled 3 New Ideal Clients After Defining Her Niche
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
This week, we're back with another episode where we get to address questions that are on your mind.
In this episode, we are answering questions about Facebook groups vs Facebook pages and live vs recorded video.
Here's what you'll discover:
- How to use your Facebook page to grow your group
- How to get more people showing up for your livestreams
- The most budget-friendly way to run Facebook ads to grow your group and get more eyes on your page
- Is it best to do live or recorded video right now
Tune in to find out the most up-to-date tips and strategies on these topics.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 114 – How to Use Facebook Ads to Turn Your Video Views into Paying Clients
One-Minute Video Introduction Script
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
A video’s title is more than just a minor detail or an afterthought – it’s a major factor in whether people decide to click the play button or not. No matter how good your videos are, weak titles make it hard to get views and grow your audience and we don’t want that. On the other hand, good titles make it easier to stand out from the crowd.
When writing out the title for your video it’s quite common to spend as much time writing and tweaking the title as it does to outline the video content. There are 5 key ingredients to a great video title that not only grabs the attention of your dream clients but also gets them to press the play button.
In this episode you will learn:
- The 5 key ingredients for writing compelling video titles that are irresistible to your dream clients
- Why your video title deserves as much time and consideration as the livestream content itself to attract more live engagement replay viewers
- My favorite helper tool that basically guarantees your video title will be a home run in attracting your dream clients
This episode is a must-listen if you’ve ever had questions about writing the best video titles to attract your ideal clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
5 Key Ingredients for Writing Compelling Video Titles
Title generator
CoSchedule Headline Generator
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
A few weeks ago, one of our Wellness Business Accelerator students asked us: How do you deal with setbacks and let downs in your business when you have given 100%?
We were so glad she asked this question, because at some time or another, it's bound to happen where your results are not what you had hoped. It happens to everyone - including us. If you are any type of business owner - online or brick and mortar, you ARE going to have bumps and failures along the way, but it's what you do with the setbacks that makes the difference. We don't like to call them failures, and instead we like to refer to them as lessons because you can learn from any disappointments to figure out what to do differently and get better results.
On this episode, you'll learn:
- How to turn your "failures" into triumphs
- The 3 specific questions you want to ask yourself if you are getting a low conversion rate
- How to be a detective to figure out where things went wrong, so you know what to do to turn it around
The good news is that there is always an answer to why something is not working, and once you know how to go about finding out the answer, you'll be able to use this process over and over again to get better results.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 91 – 11 Ways to Book Discovery Calls
Episode 163 – The Difference Between Your Niche, Marketing Message, and Offer (Part 1)
Episode 177 – Why You Should ALWAYS Survey Your Audience After a Program or Challenge
Wellness Business Accelerator Wait List for September 2021
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
When we started our businesses years ago, we had no idea what digital tools were available, what the heck they did, and which ones were any good or worth the investment.
There are so many options now - way more than there were 10 years ago, so we wanted to share a few of our favorites with you in case you're looking for some options to streamline and grow your business.
In this episode, we're going to share 8 of our favorite digital business tools in the following categories:
- Client management
- Online coaching programs and courses
- Email marketing
- Organization and Project management
- Graphics for social media
- Webinars and livestream presentations
Most of the tools we're covering today either have a free version or a free trial, so you can test it out for yourself to see what you think.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The Ultimate Health Coach Toolkit: 7 Essential tools to BOOST new client enrollment and INCREASE client retention
PracticeBetter. Use code: CLEARDESK for 20% off your first 4 months of a paid plan
Nudge Coach
Kajabi
MailerLite
Canva
Trello
ClickUp
Zoom
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Have you ever heard the saying "Content is King"? There's a reason this phrase is so popular - it's because the content you create and share will lead the way for you in attracting the right people to your business so they'll want to learn more about what you do and what you have to offer.
The official name for this in the online business world is called content marketing, and it's when you use your free, relevant, and valuable information to market yourself in a subtle, but incredibly powerful way to a particular group of people.
In this episode we're sharing:
- Our 3-step method for consistently creating content that attracts your ideal clients every single week
- How to repurpose one piece of content multiple times so you show up consistently while working less
- The best way to determine what type of content feels the easiest so you'll remain consistent with your content calendar
The bottom line is that people work with those they know and trust, and your content is a very important component of building that trust, so tune into this episode to learn how to effectively use content to attract your ideal clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 171 – How to Conquer Your Fear of Live Video
Episode 188 – Time-Saving Tips for Creating Videos Consistently with Nick Bonitatibus
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
As a business owner you probably are dreaming of more time and financial freedom. But too often bad productivity habits get in the way and can turn your dream of freedom into a J.O.B.
In this episode we're sharing how you can ditch your bad productivity habits to get more done in less time.
In this episode you'll discover:
- The top 3 methods we use daily to get more done in less time
- How we use quarterly goal setting to guide our daily decision making to stay on track every single day
- The easiest way you can ease into your version of productive daily habits that are a game-changer for your business.
If you’ve felt like you’re constantly running from point A to B to finish your daily to-do list, this episode is a must listen!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: The Ultimate Health Coach Business Success Path Blueprint
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
All successful business owners have one thing in common: they work on their mindset as much as their business and marketing strategies. If one or the other is out of balance, you're going to feel resistance and struggle in your business.
Our guest, James Wedmore, is a marketing genius and he's also tuned into the benefit of up-leveling your thoughts when it comes to building and scaling your online business. His coaching and mentorship have impacted tens of thousands of entrepreneurs by helping them address those nagging little voices that tend to hold them back from building the business of their dreams.
James is a mentor to both of us through his online signature course, Business By Design. His teachings about business and intuition have been a gamechanger for us and led to both of us scaling our businesses while working less hours.
In this episode you'll discover…
- The technique James lives by for asking better questions that will always lead you in the direction of getting what you truly want in your life
- How to elevate your role as the CEO of your business so you can work less while getting more, (James shares his simple yet effective approach)
- What's at the core of your limiting beliefs, (we all have them), and why digging in and getting uncomfortable for a little while transforms your capacity to do great things in the future
- What James is most excited about for his upcoming live online series called The Rise of the Digital CEO and why you should join him for this one-of-a-kind mind and business transformation training
If you’d like to learn directly from James, join his FREE limited-time training called the Rise of the Digital CEO. CLICK HERE to sign up!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
FREE TRAINING: The Rise of the Digital CEO
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Wellness workshops are one of the best methods to attract, nurture, and convert your dream customers into paying clients. In this episode we discussed the 3 benefits to hosting monthly workshops that will boost client enrollment into your paid programs.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- Why hosting a monthly workshop works so well to boost the know, like and trust factor between you and your email subscribers so that they are moving through their customer journey with you more quickly
- How leading workshops is the perfect approach to sales that never leaves you feeling salesy or spammy
- The natural, and free, side-effect of hosting workshops that boosts your overall credibility as a coach leading to even more people enrolling in your paid programs
If you’ve wondered how wellness workshops can benefit your clients and business, you’ll want to tune into this episode.
Excited about hosting wellness workshops but want to see a sample first? CLICK HERE!
Check out my library of 12 Done-For-You Wellness Workshops. Everything you need to be up and running in just one hour! CLICK HERE!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Wellness Workshop Sample
12 Done-For-You Wellness Workshops
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Workshops can be an incredibly effective marketing strategy for health coaches, and our guest, Shannon Hansen, was using them very successfully as in-person events until the pandemic hit. She had to pivot and take her workshops online and it has resulted in a dramatic increase in revenue.
On this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, Shannon shares her blueprint for using online workshops to grow her business, including:
- How many different workshops she delivers each month
- The pricing of her coaching programs and what's included
- The mindset shifts she had to make in order to take her business to the next level
- The results she has had by adding in a continuity program for client who complete her coaching program
- Mistakes made and lessons learned to keep making things better
- And much more!
This episode is a must-listen if you want to get a behind-the-scenes look at how another health coach is running their business and putting systems into place that scale to 5-figure months.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 96 – How Shannon Enrolled 15 Clients in 45 Days
Shannon’s website
Shannon’s Instagram
Shannon’s Podcast: Thriving Thyroid
Karen’s Sample Workshop
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Are you having trouble coming up with social media content on a regular basis?
It can feel daunting and kind of overwhelming at times, so we wanted to share a few great ideas with you, so you don't have to spend time wracking your brain, trying to come up with ideas for content that your followers will love.
Here's what you'll discover:
- Why it's important to have a variety of posts
- The 3 different categories of posts you should include
- 5 examples of types of posts you can put on rotation every month
- How to come up with 30 days or more worth of posts each and every month
It may sound too good to be true, but you really can plan out an entire month of your posts in an hour or less each month when you learn what we are going to share with you. Tune in to learn how.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Guide: Social Media Planning Made Easy
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
As video becomes a more and more popular way to attract, nurture, and convert clients on social media, it no longer is a case of whether or not you should use it. If you're building an online business and want to attract a steady stream of ideal clients then showing up on video is no longer an option.
In this episode you'll discover:
- Why it's no longer an option for you to embrace video if you're building an online wellness business
- The 3 categories every video must fall into to be part of your main marketing strategy for attracting your dream clients
- What types of videos fall into each category, including examples and topics of how you can get started immediately
If you’d like to start showing up and attracting your ideal clients through video, this is episode is a must!
Get a kickstart and boost your video confidence with the 10 Day Livestream Video Jumpstart HERE for just $18 (50% off the regular price).
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Join the 10 Day Livestream Video Jumpstart for just $18 (50% off the regular price).
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The demands as a health coach can weigh heavily on our energy and mood and it's not always easy to bounce back after a particularly difficult coaching call. In a recent Facebook post one coach asked, “Does anyone feel like they need a support group after a day of client calls?”
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast we're addressing the challenges of one-on-one coaching and how coaches can protect themselves from the draining energy that can sometimes come from certain clients.
In this episode you'll discover:
- 5 easy tips to protect yourself from draining your energy after one-on-one coaching calls
- What other health coaches are doing in their pre and post session routines to give you some ideas
- How you can remain at the top of your coaching game even on high-volume client days
If you’ve ever felt like you need pick-me-up after the heavy energy that comes from one-on-one client calls, tune in to learn our tips.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
5 Easy Tips to Protect Yourself and Your Space from Toxic Junk!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
We received a great question about how coaches should distinguish between their free and paid content; what should be included in things such as freebies, blog posts and livestreams, and what should be saved for content for paying clients.
This is such a great question, and it may be something you are wondering too, so we wanted to cover this on the podcast.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- The purpose of your free content and how it plays an important role in your marketing and client attraction strategy
- 8 popular types of free content you can use to attract your ideal clients
- What to avoid doing with your free content
- Examples of free content you can start sharing today
The goal with your free content is to draw people in to learn something short and sweet and leave them wanting more, then direct them to the next step such as sign up for your freebie, join your Facebook group, read a blog post, watch a video or something else.
Your free content should ultimately lead people to your paid programs, and that’s how content marketing works.
Tune in to find out more.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 117 – How to Easily Navigate the Changes on Instagram with Jasmine Star
Episode 144 – 5 Simple Ways to Repurpose Your Content to Reach More People
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Have you ever promoted a free offer, a webinar, a paid program or something else and the results were less than stellar?
This happens to almost everyone at some point but once you know how to troubleshoot and make the right changes, you’ll start seeing much higher conversions.
There are 4 common reasons why this happens and once you know what they are, you can troubleshoot and see where you can make changes to make it better.
In this episode, we’re sharing the top 4 reasons and giving you examples of how to fix them.
Reason #1: You are speaking more about the features or the “stuff” they get instead of the benefits and results.
Reason #2: You are not focusing enough on their pain points and conveying that you understand where they are right now.
Reason #3: You aren’t using the words or phrases they are using or things they are saying to themselves.
Reason #4: You aren’t addressing and disarming their objections.
Copywriting comes into play with ALL the copy you write, from your emails and social media posts to your sales pages, landing pages for your free offers, your website, your blog posts and more.
Listen in to learn more about these 4 reasons and how you can easily turn it around to get more people taking action.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
A couple of months ago, we launched our 12-week course for wellness business owners, called the Wellness Business Accelerator, and we previously ran it as a monthly membership program
We’ve had lots of questions about why we decided to make the change from a membership to a course, so we decided to share our process for making this decision. If you are deciding between a course or membership or you have a program and you are thinking about changing delivery methods, be sure to tune in.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- Why we decided to change our course model from a membership to a 12-week course
- The trends we were seeing from our members that got our attention and started us on the path to making this decision
- 5 specific questions we asked ourselves before making our final decision to move forward so we felt confident we were making the right decision for our students
If you’ve wondered why we made this recent pivot from a membership to a course, tune in to get a behind-the-scenes look.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kajabi
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
It’s time to celebrate because we just released our 200th podcast episode. We’re so proud of what this podcast has become and how it has impacted so many of you. Thank you for your support and for being a loyal listener.
If you’ve ever wondered how we got here, in this episode we’re sharing how we first met, why we decided to start this podcast, and what led to us partnering in creating a highly successful course for wellness business owners.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- How we met and our earliest memories of connecting on social media
- The milestones in our relationship that led us to realize that we ‘share the same brain’ as we often say
- The thing we each said YES to that changed the trajectory of both of our businesses
- The thing we are the proudest of as business partners, friends, and soul sisters
We are so excited to share our story with you, but we’d also love to hear how The Wellness Business Podcast has impacted your wellness business!
Help us celebrate our 200th episode of The Wellness Business Podcast and you could WIN A PRIZE!
We're giving away TEN $20 Amazon gift cards.
Here's how to get a chance to win:
Step 1. Leave a rating and review in iTunes (from your mobile device)
Step 2. Take a screenshot of your review
Step 3. Post the screenshot of your review to your IG story and tag @kathleenlegrys and @karenpattock
10 people will be chosen at random and tagged on April 30th! You could be one of the lucky winners :)
Have you previously left a rating and review? No problem. You can leave a new one or share a screenshot of the one you already left and follow the instructions above for a chance to win.
Not sure how to leave a review in itunes? Here’s how:
- Select the 'Podcasts' app on your mobile device to open.
- Select the 'Search' button in the bottom right corner of your screen.
- Type 'The Wellness Business Podcast' into the search bar, and then click on the show below the Podcasts title.
- Go to the 'Reviews' tab, then click ' Write a Review'
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
If you’ve created a free offer to grow your email list, but people aren’t signing up for it like you thought they would, it can be disappointing and leave you wondering what went wrong.
This is a problem we see quite a bit, so if you are dealing with this right now, just know you are not alone, and we’re going to help you troubleshoot this and turn your freebie into something people can’t wait to get their hands on.
There are 3 questions you want to ask yourself to troubleshoot lack of interest in your free offer:
-
Is it for a specific niche?
-
What problem does it solve?
-
How are people finding out about it?
We’re also covering the minimum conversion rate you want to aim for, tips for how to find out what your ideal clients want and how to spread the word about your awesome resource, so you grow your email list faster.
If you’ve ever felt frustrated or disappointed by the conversion rates of your free offers, this episode will give you lots of tips for troubleshooting and improving your offer.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 28 – 5 Simple Steps to Create Your Perfect Free Offer
Episode 163 – The Difference Between Your Niche, Marketing Message, and Offer (Part 1)
Episode 164 – How To Determine If Your Ideal Clients Actually Want Your Help (Part 2)
Episode 165 – 3 Steps to Identify Your Marketable Ideal Client (Part 3)
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Have you ever heard someone say, "launching isn't for the faint of heart?" No truer words have ever been spoken. Simply putting yourself out there by making an offer and inviting people to invest in your paid program takes courage and stamina.
Our guest this week, Lisa Boehm, recently went all in on her launch and she's here to share the truth about launching. The good and bad, lessons learned, and what she'll do differently next time to make her launch even more successful.
In this episode you'll discover:
- A look behind the scenes of a fellow coach's recent launch including what she invested in, how much she spent, and how much she generated in revenue during her open cart period
- Why Lisa felt at times like she was pushing a boulder uphill during her launch and what she did to overcome that feeling and ultimately have great success during her sale
- Why Lisa believes she lost several sales because clients abandoned their purchase and what she'll do differently in May when she launches again to ensure that doesn't happen again
- Lisa's top five lessons learned from her last launch and how you can apply them to your next promotion
If you’ve ever had questions about what it’s like to launch your program, you’ll want to listen in to this episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Lisa’s Website
Lisa’s book, Journey to Healing – A Mother’s Guide to Navigating Child Loss
Lisa’s Facebook page
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
If you want more people engaging with you, getting on your email list, and signing up for your paid programs, knowing how to add a call to action is not only important, it’s necessary if you want to move people to taking the next step with you.
A call to action let's people know what they should do next, and when you nail this, you will see a huge shift in the way people respond, which can also have a dramatic impact on the growth of your business.
In this episode, you'll discover:
- What a call to action is and why it could be a missing piece of the puzzle for you
- How to use calls to action in your content and social media posts for better results
- Examples of effective calls to action you can use right away
- How to increase engagement, leads and sales with the right CTA's
Tune in to learn how this simple but effective strategy can make a huge impact in your business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Before you run Facebook ads, there are some important foundational basics you want to understand, so you aren't throwing your money away.
We are bringing back a popular episode of The Wellness Business Podcast with one of our favorite Facebook ad experts, Rick Mulready. In this episode, Rick covers some of what you need to know before you run Facebook ads, so you can get the best results.
Here's what you will learn in this episode:
- How to use the free tools inside of Facebook to help with your ads
- The easiest, and most cost-effective, way to get started using Facebook ads to grow your email list with your ideal health coaching clients
- How to look in the reporting section of the ads dashboard to know how well your ad is performing
Rick does a great job of explaining complicated things in an easy-to-understand way, so we know you will get a lot from what he shares.
Whether you're thinking about running ads or you've been running them for a while, but your results aren't as good as you would like, this is a must-listen episode.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Rick’s website
The Art of Online Business (formerly called The Art of Paid Traffic Podcast)
60 Second Facebook Ads Diagnosis Checklist
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
If you want your website to attract your ideal clients, getting your brand messaging right is critical. We decided to bring back this popular episode so you can make sure your website brand message is engaging your ideal clients rather than turning them off.
First impressions are important, and you only have a few short seconds for people to try to determine if they want to learn more or click away. If your brand messaging isn't clear on your website, your visitors won't take the next step to becoming paying clients.
In this episode, you'll learn:
- Why it is so important to have the right brand message on your website
- The 2 main problems in brand messaging that we found in 95% of the websites we audited
- A simple 3-step process you can use to audit your website to help you get your marketing message dialed in
On this episode, we're giving you 3 questions to ask yourself so you can audit your own website to see if you need to make some changes to better attract your ideal clients.
Tune in so you can learn what changes you may want to make.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
If you’re curious about how to beta launch your next program you’ll want to tune in because we’re walking you through everything step-by-step.
One thing to keep in mind is that a beta program is really just a test, but it will give you incredible insights and feedback, so you can make your full launch a smashing success.
You’re testing to see if your offer resonates with your audience, you’re testing the program content, delivery method and also the results people are getting.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- Ten specific steps to beta test your first program
- The magic number for beta testers
- What metrics to measure for success
- How to get specific feedback from beta testers
- Strategies for offering support to beta testers
If you plan to launch any type of coaching program, be sure to listen to this episode.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 193: Best of: How to Launch a Beta Program (Part 2)
Freebie: "8 Step Beta Program" Mapping Workbook
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
If you’re thinking about launching a new program this year or relaunching a past program again, you’ll love this step-by-step episode where we walk you through everything you need to know to beta launch your next program.
This is part one of a two-part series so get ready for a blueprint that will take you through the entire process.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The benefits of beta testing your programs (new + old)
- How to use imperfections to your advantage
- Validate your methods – Testing before going all in!
- Turn beta testing into revenue
- Getting to know your clients better through testing/feedback
- Find weaknesses in your information and where clients might need more support
If you plan to launch any type of coaching program, be sure to listen to this episode.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: "8 Step Beta Program" Mapping Workbook
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Today, we’re sharing 3 inspiring health coach success stories from our students and each one is unique in its own way. Some of these students had inconsistent success in the past and others had no business foundations in place at all when they started working with us.
What you’ll notice is that there are some common threads between all three of these ladies.
- They each spent time laser-targeting their ideal client at a level they never had before.
- They pushed themselves outside their comfort zone and beyond the nagging voice of resistance that kept whispering in their ear.
- They all saw major shifts in their businesses and boosted their revenue within 90 days of working with us inside our program which we’ve recently restructured as the Wellness Business Accelerator.
We are going to walk you through their stories and their success and what we believe was the thing that made all of the difference in reaching a new level of revenue in their business.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- How 3 Health Coaches went from struggling to get clients and make sales to an abundance of clients filling their programs
- The main factor that drove their success, (and they all have this in common)
- The approach they took to overcome imposter syndrome and the fear of niching down to a single dream client identity
- What each coach did right that contributed to them finally feeling like they have a real business rather than an expensive hobby
You’re invited!
The doors are open to our Wellness Business Accelerator program until Feb. 20th, so if you want mentoring and support in building your wellness business, we would love to have you join us.
Links:
Join the Wellness Business Accelerator
Andrea’s Website
Shannon’s Website
Helen’s Website
Should you niche down in your wellness business? The simple answer is YES! In this episode, we’re sharing what happens when you clearly define your niche and dream clients.
Our guest today is someone we have known for a while because he has been a member of our Wellness Business Accelerator program. He is a massive action taker and he’s always willing to try new things, so we wanted to have him on the show to share what’s possible in your business when you have a plan, and you implement a few simple strategies consistently.
During this interview, Mark shares how he:
- Incorporates a very unique style of delivering his free and paid workshops that helps him stand out (in a big and fun way)
- Niched down to serve a niche he is passionate about (public relations professionals) and his business skyrocketed
- Has been invited to speak at local and national events
- Has adapted his business due to the pandemic, while people shifted to working at home
- Tapped into his existing network of people to help grow his business
- Overcame some mindset shifts about pricing his programs (spoiler alert: He has increased his rates from 3 to 5 figures)
As you’ll hear, when Mark nailed his niche, his business skyrocketed.
If you want to learn the step-by-step process to choosing and implementing a niche that will help you stand out and attract your dream clients, join the Wellness Business Accelerator!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Join the Wellness Business Accelerator (doors are open through Feb 20, 2021)
Mark’s website
Mark’s Instagram
Mark’s LinkedIn
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Whether you are just starting out in the coaching space or if you've been at it for a while now we're willing to bet you want your business to be as streamlined and profitable as possible. We hear you!
Whenever we start working with a new client the first place we start is all the way back at the beginning by narrowing down our ideal client. We want to be sure that we are crystal clear on who that client is. In other words, who you help, how you help, and the transformation you offer.
When you're clear on that everything else that is required to grow a thriving practice will fall into place pretty easily.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast you'll discover:
- The 3 main reasons wellness business owners are struggling to get clients, (which is easily reversed once you know which one you are dealing with at the moment)
- How to flip the script from focusing on your marketing from your point of view to a better strategy that includes building your marketing message from your ideal client's point of view
- The #1 reason you're leaving money on the table in your wellness business and what you can do to correct it
BTW, be sure to grab your spot for our BRAND NEW Live Training called: 3 Secrets Every Wellness Business Owner Needs to Know to Grow a Thriving Practice in 2021
We are going to be breaking down what you need to know in order to stand out, get clients and grow a profitable business this year.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Live Training: 3 Things Every Wellness Business Owner Needs To Know To Get Clients in 2021
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
It may sound hard to believe, but our guest booked 40 discovery calls in only 5 days. Once we heard about this, we knew we had to have her on the podcast to reveal her secrets!
On this episode, Mona shares:
- How she booked 40 calls in 5 days
- Some of the obstacles she faced and how she overcame them
- What her business was like a year ago and what it's like now
- What kind of Facebook ads Mona ran and examples of what she included that made them so effective
- Her discovery call follow-up reminder strategy that worked like a charm
If you are looking to book more discovery calls, you won't want to miss this interview!
BTW, be sure to grab your spot for our BRAND NEW Live Training called: 3 Secrets Every Wellness Business Owner Needs to Know to Grow a Thriving Practice in 2021
We are going to be breaking down what you need to know in order to stand out, get clients and grow a profitable business this year.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Webinar: 3 Things Every Wellness Business Owner Needs To Know To Get Clients in 2021
Mona’s Instagram
Mona’s Facebook Page
Mona’s Website
Calendly
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
In this episode we're diving into a question that we hear all of the time from our clients. That question is: Why aren't more of my social media followers converting to paying clients?
In this episode we're identifying 3 of the top reasons you may be experiencing a lack of conversions from social media. As you listen in see which reason resonates with you the most and then adjust based on our recommendations.
In this episode you'll discover:
- How your ideal customer changed during 2020 into a 'Now Customer' and how you should update your marketing to reach them
- 3 top reasons your social media followers aren't converting into paying clients and how you can pivot your social media strategy to build trust between you and them for more sales in 2021
- The main role social media can play in building trust in your overall success of eventually turning your tribe from passive followers to active paying customers
If you’ve been wondering why you’re not getting more clients from social media, then this episode is for you!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Webinar: 3 Things Every Wellness Business Owner Needs To Know To Get Clients in 2021
Episode 132: Planning Your Customer Journey for Improved Client Attraction
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
When it comes to creating video on a regular basis, we know one of the biggest hurdles is figuring out a way to do it that doesn't take up all your time.
Our guest and video expert, Nick Bonitatibus, shares a simple 3-step process to help you save time creating your videos.
Nick breaks it down into these 3 steps and shares examples of what to do every step of the way.
- Planning and preparation - How this will help you create video content your audience will look forward to watching.
- Delegation - Ideas for outsourcing certain tasks, so you don't have to do it all yourself (plus Nick's top recommendations for outsourcing options).
- Distribution - How to get your videos seen by as many people as possible.
If you want to create and produce videos that your audience will love to consume, the tips Nick shares will be incredibly helpful to get you started.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The Digital Champs
Upwork.com
Onlinejobs.ph
Fiverr.com
Keyword.com
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
We have been running Facebook groups for several years, and we love hosting them as a way to connect with our tribe on a deeper and more meaningful level. We believe hosting your own group can be one of the best things you can do to attract prospective clients, warm them up, and lead them to your paid programs.
We also know some of you are wondering if there are other options for hosting an online community for your paid programs, outside of Facebook, so that’s what we are covering today with our guest, Phil Beene.
In this episode, you’ll discover…
- Options for online communities that are not on a social media platform
- Pros and cons of hosting your group somewhere else
- The functionality of some of the other community platforms
If you’ve been looking for the perfect online community platform to engage with your clients in your paid programs, in this episode Phil shares some of the best options to choose from!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Nudge Coach
Mighty Networks
Tribe.so
Join the waitlist for the Wellness Business Accelerator
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
If you’re using Instagram stories, did you know the story stickers are built-in engagement and marketing tools for your business?
On this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, we’re going to share how to use stories to your advantage, so you stay top of mind with your followers.
Here are 4 of our favorite Instagram stickers that we use all the time, and we’re sharing what they are and how to use them to increase engagement, reach and build relationships with your followers.
1. Polls
2. Countdown timer
3. DM sticker
4. Question sticker
If you’ve wanted to learn more about the ways using IG stickers can help boost your social media reach and engagement, then you’ll want to tune in to this episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Join the waitlist for the Wellness Business Accelerator
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Accelerator
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Your audience likes to consume content in different ways, and that's why it's essential to create a repurposing strategy for each piece of content that you create so that it is showing up wherever your followers are spending time.
This week, we're bringing back a previous popular episode that will be a great refresher as we transition into the new year.
It's called: 5 Simple Ways to Repurpose Your Content to Reach More People
There are more options to repurpose content now than there has ever been before. In this episode we're sharing a very specific 5 step plan for each piece of content that you create.
In this episode you'll discover…
- What content marketing is and a variety of modalities you can use so you can choose the format that makes the most sense for your ideal clients
- Our 5 unique ways to repurpose content every week to reach more people, (remember, your audience wants to learn in different ways so you'll be the hero when you publish the same content in multiple ways to accommodate everyone in your audience)
- An example of how to repurpose one blog post into 4 types of content in a tenth of the time it would take you to create new
- How to repurpose content specifically to build your email list so that it's actually performing double duty in your business
Repurposing your content is more than a time saver; it also allows people to consume your content in the format they prefer. Some people prefer video, some love audio, and some would rather just read.
To become known, people need to be able to learn from you and connect with you, so repurposing your content in different ways is one of the best strategies to attract more clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 154 – How to Use the Boost Post Button for Your Facebook Ads to Test Your Free Offers with Rick Mulready
Join the waitlist for Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
What is the best way to launch a new Facebook business page that attracts your ideal clients and gets more followers?
If you are just starting out building your Facebook page, you are likely wondering how to get more followers. This question was asked by two different coaches recently, so we decided to cover our answers and perspectives in this episode.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- The difference between a FB business page and personal profile page when it comes to promoting your business, (these pages are not created equal)
- 3 things to consider when posting on Facebook to attract new likes and followers, that will ultimately keep you out of Facebook jail and help you grow more quickly
- 5 quick tips to quickly get momentum on your new Facebook page
Ready to give your Facebook business page that boost it needs to get more clients? If you’re nodding your head, then hit play and tune in because this is a good one!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Join the waitlist for Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Warming up your audience before you do a promotion is one of the best ways to build trust and awareness about what you do and get more clients.
The purpose of your warm-up strategy is to create anticipation, curiosity and excitement about what’s coming, and when it’s done the right way, you’ll see a boost in enrollment.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- Two specific pre-promotion warm-up strategies to increase sales
- Examples of how to get started with this strategy in your business right now!
If you need some ideas of how to warm up your audience and get them ready for your upcoming launch, you won’t want to miss this episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Join the waitlist for Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We’re often asked, if we were starting our health coaching businesses today, what would we do differently?
The decision to start a coaching business is often an easy one. You’re interested in health, nutrition, and fitness so it feels like a natural alignment to turn the thing you love into a career.
In this episode we’re sharing what you need to know to help you market yourself as a new health coach.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The 5 most important marketing questions you should answer as a brand new health coach
- What we would do if we were starting over as a new coach to attract their ideal clients and convert them into paying clients
- Our best recommendation to create a business that has as many rinse-and-repeat elements as possible to simply your daily task list
- The differences between starting a health coaching practice now vs. when we started back in 2012
If you’ve had questions about the do’s and don’t’s of starting a new health coaching business, tune in as we share the advice we would give ourselves if we started our business today.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 182 – 3 Steps to Make Quick Decisions in Your Business
The 12 Week Year
Episode 163 – The Difference Between Your Niche, Marketing Message, and Offer (Part 1)
Episode 164 – How To Determine If Your Ideal Clients Actually Want Your Help (Part 2)
Episode 165 – 3 Steps to Identify Your Marketable Ideal Client (Part 3)
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Decision making is a key piece in being the owner of your own business. The quicker you can make an informed decision and move forward the faster you will continue to grow.
Rarely is there ever a perfect choice. Each option typically has pros and cons so it usually comes down to the ‘best’ choice rather than the ‘perfect’ choice.
In this episode, we’re covering the 3 steps you can take to simplify your decision-making process and feel confident that you’re making the right choices for your business needs.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- Three simple steps decision making steps to make to move out of fear and procrastination into a decisive action taker
- The main reason why holding off on deciding could be sabotaging your success as a coach
- One life-changing realization when it comes to making decisions that will release any doubt or anxiety you have in becoming a strong decision maker for your business
If you’ve ever felt paralyzed by the choices you need to make as a business owner and health coach, you won’t want to miss this episode where you’ll get our 3 steps to make decisions in your business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
PracticeBetter
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Presenting webinars is a powerful tool for growing your business and your email list, but for many people, the idea of presenting and enrolling new clients on a webinar can be intimidating.
Our guest, Kyle Gray, explains how stories can help you communicate your value, drive home your teaching and build desire for your products and services.
Thanks to Kyle, you’ll learn best practices and examples of using storytelling in webinars that allow you to sell without feeling pushy or salesy.
On this episode, you’ll learn how to:
- Use your own story to show the transformation and results you create. Overcome objections with a story before they even come up.
- Share an aligned ending story that wraps it all up and creates demand for your offer
Tune in to discover how easy and impactful it is to add an element of storytelling to communicate the value you provide to double sales on your next webinar.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kyle’s Website – The Story Engine
5 Brutally Honest Storytelling Mistakes That Kill Your Sales
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Facebook announced a few new rules about groups and one of them is that it will be no longer be including health-related groups in their recommended groups, but before you panic, we want you to know that this is not that big of a deal because there are plenty of other ways to grow your group.
In this week’s episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, we are sharing 3 specific and organic ways to grow your group.
- Include an invitation to your group in your emails - we’re sharing examples of how to do this
- Your Website - we’ll tell you the best two places on your site for this
- Social Media - we’re sharing some of our favorite strategies
There are so many ways to grow your group, so don't fret over Facebook not recommending yours. We don’t rely on that strategy and our groups continue to grow each and every week.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie – The Ultimate Checklist for Running a Successful Facebook Group
30% off ALL of Kathleen’s Done-for-You Health Coaching Programs. Use code NOV2020 for your savings through November 19th, 2020.
Episode 138 – 5 FREE Ways to Promote Your Free Offer to Grow Your Email List
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Challenges are a powerful tool that will share incredible insight about your ideal clients and what they are hoping to accomplish by working with you. When you pay close attention to the questions that are being asked, the reasons participants are having successes, and why some people may be left-behind you are armed with a goldmine of information to guide your business decisions going forward.
Recently Karen ran a challenge that convinced her she must create a brand-new program to serve her ideal clients. The challenge made it obvious that there is a need and that she has the skillset to deliver the program.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- Why challenges are the perfect tool to help you get clarity on a program topic you would like to create, (and whether it's a good decision or not)
- The subtle clues your challenge participants will share with you that will literally outline your new program for you
- Karen's post challenge strategy for learning even more about what her audience wants that you can model in your own business
- Our simple 5-step strategy to know if you should pursue a brand new program in your business or wait until you have more information.
If you’ve had questions about what your ideal clients really want and need from your programs and how to go about gathering that information, challenges are a great way to get started and that’s what this episode is all about!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Have you ever heard the old saying, ‘the devil is in the details’? It simply means that details matter and when it comes to improving your marketing to attract more clients in the future, it’s important to survey the audience you already have.
One of the easiest ways to do this is by asking a group of participants that recently went through a program or challenge with you to give you their feedback. The good, bad and everything in between. It’s the only way we can make our marketing and program content exactly what they want.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The importance of surveying your audience after a program or challenge so you can learn from them first-hand what went well and what needs tweaking in the future
- Significant clues for improving your marketing message from the participants that didn't want to invest in your paid program
- The 3 most common reasons people love your challenge but never invest in your program, (they are always there for the free stuff but never join your paid program)
- Our secret sauce strategy to get more people happily replying to your follow-up survey, without begging
Tune in to learn exactly how you can survey your audience so you can learn exactly why your ideal clients are (or aren’t) taking the next step with you.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
SurveyMonkey
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We always enjoy answering your questions, so we’re back with another episode of Ask Us Anything.
We know one of these questions is likely on your mind too, so we think you’ll find it helpful.
Whether you have a quandary about your Facebook group, your lead magnet or running a challenge, we have something for you.
You’re going to discover the ins and outs of:
- The best time to post in your Facebook group.
- When you post your lead magnet, where should you lead people as a next step?
- When you do a challenge, should you do it for free or charge for it? If you charge for it, what is a good price range?
Tune in to hear the answers to some of the top questions we hear from other wellness business owners like you. You don’t want to miss it!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 34: How a Beta Program Can Help You Crush Your Next Launch – Part 1
Episode 35: How a Beta Program Can Help You Crush Your Next Launch – Part 2
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you would like to learn non-traditional ways to get in front of people in a way that’s based on your unique gifts, strengths and business goals, you are going to love this episode.
Our guest, Lisa Simone Richards, is a publicity expert who is sharing 3 specific strategies to get in front of your ideal clients in ways you may not have considered.
You’re going to discover the ins and outs of:
- How to contribute guest content, so you can be found on Google, beyond your own website
- Providing trainings in masterminds to showcase your expertise
- Being Featured on Popular Websites to elevate your status, provide social proof and get in front of a new, large audience
Lisa has so much great insight and we loved learning about her three amazing strategies for getting seen by your ideal clients that most health coaches aren’t doing already.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Lisa’s free 5-part workshop: Create Buzz to Get Booked
Lisa’s Quiz: Uncover the Best Way to Get the Word Out About Your Coaching
Episode 15 with Lisa: How to Get Free Media Publicity to Pump Up Publicity and Profits
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Your ideal clients probably don’t really want an online course, coaching program or membership - BUT they DO want a solution to a problem they have. Once you know how to position your offers to appeal to your ideal clients’ wants and desired, you’ll have more people enrolling in your programs.
Crafting irresistible offers is about creating awareness and demand for your offer, and believe it or not, your mindset around money plays a big role in the success of your offers too.
On this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, our guest, James Wedmore, shares the 3 ingredients (the 3 P’s) to an irresistible offer, and how you can use them to fill your coaching programs.
You’ll learn about:
- Promise - The problem you solve for people and the result you make possible (the transformation).
- Process - This is the way in which this problem gets solved (your course or coaching).
- Price - Your price plays a vital role your marketing, and price is relative. This is where a lot of people get stuck and that's not exclusive to the wellness space.
James also talks about common money mindset blocks and how it plays a role in our offers and our success.
You are going to be blown away by some of what James shares and you’ll see how it will make a dramatic impact on your sales when you incorporate these principles and strategies.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
James’ Podcast: The Mind Your Business Podcast
James’ Instagram
Book recommendation: Predictably Irrational by Dan Ariely
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
When you are first starting your wellness business it’s hard to know what tools to invest in, which free options are good enough, and where you should spend your limited resources.
In this episode Kathleen and Karen share what tools they can’t live without to make their business run smoothly and offer recommendations for what they would do differently if they were starting over.
You’ll discover:
- The main tools and online software that K&K can't live without to run their businesses
- Their top recommendations for new wellness business owners who are just getting started
- Simple advice for hiring your first virtual assistant, (when, why, and how)
Figuring out which online tools you should learn and invest in for your business isn’t always easy, so if you’ve wondered about which tools we love then this is the episode for you!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 29 - The Secrets to Outsourcing Even If You’re on a Tight Budget
Freebie: Outsourcing 101
Zoom
MailerLite
Canva
Trello
Dropbox
Amazon S3
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
One of the easiest, and free, ways of warming up your followers and getting them excited to invest in your program even before you open the cart is to take them behind the scenes and on the journey with you of prepping your program, creating content and even what type of promotional strategies you’ll be using during your launch.
In this episode Karen and Kathleen will walk you through this simple marketing strategy sharing just how easy it is for you to implement in your next promotion.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- How to create a prelaunch runway before you open cart to get more people interested in enrolling in your program
- A free strategy that you can implement on social media to help your followers become invested in the program you'll be launching
- The differences between launching in the past vs now, and why promoting now is so much easier
- Behind the scenes options for one-on-one coaching, group programs, and free challenges
If you’ve been looking for simple and free ways to get more people to enroll in your programs, you’ll want to tune in to this episode!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Live video is one of the best ways to connect with your ideal client, but we know it can feel uncomfortable or downright scary when you’re starting out.
If you aren’t doing live video yet, there’s a good chance it’s because the thought of it makes you really nervous, and if that’s the case it just means you are totally normal.
The good news is that you CAN overcome your fear, and in this episode, we’re going to share our top 6 tips with you that are going to be a huge help to get you started.
You’ll discover:
- Our inside secrets to building your confidence quickly with baby steps
- What to put your focus on before you go live to feel more relaxed
- The easiest way to get practice, so you feel more comfortable going live
- What NOT to do on your livestream videos if you want people to feel connected to you
If live video is something you haven’t done yet because you’re nervous, you’ll want to tune in to find out how you can conquer your fear of live video.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free online teleprompter – CuePrompter.com
Episode 75 – How to Structure Your Facebook Livestreams for Maximum Engagement
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
How can you keep your Facebook group members engaged and actively involved in your community? We know groups can fizzle out sometimes, and today’s episode is going to help you bring your group back to life.
Facebook groups are still a powerful marketing tool for your wellness business. When you think of your group as being at the top of your funnel or at the start of the customer journey, it’s can be an incredibly effective way to grow your business. It’s a great place for people to get to know you, and the more people get to know you, the more likely they are to invest in your offers.
In this episode, we’re sharing 5 ways to boost engagement in your Facebook group, and once you put these strategies into place, you will see an increase of interaction and conversations.
You’ll discover:
- What you must know before you start your group (or what to change right away)
- The top reason why groups fizzle out
- The most important thing to pin to the top of your group
- The best way to breathe new life into your group AND continue to grow it
- Examples of questions to ask before you approve new members
If you have been wondering how you can boost the engagement in your Facebook group, this episode is for you!
Plus, be sure to check out Kathleen’s free checklist, 10 Ways to Boost Engagement in Your Facebook Group.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Get Kathleen’s DFY Menu Planning Challenge for 25% off through 9/17/2020. Use code: MENU2020 when you check out.
Freebie: 10 Ways to Boost Engagement in Your Facebook Group
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Have you wondered what might be holding you back from reaching your business goals?
You may think the fact that you don’t have a website yet or you haven’t figured out what software to use for your online program is holding you back from attracting your ideal clients, but the truth is that you can build a profitable wellness business without those things… as long as you’re focusing on the right things, making decisions and taking bold action consistently.
In this episode, we’re bringing back one of our popular episodes about having a clear and intentional strategy for attracting clients, so that you can start feeling confident about your decisions and action-taking.
You’ll discover:
- What is truly holding you back from consistently attracting new ideal clients and enrolling them in your programs
- Our step-by-step process for making the best decisions in our business and figuring out what to focus on
- Where to focus your time and energy so that you’re growing your list, getting in front of your ideal clients and building both trust and rapport with your audience.
If you want to learn how to focus on the right things in your business, make the best decisions and take action on the things that will move your business forward, tune in now!
If you want a simple 5-step formula for consistently turning followers into paying clients to build a profitable wellness business, download our free roadmap, “From Follower to Paying Client: A Health Coach’s Roadmap to Profitability.”
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: “From Follower to Paying Client: A Health Coach’s Roadmap to Profitability”
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In this Best Of episode, Kathleen puts Karen in the hot seat to discuss techniques and tips on how to find good referral partners to help grow your wellness business. Karen breaks it down step by step how she managed to get a 50-60% success rate in getting face to face meetings with potential referrals!
Having respected health and wellness professionals singing your praises and referring their clients to you is a proven way to grow and expand your practice.
Referral partners offer many benefits to your business, including:
- Respected professionals in your area recommending you to their clients and colleagues.
- Your business will grow faster when several people are referring clients to you.
- You get to build relationships with other community leaders and professionals
- You'll be able to use your referral partners as a testimonial for your business.
Listen in as Karen gives you the exact step-by-step process she used to get multiple referral partners in her health coaching business. You’ll also learn what mistakes to avoid, and how to put a follow-up system in place that works!
Plus, grab Karen’s Referral Partner Letter Template and start making referral contacts for your wellness business today!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: Karen’s Referral Partner Letter Template
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you do one-on-one coaching, we know one of the most effective ways to get clients is by doing discovery calls - the more you do, the more clients you’ll have. Even during the pandemic, you have options for 1-on-1 coaching thanks to Zoom or skype.
We’re bringing back an episode we did a while back about 11 ways to book discovery calls. This is such an important topic, so we wanted to bring it back again.
In this episode you’ll learn…
- How to get over your fear of feeling salesy and uncomfortable
- Recommendations for different services to use for your calls
- 11 specific and proven ways to invite people to your discovery calls
- How to reach out to your current email subscribers and offer a discovery call as a way to move their customer journey forward.
- Using your Facebook group to invite "warmed leads" to a discovery call.
- And more!
We know you’re going to get a lot of out of this episode, and we’re also sharing the list of 11 Ways to Book Discovery Calls with you, so you don’t even have to take notes!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: 11 Ways to Book Discovery Calls
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Having some sort of online component in your wellness business right now is truly a necessity for consistent revenue and a successful coaching business. Turning your knowledge into a profitable digital course is a great way bring your business online!
To explore this topic further we’re joined today by our digital course mentor, Amy Porterfield. Amy is an online marketing expert and the host of the top-ranked podcast, Online Marketing Made Easy. She’s also our go-to person for all things course creation.
In this episode you’ll learn…
- Why you are already are an expert in your industry and have enough knowledge to create your own digital course right now
- How to determine the perfect amount of digital course content so you don't overwhelm your clients
- The best strategies to overcome your fear of technology and sales that have previously sabotaged your success
- A simple approach to get to the finish line with your course, rather than starting multiple courses but never completing them
- Three digital course types that make program creation simple, (never wonder if you are including too much or too little information ever again)
If you’ve had questions about creating your own digital course, this is the episode for you. Amy is such a wealth of knowledge and you won’t want to miss what she has to say!
Plus, be sure to check out Amy’s quiz, “What’s Your Personal Path to Creating a Profitable Digital Course.” Once you are clear on the type of course you should create you’ll find that things start to fall into place more quickly and the process no longer feels overwhelming or scary.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Take the quiz: What’s Your Personal Path to Creating a Profitable Digital Course
Amy’s website
Amy’s podcast, Online Marketing Made Easy
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In the final episode of our 3-part niche series, you’ll get the step-by-step framework you should take to identify your marketable ideal client. After listening to this episode, you’ll have everything you need to set your business up for success by standing out and attracting your ideal client.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The easiest and simplest way that you can narrow down your marketable ideal client identity to a single statement, so your marketing message is clear and concise
- 3 steps you can take to identify your marketable ideal client
- The 4 possible places your ideal clients can be on their health journey and how to make an intention decision of where you want to show up for them
- How to choose descriptive words that will resonate with your ideal clients rather than leaving them confused about what you do and how you help
If you’ve wondered how you can identify your marketable ideal client, tune in to learn the exact steps you need to take!
You’ll want to listen to episodes 163 and 164 first, and this episode will bring it all home for you.
Plus, be sure to download The Niche Companion Workbook to get step-by-step instructions for implementing what we teach you in this episode.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 163: The Difference Between Your Niche, Marketing Message, and Offer (Part 1)
Episode 164: How To Determine If Your Ideal Clients Actually Want Your Help (Part 2)
Freebie: The Niche Companion Workbook
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Do you ever feel like your message just isn’t resonating with your audience? Are you posting on social media, but no one is responding or signing up for your programs?
In part 2 of our niche trio episodes, we’re going to share how to go about figuring out if the niche, or ideal client, that you have identified actually wants your help. We want to make sure you are talking to the people who are actively looking for solutions and are willing to invest to achieve their desired outcomes.
Here’s what you’ll learn:
- How to figure out if the niche, or ideal client, that you have identified actually want your help
- The signs to watch for from your potential clients that tell you if they are a prime candidate for your coaching services and are willing to pay for it
- How to fine-tune your marketing to identify your sweet spot so you are only attracting the people that are looking for a way to solve their problem
- 5 ways you can connect with your ideal clients to get more information to learn if they want your help and if so what they want
If you want to make sure you are not wasting your time attracting the wrong clients (or none at all) and have been looking for the sweet spot in your business, then this episode you’ve been waiting for!
Tune in to find out how to make sure you are connecting with your ideal client in a few simple steps.
To get clarity on your niche and dial in your marketing message so you will be attracting your dream clients, be sure to download The Niche Companion Workbook that shows you exactly what you should be doing based on what we teach in this episode.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 163: The Difference Between Your Niche, Marketing Message, and Offer
Freebie: The Niche Companion Workbook
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
A common misconception in the health and wellness space is that many coaches believe that everyone and anyone that is unhealthy is looking for help and willing to pay for it. That couldn’t be further from the truth.
Nailing your niche is a critical piece of building a wellness business that attracts the people you actually want to work with. We’re so excited to share part 1 of our 3-part series on choosing a niche. There is so much to cover, which is why we are doing a 3-part series on this topic, so you have everything you need to know to finally figure out your marketable ideal client.
We often hear how confusing it is to figure out your niche, marketing message, and offer, and how to connect it all. In this episode we will be taking the “confusion of it all” out and putting the “simple” back in so you have the information and the steps you need to find your ideal client.
In this episode you’ll discover:
- The difference between your niche, marketing message and offer
- The two most common mistakes we see health coaches making when identifying their ideal clients that is preventing them from enrolling clients into their paid programs
- A simple exercise you can use to determine if the niche you’ve already chosen is clear and concise, (or if the words you are using are leaving your niche up to interpretation)
- The reason that dialing in on a marketing message that clearly states who you help and the transformation you offer will be a game-changer for your business
If you’ve been wondering how you can nail your niche, then this episode is for you! Be sure to tune in and find out how you can discover your marketable ideal client with just a few simple steps.
To get clarity on your niche and dial in your marketing message so you will be attracting your dream clients, be sure to download The Niche Companion Workbook that shows you exactly what you should be doing based on what we teach in this episode.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: The Niche Companion Workbook
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We love to bring you inspiring success stories of other health coaches that are building profitable wellness businesses and what’s possible when you get a system in place. You are going to love today’s episode with our special guest, Richa Prasad!
Richa owns and operates CoachViva along with her partner Lucy. After years of struggling to find the best resources for their own fitness journeys, they knew they wanted their business to have all the resources, tools and coaching they wished they had access to when they were struggling to get fit. Richa is joining us in this episode to share a huge win they recently had in their business that resulted in over $6,000 in sales by using Wellness Workshops.
In this episode, Richa is sharing:
- The exact process Richa and Lucy took by delivering the same wellness workshop over and over to enroll 3 new clients at $2,000 each in a matter of weeks.
- How they figured out exactly what their audience wanted before they ever purchased a done-for-you wellness workshop so they would hit the ground running with their very first workshop.
- The success system they have in place that takes their attendee from the workshop to a discovery call to the paid program.
- Why they are hooked on the workshop client attraction and client enrollment system for their business and how it will work for you too.
If you’ve been wanting to have as much success in your business as Richa and Lucy have in theirs, you’ll want to tune in to this episode to hear their exact process for selecting and delivering the right workshop for their ideal clients so that it leads to more sales in just a matter of weeks!
For those of you that are excited to use workshops as a way of attracting your dream clients and enrolling them into your programs, we have a special discount code for you to receive 30% off your purchase of one of Karen’s done-for you Wellness Workshops.
You can choose from a library of 12 workshop topics, all designed to be the most appealing and sought-after information in the wellness space right now. The workshops do a great job of attracting and warming up your attendees so they are excited to learn more about the results that are possible by working with you.
Just head over to mywellnessworkshops.com and enter coupon code: PODCAST30 at checkout. You’ll instantly receive 30% off your purchase.
The workshops include everything you need to be successful:
- All marketing materials including graphics and pre-written social media posts
- A slide deck with a pre-written sales conversation, inclusive of presenter notes so you’ll never worry about what to say.
- Attendee workbook to enhance audience participation
- Plus, a whole lot more
To learn more, just go to mywellnessworkshops.com and enter coupon code PODCAST30 at checkout to receive 30% off.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Get 30% off Karen’s Done-for-You Wellness Workshops. Use code: PODCAST30 at checkout!
Richa and Lucy's website - https://coachviva.com/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
When Kathleen did a recent Facebook ad for a lead magnet, her results weren’t as good as she had expected, so she did some troubleshooting to figure out what was wrong. In this episode, she shares what type of ad she was running, what went wrong, and what changes she made.
If you’re running Facebook ads or you plan to run them, this will be a very insightful episode to help you troubleshoot your own ads if they don’t perform as well as you expected.
Kathleen is in the hot seat to share:
- What type of ad she was running and how she knew it wasn't working
- Her typical ad budget and conversion costs
- Even though her lead cost was great, conversions to sales were low
- What actions she took to correct the problem
- Stats to be aware of when you run your ads
Facebook ads are an experiment and there are going to be ads that do well and some that don't do well at all. In this episode, we’re sharing what to look for when your ads are not performing well and how to course correct.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: 10 Ways to Promote Your Online Challenge
Episode 154 – How to Use the Boost Post Button to Test Your Free Offers with Rick Mulready
Episode 114 – How to Use Facebook Ads to Turn Your Video Views into Paying Clients with Zach Spuckler
Episode 43 – What You Need to Know Before You Run Facebook Ads
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Since we are halfway through 2020 already, we wanted to bring back a previous episode about planning your business. Right now is a good time to evaluate what is working and what changes you may want to make. The first half of 2020 is unlike anything we have experienced before, so making a plan for the rest of the year will be more important than ever.
We suggest listening to this episode, downloading Kathleen’s free workbook, The Profitable Business Planning Workbook and then listening again as you work through those planning stages.
In this episode we talk about…
- Reviewing the Past Year Before Planning Ahead
- The 4 Steps to Follow When Planning
- Setting Your Non-Negotiables for the Upcoming Year
- What You Should Be Planning Out in Detail and Why
- The 4 Categories to Focus on Each Month
When planning you want to have a snapshot of where you currently are (your past year review) and where you want to go (your realistic but solid goals for the future). With those two cornerstones in your mind you can then begin to set the course for yourself by mapping out how you will get from Point A to Point B!
Tune in to this episode to learn how you can map out and plan a profitable year in your wellness business.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Don’t forget to download this free guide to help you plan out the rest of 2020: The Profitable Business Planning Workbook
The 12 Week (Year) Book
Hootsuite
Upwork
Virtual Staff Finder
Fiverr
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Social Media Examiner released its 12th annual ‘Social Media Marketing Industry Report’ recently, which analyzes marketers and business owners who use social media to build their businesses and how they plan to tweak their social media strategies over the next year.
As we’ve shared before, social media is a long-term strategy and new marketing strategies are emerging all the time.
Today we are going to share some of the things we found in the report that stood out to us and how we plan to tweak our own social media strategies and why you should too!
In this episode you’ll discover:
- What marketers are really saying about marketing on Facebook
- The #1 platform marketers want to learn more about and why you should start thinking about this strategy
- Why video on social media is such a powerful marketing strategy that marketers are surprisingly underutilizing
- What changes we will be implementing to our own social media strategies
Social media marketing is always changing and keeping up can be difficult sometimes, so in this episode we’re sharing exactly how to decide where to focus your social media marketing. Hit play and listen so that you can learn what changes you should be making to your social media strategy this year and why.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
‘Social Media Marketing Industry Report’
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
One of the major challenges that many of our clients and other health coaches face is how to promote their programs without feeling salesy. As health coaches, you have a tendency to be a “giver” and when it comes to promoting your programs and services, it can feel uncomfortable.
The good news is that you can build your audience of ideal client subscribers and get more clients with one simple strategy: Wellness Workshops. In this episode of the podcast, we’re sharing how workshops can be an impactful marketing strategy for the growth of your wellness business.
In this episode we will be diving into:
- How to grow your business using workshops without feeling salesy or scammy
- The power of using a niche specific workshop title helps you attract your ideal clients
- How to design and run your workshop with a natural progression to get a “YES” and turn them into paying clients
- How to position your program as the next possible step after your workshop
Workshops were the main way Karen built her email list when she was a health coach, so we know that this tried and true marketing strategy works. Tune in so you can learn how wellness workshops can set you up for success in your wellness business!
If you’re excited to use wellness workshops as a client attraction and client enrollment method, you can get 25% off Karen’s Done-For-You Wellness Workshops to help you get started! Just use the coupon code PODCAST25 at checkout.
Each workshop comes with:
- Slide deck presentation with presenter notes
- Slide deck presentation without presenter notes
- Show up live workbook (2 versions - pdf and word)
- Pre-written social media posts (good for Facebook and Instagram)
- Social media images (designed for Facebook and Instagram)
- Marketing flyers
- AHA moments attendee worksheet to book more discovery calls
- Pre-recorded video presentation of the workshop, so you can learn from my delivery
- Pre-recorded presentation transcript
- Video training of how to customize slides with your branding
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Get 25% off Karen’s Done-for-You Wellness Workshops. Use code: PODCAST25 at checkout!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
One common frustration we hear from our clients is that social media isn’t working for them. They believe that they are showing up, posting regularly, in some cases doing livestreams, and the results they are seeing are disappointing.
In this episode, we’re going to discuss how you can be more strategic with your social media content plan by first looking at, and tracking, your analytics. To be exact, there are three key metrics we want you to be tracking.
You'll discover:
- The 3 key social media metrics you should be tracking each week that will help determine which content your followers want more of from you, (and what content they just don't care about)
- How to be intentional with your weekly social media content so that every single post has a strategic goal behind it that drives your business forward
- A simple content planning technique we learned at Social Media Marketing World that has shaped our weekly social plan ever since
- How to use the 3 key social media metrics to simplify your content creation in the future, turning your daily posts into conversation and engagement starters with your followers
If you’ve been wondering how you can improve your social media marketing efforts, you’re going to want to know how to track your analytics, so tune in to learn how!
Plus, you can download the How To Improve Your Social Media Results Through Tracking & Analysis guide that shows you exactly where you can locate your analytics and what you should be looking for based on what we are teaching here in this episode. It even includes a monthly tracker sheet to help you identify trends and patterns within your social media accounts.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: How to Improve Your Social Media Results Through Tracking & Analysis
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We all want to get paid as much as possible for our coaching expertise, but when is the right time to raise your prices and how do you figure out how much and how often to increase your fees?
We get a lot of questions regarding pricing and we know it can feel a little tricky. The key is to find a balance where you’re charging according to your experience and know how to strategically increase your prices.
That’s why we’ve decided to share our simple ‘when-to-raise-your-prices’ formula in this episode!
You'll get the inside scoop on:
- How to evaluate your starting point based on your past experience with your ideal clients
- How to figure out pricing if you’re a new health coach and haven’t had any clients yet
- Establishing a starting price point for your coaching services
- How to consistently raise your prices systematically without pricing yourself out of the market
Raising your prices doesn’t have to be as confusing or intimidating as it might seem. After listening to this episode, you are going to feel so much more confident about when and how to raise your 1:1 coaching prices with our simple formula.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Lead magnets are a great way to build your email list, but there is one essential piece to the puzzle that you have to keep in mind so that your email building efforts actually turn into paying clients. We’re sharing that missing link in this episode!
The purpose of a lead magnet is to incentivize your audience to sign up to your email list in order to generate sales to your program or offer. It's important to make sure your lead magnet topic directly relates to your offer if you want to build an email list full of people who are excited about working with you.
In this episode, we're covering how to align your free offer with your paid programs, so you have more people signing up to work with you.
You'll discover:
- Why it's critical that your freebies directly relate to what it is you offer, so when you go to promote your programs or services, it feels like the next logical step for your subscribers, so you'll have more people enrolling
- Examples of topics that are and are not in alignment, so you can see if your topic is in alignment or not
- The importance of having the perfect title because that is what makes people decide if they're going to sign up or click away, so it's something you want to spend some time on.
- What to look for with your own free offers to determine if they need some adjusting in some way, so you get better results.
- Remember, your lead magnet should be designed around the goal of leading your audience to make a purchase of your paid offer, so keep that in mind as you create your free resources.
Tune in to learn how to make sure you’re creating lead magnets that attract your ideal clients and turn them into paying clients!
Enrollment is open for The Wellness Business Insider’s Club until June 5th and We’re doing something we have never done before! New members can join for 50% off the first month.
PLUS, TWO of the first 50 people who join this by June 5th will have the chance to win a one-on-one coaching session with Karen or me.
Go to wbinsidersclub.com to find out more and join us.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you’ve been wondering if you should be using the ‘boost post’ feature on Facebook, this episode will give you much of what you want to know. The boost post feature has come a long way over the years, so there are instances when it can work well, especially when it comes to testing out your free offers.
We are thrilled to have Rick Mulready on the show again! Rick is one of our favorite Facebook ads experts, and in this episode, he’s sharing the pros and cons of boosting your Facebook posts, as well as how it’s the perfect strategy for beginners when you are strategic about it.
You’ll discover:
- The basics of boosting posts on your Facebook page
- How to be strategic and intentional with your boosted posts
- The major pitfalls to avoid when boosting a FB post
- How much to budget for boosting a post
- Whether now is the right time to spend money on ads
- How to determine if your strategy and boosted posts are actually working, and how to keep going from there
Facebook ads don’t have to be as intimidating as they seem and, in this episode, Rick shares great tips and strategies for how you can get started with boosting posts on your Facebook page.
Tune in to learn how!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Rick’s website – RickMulready.com
Rick’s podcast - The Art of Online Business
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We’re back with part 2 of our two-part episode encore about the Secrets to Creating a Successful Online Coaching Program.
This episode was originally released last July, but we’re bringing it back for you because it’s even more relevant now as more and more people have realized they need to offer a way other than in-person coaching as way to serve their audience. The people who only have a brick and mortar business - a physical location - are the ones who have been hardest hit by the pandemic. Some brick and mortar businesses have figured out how to pivot a bit, so having all or part of your business online is more important now than ever before.
If you haven’t listened to the episode before this one (#152), be sure to listen to it because it’s where we really set the stage as far as:
- How and when to map out your online coaching program
- Exactly how long YOUR coaching program should be with specific action steps to make the decision simple
- How to decide on your online coaching program name
- Which ways you can support your coaching clients and the frequency of your support
I mention a coupon code on this episode, and it expired last July, but I’m reactivating it for our listeners. So, if you listen and you want a resource for taking your business online, you can still use the coupon code through the end of May.
In our second episode of our two-part series, we are talking about pricing your online programs and options for how to deliver your program to your clients.
We’re diving into what you need to do before you launch your online coaching program for best results so you’re not stuck guessing what your clients really want.
Plus, you’ll get our tips for correctly pricing your program and getting people to sign up (hint: it’s less about the dollar amount and more about people paying for a very specific solution) and our simple solution for delivering your program without the tech bogging you down!
We know many of you want to add some aspect of online coaching to your business either in the very near future or somewhere down the road, so this episode will be perfect!
After listening to this episode, you’ll know:
- How to price your online coaching program so that it reflects your solution, niche, experience, and length of program (with specific examples!)
- The best strategies for increasing your program prices
- How to get lot of testimonials for your online coaching program before you even launch it
- How to deliver your program in a simple and efficient way so you can focus on delivering great content and coaching instead of worrying about the tech
Tune in so you can learn how to price and deliver your online coaching program!
Plus, be sure to download this free guide: How to Launch a Successful Online Health Coaching Program
This guide covers:
- How to create a program your audience will LOVE
- Some of the BEST tech tools and resources to use
- Key strategies for launching a PROFITABLE program
- PLUS… Tips for effectively promoting your program even if you DON’T have an email list
Links to Resources:
20% off Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Coaching Program. Use code: WBP108 for your 20% savings through May 31st.
Fiverr
Upwork
Teachable
Kajabi
PracticeBetter
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you realize that now is the time to offer some element of online coaching for your audience, this is the episode for you because this 2-part series is really a mini-training that gives you a lot of specifics and examples for creating your online program. This past episode was so good and is still so timely, so we thought it would be great timing to bring it back.
It takes a bit of time and planning to launch an online coaching program, but once you have everything in place, you can run it over and over again. In Part 1 of this two-part series (there’s just too much to cover in one episode!), we are going to cover tips for creating your online coaching program and how to decide on a name, plus what to include as part of your program as far as support.
You’ll learn:
- How and when to map out your online coaching program
- Exactly how long YOUR coaching program should be with specific action steps to make the decision simple
- How to decide on your online coaching program name
- Which ways you can support your coaching clients and the frequency of your support
Are you ready to start creating a successful online coaching program? Hit play and listen to learn how!
Links to Resources:
20% off Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Coaching Program. Use code: WBP108 for your 20% savings through May 31st.
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Have you been wondering if you should promote your programs and services during COVID-19?
We’ve been seeing posts about this in our Facebook groups and all over social media, so if you’ve been wondering the same thing,
or you’ve been holding back on making offers, we promise you’re going to get clarity today.
What we’re sharing with you are the top three reasons we believe you should be making consistent offers right now.
- People are thinking more about their health now (especially higher risk groups due to diabetes, hypertension, obesity, etc.).
- People have extra time on their hands.
- You have an opportunity to stand out because many coaches don't want to promote anything during the pandemic.
You’ll hear specific examples of what other people are doing with success and how you can use it for inspirations.
Your messaging and your offer need to be in alignment with what people are dealing with at this moment. If you align your messaging and your offer with something your ideal clients want, they'll be thankful for it.
Links To Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club Wait List
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Are your clients raving about you to their friends and colleagues?
If we called one of your recent clients, would they say they had a WOW experience working with you?
Why are we asking you this question? Because it’s one of the best ways to get referrals (a free, and very effective marketing strategy).
In Pat Flynn’s book, Superfans – “The Easy Way to Stand Out, Grow Your Tribe and Build a Successful Business,” he says:
“If you want to business and a brand that can’t be foiled, you need to cultivate aficionados who will sing your praises, have your back when things get tough, and buy everything you create.”
We couldn’t agree more, and on this week’s episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, we’re sharing our take on this, including specific examples, so you’ll know how to put this into place in your business.
You’ll discover:
- Real-life examples of some of the WOW experiences we've had in the past year, so you use them as inspiration
- How you can create a WOW experience for your clients (with little to no cost)
- Examples of what we did for our health coaching clients to make them feel special
- Ideas of what you can do for your clients to go above and beyond to delight and surprise them
It doesn’t take a big gesture to stand out, and go the extra mile, but it makes you memorable, and it’s one of the things that prompts people to rave about you. Tune in to learn how!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We often tell our clients that their website should be considered their online home. It’s the place where their dream clients can go to find out more about you and your offerings. It’s also the place where you’ll have your blog to post weekly content that will nurture those that are interested in working with you.
When is the last time you reviewed your website through the eyes of your potential clients?
Is the messaging clear and does it immediately give your ideal clients the feeling that they are in the right place?
As you continue to refine your marketing message and who you serve, you may find that your website needs a refresh.
That’s exactly what happened recently when Karen did an audit of her website. The messaging and content needed tweaking.
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, Kathleen picks Karen’s brain to share exactly how she approached her website refresh, including:
- The main question to ask yourself to determine if your website needs a refresh
- How to make sure that your marketing message aligns perfectly with your main offer
- Which website page should take priority over all the other pages
- The key components to a website homepage that will guide your visitor to take further action while visiting rather than clicking away
- How to update your "About Me" page so that it does the job of helping your visitor get to know you more quickly
- What should be included on your programs page that will help empower your ideal clients to make the decision to invest with you, (and the answer isn't more options)
If you’ve wondered if your website needs a mini makeover to grab your ideal clients’ attention, you’ll want to tune in to this episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
The Ultimate Health Coach Business Success Path - https://www.karenpattock.com/health-coach-success-blueprint/
Karen’s Website - https://www.karenpattock.com/
Episode 47 – Will Your Website Homepage Pass The Visitor Test? - https://www.wbpodcast.com/episode47/
Episode 31 – The Do’s and Don’ts of Writing Your Website ‘About Me’ Page
https://www.wbpodcast.com/episode31/
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
As we were discussing additional ways to support our members of The Wellness Business Insider’s Club, we realized that sharing practical ideas on how to generate revenue right now is a top priority.
We hosted a BONUS Zoom call for our members last week about 10 ways to generate income this month, and we decided to share part of the call here on the podcast - minus the Q and A.
We know you’ll get a lot of value out of this and we hope it sparks some ideas that you can implement this week.
We have decided to open the doors to The Wellness Business Insider’s Club (our mentorship and training program) on June 1st (rather than waiting until the fall as we had planned), but we will ONLY be promoting it to our email subscribers and those who have joined the wait list.
If you’d like to join the wait list to get information when we open enrollment, you can join the wait list here.
We did something fun for this episode by recording an off-the-cuff episode while we were on the road in San Diego.
This episode came about because Kathleen realized she needed to be more intentional with the topics she’s covering on her livestreams, so they dovetail more seamlessly into her offers (done-for-you programs). She loves teaching about marketing and social media, so as she and Karen were discussing this, Karen suggested that teaching about using livestream video would be a great fit for some of the topics (livestreaming involves social media and marketing).
Livestreaming is a good fit for a topic because her programs can be made even more effective when coaches add an element of live video, such as running challenge and/or running online group programs. The programs can also be made more successful when coaches use livestream video to promote and fill them, so it’s a great fit.
You want to think about how you can tie in what you like to teach about that will also lead to your paid offers in a seamless and non-salesy way, and in this episode, you’ll get ideas on how to do just that.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- How to identify an area you like to teach that will make your offer the next step for people to feel more confident and equipped to invest in your program
- The common questions your audience want the answers to that will make them more likely to join your program
- The top 2 objections most of your ideal clients will have, and how to address them up front to enroll more clients
- What to focus on more during your discovery call with potential clients to increase enrollment
If you’re wanting to find different and unique ways to promote your programs, you’re going to love this episode. Tune in now!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We love going to conferences because we not only get to see each other, but we also get to learn a lot and connect with other like-minded people.
One of our all-time favorite annual conferences is Social Media Marketing World, which is held in beautiful San Diego.
When we attend this event, we go with a couple of different goals; we want to learn things we can take back and implement, and we like to learn things that we can also teach you.
In this episode, we’re sharing a few of our top takeaways from the event, including:
- Why live video is no longer optional if you want to connect with your ideal clients and build trust (since most people are still not doing live video, this is your chance to stand out)
- Tips on where to start with live video to get practice and build your confidence
- The #1 thing you have to do for your audience to connect with you and feel compelled to take the next step
- The top reasons why you aren't getting engagement on social media (this was an awesome dose of tough love that we appreciated)
- How to grab the attention of your followers, so they stop scrolling to check out what you have to say or share
- What to do BEFORE you post anything on social media (ask yourself this one question)
There are so many ways to leverage social media to grow your wellness business, so if you’re wanting to learn more about the best social media strategies to implement in your business right now, you’re going to love this episode.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Meal plans can be a great value-added service for your clients, but what do you do if you live somewhere that meal plans do not fit into your scope of practice?
You’ll be happy to know that our guest has the perfect solution for you!
In this episode, our guest, Ashley Sauve from That Clean Life, shares how you can still provide great resources for your clients even if you can’t offer ‘meal plans.”
In this episode you will discover…
- Why there are situations when giving meal plans are not an option and what to do about
- How you can professionally handle what to give clients when you can't give them a meal plan ,so you immediately position yourself as a valued resource
- How to use recipe guides as a main staple in your coaching programs and why they always set your clients up for success
- The quickest and easiest way to create professionally designed, brand-specific recipe guides for your business so you aren't spending hours trying to do it on your own
Figuring out what to provide your clients without giving them meal plans isn’t as difficult as it sounds, and after tuning in to this episode you’ll know exactly how to create plans that will help your clients achieve success and ultimately grow your business!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free Meal Planning Assessment Tool
Video Demo of That Clean Life
That Clean Life Website
That Clean Life on Instagram
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Free online challenges are a great way to connect with your audience for a short amount of time (typically 5-7 days) and easily transition into promoting your paid program. There are several ways you can promote your paid program throughout your challenge to fill your paid program.
In this episode, we’re sharing 5 simple ways you can promote your paid program without feeling salesy. Having a solid plan of how and when to promote your paid program is essential and makes you feel more confident, which is exactly what we’re sharing.
You’ll learn:
- 5 simple ways you can promote your paid program without feeling salesy
- How to confidently promote your paid program after your challenge is over
- The steps we take to launch our programs, including the Wellness Business Insider’s Club
- How online challenges are better than webinars
It’s not as difficult as it might seem to promote your paid program naturally and without feeling salesy. When you use the strategies we share in this episode, you will feel more confident promoting your program and get more people enrolled.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Get 20% off Kathleen’s 5-Day Menu Planning Challenge with code: PODCAST145 through April 30th, 2020
Wellness Business Insider’s Club Wait List
Episode 105 – 4 Ways to Promote and Fill Your Next Challenge
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Welcome to a bonus episode of TWBP.
I’m Kathleen LeGrys and although I’m not joined by my co-host and BFF, Karen Pattock, today, you’ll get to hear from her too in just a bit, along with some other awesome colleagues of ours.
Our friend, Lori Kennedy, reached out to Karen and I, along with 3 other colleagues, so we could do a livestream broadcast about how to navigate your business and your mindset during the COVID pandemic.
This was a completely unscripted, off-the-cuff livestream and we ended up sharing so many value bombs, that will help you adapt and pivot right now.
It was so helpful for everyone that we wanted to share it with you in case you didn’t know about the livestream.
We talked about:
- How to get your mind right and look for the opportunities
- How to show up as the expert and leader that you are
- How to support your clients with online appointments
- Should you be launching, and promoting, etc.
- How to handle decline payments
- What to focus on right now if you decide not to launch or promote a paid program
- How to ensure your practice survives
We share plenty of practical tips and examples that you can use, and we hope you find them beneficial, and can put some of them into place.
We’re here to help, so if you have questions, let us know over on TWBP FB page.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you’re finding it challenging to come up with content to share with your audience on a regular basis, you are not alone. This struggle is not unique to the health and wellness industry, so don’t beat yourself up about it if you’re finding it difficult to find the time and topics for your content.
The great news is that one piece of content can be used multiple ways, which means you can share your knowledge in different formats and save yourself a ton of time. This often also results in reaching more people, especially when your content is being shared by your audience.
In this episode, we’re going all in on:
- What content marketing is and the most common ways to share content
- 5 unique ways to reuse content every week to reach more people
- Specific examples of how to repurpose 4 types of content from one blog post
- How to repurpose content to build your email list
Repurposing your content is more than a time saver; it also allows people to consume your content in the format they prefer. Some people prefer video, some love audio, and some would rather just read.
To become known, people need to be able to learn from you and connect with you, so sharing content is one of the best ways to attract more clients.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 11 – The Importance and Methods to Building an Active Email Subscriber List
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
This week we are back with another Ask Us Anything episode where we’re answering some of your questions all about building a successful wellness business!
If you’ve had questions about creating the perfect elevator pitch, creating the perfect free offer or growing your podcast listener base, you’ll want to listen in.
In this episode, we’re sharing:
- What to include in your elevator pitch, marketing message or tagline to attract your marketable ideal clients
- How to simplify content creation and create your perfect free offer
- How to build a listener base for your podcast, including our favorite ways we grew The Wellness Business Podcast!
If any of those points resonate with you, this episode is going to give you so much clarity to help you move forward and meet your goals. Tune in now!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 93 – 3 Simple Strategies to Name Your Free Offer That Results In More Subscribers
Episode 28 – 5 Simple Steps to Create Your Perfect Free Offer
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Most of the wellness business owners we talk to have one thing in common: they want to help other people solve their health concerns and experience incredible transformations. But with this desire to help, there are so many health coaches that feel paralyzed by the need to be perfect and please everyone.
The problem here is that you are holding on to the idea of being perfect, just so you can make your clients happy and this is only harming your business.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- The difference between people-pleasing vs. self-abandonment and how it can be holding you back in growing your business
- How perfectionism can rob you of creativity because you fear being isolated or judged
- The 7 proven strategies to stop people-pleasing so you can begin to reframe your self-identification and habits
- Four very powerful questions you can ask yourself today that will get you started down the right path immediately
Tune in to learn the simple steps that you can take for some serious mindset shifts that will allow you to let go of your perfectionism and grow the business of your dreams.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
The legal aspect of running a health coaching business can be a little confusing, but in today’s episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, our guest, Lisa Fraley–Attorney, Legal Coach and Holistic Lawyer–makes it a lot easier to understand.
Being clear on policies and expectations is important and a client agreement helps protect yourself legally in case any disputes could come up. It also spells out expectations for the client and coach, so everyone feels more comfortable right from the start.
After listening to this episode, you’ll have clarity on:
- What a client agreement is and when a health coach should use one
- How a client agreement protects health coaches from a legal standpoint
- The 5 crucial components of a client agreement
- How to use your client agreement to strengthen the client-coach relationship and put you both at ease
If you’ve been wondering if you need a client agreement and/or what it should include, this episode is for you.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Lisa Fraley’s DIY legal forms, contracts and templates
Lisa’s website
Lisa’s book – Easy Legal Steps That Are Also Good for Your Soul
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Live video is a great way to engage with your audience and attract new clients, but we’re often asked whether it’s best to go live on your Facebook page or in your group. The truth is they both serve an important, but different purpose, and each have their own advantages.
They can both be used as part of your marketing strategy, and in this episode we're sharing what works for us and give you examples of what you can do without feeling like you’re running around like trying to fit it all in.
In this episode, we’re uncovering:
- The top benefits of going live on your Facebook page vs. in your group
- What type of topics to cover on your page and what should be kept in your group
- How long each live video should be (it all depends on where you’re going live!)
- Important factors to consider when deciding whether you should go live on your page or in your group
- Why you should be consistent with live video even if you just go live in one place
If you’ve been questioning where to focus your live video strategy, this episode will help you figure out what will work for you and your goals. Each format has its benefits, so tune in to find out your best live video strategy to reach the most ideal clients!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 13 - How To Reach Your Ideal Client and Build Your Brand Using Facebook Live
Episode 75 - How to Structure Your Facebook Livestreams for Maximum Engagement
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
When you think about where your wellness business was when you started it and where it is now, it probably isn’t the same. Things change as your goals and revenue changes, but these changes also come with difficult decisions about whether it’s time to revamp things like your program or just retire it and create a new one.
It is never easy to let go of a part of your business that you spent hours creating, marketing, and selling, but sometimes it’s just time to step away from what is no longer in alignment with your business goals and embrace the changes that will grow your business.
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- A 7-step process to help you decide if you should update a current program or create a new program to round out your program suite to be the best possible resource for your clients
- How to identify gaps in your customer journey that can be filled either by a new program or an update to an existing program
- The best approach for starting from scratch if you're just getting started so you build out your customer journey in a methodical fashion
- How to deal with, and feel good about, saying goodbye to a program you've poured your heart and soul into
Saying goodbye to a program that you’ve poured your heart and soul into isn’t always easy but sometimes it’s necessary to keep evolving in your business, so if that’s you, you’re going to love this episode!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Episode 132 - Planning Your Customer Journey for Improved Client Attraction
Karen’s Wellness Workshops
Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence
Join the waitlist for the Wellness Business Insider’s Club!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Building your email is one of the best marketing practices you can do for your business in the long run, so you’ve taken the time to create a great free resource for your ideal clients. But now what?
In this episode, we’re sharing 5 ways to promote your free offer to grow your email list… and best of all? They’re all FREE methods! After listening to this episode, you’ll know some of the best strategies for email list growth.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- How to promote your free offer with social media posts
- The power of using calls-to-action in your blog posts that go to your free offer
- How to use your Facebook group to promote your freebie (including 5 places you can promote your free offer within your group!)
- Using Instagram stories and Facebook lives to reach more people and build your list
- Plus, a super awesome bonus tip on how to leverage other people’s audiences through collaborations to get in front of new people
Building your email list takes time and it also takes showing up consistently. When you use these strategies each week, you’re going to start seeing results and the momentum really starts to build.
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Join the Wellness Business Insider’s Club!
Episode 11 - The Importance and Methods to Building an Active Email Subscriber List
Episode 66 - 3 Simple Steps to More Facebook Page Engagement
Episode 93 - 3 Simple Strategies to Name Your Free Offer That Results in More Subscribers
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We just wrapped up our free 4-part live training series called: The Secrets to Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into a Profitable Business. The series is over, but there were so many breakthroughs and a-ha moments, that we wanted to share one of the trainings with you.
Part two of the training series covered client attraction and messaging. More specifically, we talked about the #1 thing you must figure out if you want to have a wellness business that your dream clients are engaging with and enrolling in your paid programs because they know you are the “go-to” person for the problem they are trying to solve.
We also shared how to narrow down your ideal client identity without feeling like you’re missing out on potential paying clients. When you figure out how to do this, you’ll know exactly what’s been missing in your overall marketing message that’s held you back from enrolling paying clients until now.
You’ll also hear a little bit about our mentorship and training program where we help health coaches, nutritionists and practitioners grow a profitable business.
Enrollment is open right now for the Wellness Business Insider’s Club, but only until February 4th. Once the doors close, they won’t open again until the fall.
We would love to have you join us!
Join us here if you’re ready to transform your wellness business.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
As you may know, we have a mentorship and training program for health coaches that we open enrollment for just a couple of times a year, and it’s called The Wellness Business Insider’s Club. We started this as a result of hearing from so many listeners who said they love the podcast, and they want more help, support and access to us.
One of things we enjoy the most about the WBIC is monthly hot seat coaching sessions that we do in the members-only Facebook group. This is where our members get to come on with us on a live to get clarity to help them move forward in an area where they need help.
Back in December, we had 3 awesome members sign up for hot seat coaching, and their questions were so good and so relevant to most people growing a wellness business, that we decided to share it with you today on the podcast.
- Mary Ann was feeling overwhelmed with finding the time to keep up with her social media presence and content strategy.
- Shonda was feeling some resistance around launching the same program again, so she was wondering if she needed to change the content. She was concerned people would get tired of seeing the same offering again. She also had a question about pricing her offer.
- Elizabeth had a question about what direction to go with her niche and her offerings since she serves more than one target market right now.
Chance are, you can relate to at least one of these questions.
Great news! As of today, Feb. 1st, we have opened enrollment for the Wellness Business Insider’s Club, but only until February 4th. Once the doors close, they won’t open again until the fall.
Join us here if you’re ready to transform your wellness business.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We’re excited about our guest today because she’s sharing exactly how she’s growing her coaching business. We love doing case studies on the podcast from time to time because it shows what’s possible when you have a good plan in place, and you work the plan consistently without getting hung up on perfection (or paralyzed by fear).
Helen Phillips is one of our Wellness Business Insider’s Club members, and in this episode she’s giving us an inside look at what she’s been doing in her business over the past few months to not only see massive growth, but also how she’s made some mindset shifts that have boosted her confidence and skyrocketed her visibility.
In this episode, Helen reveals how she:
- Nailed down her niche, and has become known as a leader in her community in a short period of time
- Has grown her Facebook group by over 1000 members
- Has built her email list to over 600 people in 5 months
- Uses free challenges to grow her email list, build her Facebook group and fill her programs
- Went from feeling like an imposter to owning her niche and feeling confident and unstoppable
Helen is a blast to interview, and you’ll see why when you listen. Her energy and positive attitude is contagious, and we know you’re going to love what she shares during the interview.
There’s still time to join our free live training series called: The Secrets to Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into A Profitable Business. Even though we started on the 25th, you can watch the replays and join the fun in our pop-up Facebook group.
In this 4-part training series, we’re covering…
- The behind-the-scenes secrets of the most successful coaches we know and how they turned their businesses from a hobby to highly profitable
- The most up-to-date information on what it takes to actually attract your ideal client and enroll them into your programs, (there has been big changes in this area of marketing and you must get up to speed on those changes to be successful)
- The intricate details to building out a customer success path with you that not only warms up your followers but gets them excited to enroll in your programs
- Last, and certainly not least, we’ll share what red-hot areas will require a lot of your attention each month and also which tasks can either be outsourced, streamlined, or removed from your business altogether as a way of creating the business of your dreams
If you’re ready for a crazy successful 2020, be sure to register for our free LIVE training series, "The Secrets To Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into A Profitable Business!"
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Helen’s website
Helen’s Facebook page
Free training series: “The Secrets to Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into a Profitable Business”
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
As health coaches, it is so easy to become overwhelmed by everything you’d like to do with your business, like running workshops, doing weekly livestreams, posting on social media and sending weekly emails. We are often stretched too thin and it becomes so overwhelming that we aren’t doing anything productive with our time.
A few months ago, one of our Wellness Business Insider’s Club members, Karen R., submitted a great question for our hot seat coaching session on exactly how to prioritize her business so that she’s spending time on the right things that will push her forward business.
In this episode, we helped Karen R. figure out:
- The most important things to focus her time on to grow her business
- How she can double the number of workshop attendees who enroll in her programs
- The importance of her workshop titles to attract her ideal clients
- What she can outsource to free up some of her time for more clients
There is no shame in feeling overwhelmed by everything to do to grow your wellness business, so if you’re wanting to learn how to prioritize your tasks and where to focus your time, this episode will really resonate with you!
And if you haven’t signed up yet for our new free LIVE training series called: "The Secrets To Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into A Profitable Business," register now! (kicks off on Saturday, January 25th.)
In this 4-part training series, we’re covering…
- The behind-the-scenes secrets of the most successful coaches we know and how they turned their businesses from a hobby to highly profitable
- The most up-to-date information on what it takes to actually attract your ideal client and enroll them into your programs, (there has been big changes in this area of marketing and you must get up to speed on those changes to be successful)
- The intricate details to building out a customer success path with you that not only warms up your followers but gets them excited to enroll in your programs
- Last, and certainly not least, we’ll share what red-hot areas will require a lot of your attention each month and also which tasks can either be outsourced, streamlined, or removed from your business altogether as a way of creating the business of your dreams
If you’re ready for your most successful year yet, including where to focus your time each month, be sure to register for our free LIVE training series, "The Secrets To Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into A Profitable Business!"
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free training series: “The Secrets to Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into a Profitable Business”
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
The start of the new year is the perfect time to evaluate your past year in business and planning your upcoming year (or quarter!). Not only does it give us insight into what worked last year, it also gives us a great starting point for creating new goals and plans to grow your business in 2020.
In this episode, we are sitting down to give you the inside scoop on how we planned our 2020 and the changes we are most excited about. We also walk you through step-by-step on how to plan your year so that you can kick off 2020 with a bang!
You’ll discover…
- Our simple, yet highly effective, 3-step process to position 2020 as your most profitable year ever
- A few of the things we’ll be keeping the same and others that we’ll be tweaking in the new year to improve our business model, (learn from our example)
- The importance of having a clear vision of what your dream business looks like looking forward over the next 12 months so you can reverse engineer your success
- How to separate the ‘personal’ feelings that you have about building a ‘personal brand’ so your goals and strategies are streamlined and tactical
Plus, we let you in on our free LIVE training series called: "The Secrets To Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into A Profitable Business," which kicks off on Saturday, January 25th.
In this 4-part training series, we’re covering…
- The behind-the-scenes secrets of the most successful coaches we know and how they turned their businesses from a hobby to highly profitable
- The most up-to-date information on what it takes to actually attract your ideal client and enroll them into your programs, (there has been big changes in this area of marketing and you must get up to speed on those changes to be successful)
- The intricate details to building out a customer success path with you that not only warms up your followers but gets them excited to enroll in your programs
- Last, and certainly not least, we’ll share what red-hot areas will require a lot of your attention each month and also which tasks can either be outsourced, streamlined, or removed from your business altogether as a way of creating the business of your dreams
If you’re ready for your most successful year yet, be sure to listen to this episode to learn our 3-step process to help you solidify your 2020 business plan (and don’t forget to register for our free LIVE training series, "The Secrets To Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into A Profitable Business!")
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Free training series: “The Secrets to Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby Into a Profitable Business”
Book: The 12 Week Year by Brian Moran
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
There are some commonalities we see in successful wellness business owners and this is also evident with our members of The Wellness Business Insider’s Club.
It’s so exciting to see their growth and the transformation of their businesses. We wanted to give you a glimpse into what we have observed to be 3 stand-out qualities of successful wellness business owners, so you can adapt these qualities too.
In this episode, we’re sharing the top 3 characteristics or qualities we see in successful wellness business owners and give you specific examples.
#1. They aren’t tied to the outcome and they don’t feel like a failure when things don't go well. They’re open to testing things and taking action without it being perfect
#2. Not doing all the things – focusing on fewer things and doing them well.
#3. Knowing your niche – cut through the noise and get your message in front of the right people
When you implement these 3 concepts, you will be more productive, take more action, feel less scattered and stressed and see faster growth in your business.
Be sure to sign up for the VIP wait list for The Wellness Business Insider’s Club to be notified when we open doors on Feb. 1st and get an invitation to our upcoming LIVE training series called: “The Secrets to Turn Your Health Coaching Hobby into A Profitable Business”
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Building a profitable wellness business not only takes solid marketing strategies, but it also requires an approach that comes from mindset and perspective. In this episode, we’re thrilled to welcome Jen Casey, a business strategy coach and host of the Inner Boss Podcast, to share her expertise on reframing limiting beliefs to transform your life and your business.
With a brain-based, psychology-backed approach to business, she walks us through how to build your successful wellness business with an eye on an abundant mindset.
You’ll discover:
- How to reframe limiting beliefs to transform your life and your business
- The importance of confidence and how it plays a role in building a successful business
- How to overcome fears of making decisions because you worry about making the wrong ones
This episode is packed full of useful and actionable tips that will help you transform your mindset and push your business forward, so you won’t want to miss this one!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Jen’s Website
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
One of the foundational parts of a profitable wellness business is having a customer journey for improved client attraction, enrollment and retention. But what exactly is a customer journey and how do you even begin developing one?
In this episode, we are diving deep into what a customer journey is and how it will help the sales in your wellness business. We’re also sharing the step-by-step customer journey that we have set up to attract future clients of the Wellness Business Insider’s Club and what steps to take to implement these strategies in your business.
After listening to this episode, you’ll know:
- What a customer journey is and how it increases sales in your wellness business
- How you use a customer journey to grow your email list and convert those people to paying clients at a much quicker rate
- The process we’ve taken to build our own customer journey leading to the Wellness Business Insider’s Club
- The 5 steps every customer journey must include to be effective
- The two ways that you can use the customer journey process to help your clients see better results
Whether you’re just getting started or you are a seasoned health coach, after listening to this episode you’ll be crystal clear on what a customer journey is and the role it plays in making your business profitable.
If you’re interested in learning more about developing your customer journey and access to our new 4 Core Pillars of a Profitable Wellness Business, be sure to join our waitlist to be notified when the doors to the Wellness Business Insider’s Club reopen in February, 2020.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If potential clients aren’t recognizing you and your programs as the solution to their pains and problems, your marketing message could probably use some work. Having a clear and specific marketing message is essential for your health coaching business. Your business isn’t going to grow much if you’re just some general health coach out there who is offering programs that anyone could take.
You need to stand out and position yourself as the go-to expert for your skills and experience so that you’re attracting your ideal clients, and to do that, you need to develop a marketing message that actually speaks to them specifically. It’s essentially a cross between your elevator pitch and your tagline!
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- Why you need a clear marketing message that speaks to and attracts your ideal clients
- How to develop a one-line description of who you help, how you help and the results they could get from working with
- How we developed our own marketing messages and how it impacts our client attraction and program enrollment
This episode is perfect for anyone who feels like they aren’t attracting enough or the right clients, so tune in to find out how you can change that with just a few simple steps!
Need even more guidance? Check out this free resource to walk you through the 3-step process that only takes 30 minutes (or less!): “Craft A Marketing Message That Your Ideal Health Coaching Client Can’t Resist.”
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: “Craft A Marketing Message That Your Ideal Health Coaching Clients Can’t Resist”
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Have you wondered what might be holding you back from reaching your business goals?
You may think the fact that you don’t have a website yet or you haven’t figured out what software to use for your online program is holding you back from attracting your ideal clients, but the truth is that you can build a profitable wellness business without those things… as long as you’re focusing on the right things, making decisions and taking bold action consistently.
When there are so many things we could be doing, it can be overwhelming sometimes to figure out what we should be doing. When we feel frazzled and confused, making decisions can feel hard. Having a clear and intentional strategy for attracting clients, and turning your fans and social media followers into loyal clients is key, and that’s what this episode is all about.
In this episode, you’ll discover:
- What is truly holding you back from consistently attracting new ideal clients and enrolling them in your programs
- Our step-by-step process for making the best decisions in our business and figuring out what to focus on
- Where to focus your time and energy so that you’re growing your list, getting in front of your ideal clients and building both trust and rapport with your audience.
If you want to learn how to focus on the right things in your business, make the best decisions and take action on the things that will move your business forward, tune in now!
If you want a simple 5-step formula for consistently turning followers into paying clients to build a profitable wellness business, download our free roadmap, “From Follower to Paying Client: A Health Coach’s Roadmap to Profitability.”
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie: “From Follower to Paying Client: A Health Coach’s Roadmap to Profitability”
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Workshops are one of the best and top client attracting methods that constantly recommend and that is because when Karen was a health coach, she actually grew her practice using workshops.
In fact, starting out with 0 email list subscribers, Karen built her email list to more than 2,000 ideal client subscribers, booking discovery calls and enrolling clients into her coaching program on a regular basis… all thanks to workshops!
In this episode, we’re sharing the power that workshops can bring to your client attracting strategies even if you don’t have a big email list. All you really need is at least one good workshop!
After listening, you’ll know:
- Why workshops are such a great client attracting method to grow your email list and consistently enroll new clients in your programs
- How Karen built her health coaching practice mostly using workshops
- The 3 main reasons workshops work so great
- How to create workshops that attract the right clients so you’re building your community of ideal clients
If you’re ready to start building your list with ideal client subscribers and consistently enroll new clients using workshops, this one’s for you!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Karen’s Done-For-You Wellness Workshops – Use coupon code NEWYEAR at checkout for 40% off!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
The online business world is growing fast, but how do you best plan and implement your business goals when you’re virtually working with a team or partner?
We don’t think it would come as much of surprise that we text and chat on the phone almost daily. After all, there are a lot of moving parts involved in running the podcast and our monthly membership, the Wellness Business Insider’s Club.
We’ve found that meeting up a few times a year works best for us. In this episode, we’re breaking down our in-person business planning to give you a behind the scenes look on how we do our business planning sessions.
We’re sharing what we do before and during our planning sessions, including:
- How we choose the perfect location that allows us to be the most productive
- How we structure our planning sessions by making a prioritized list of our goals and objectives
- How we use the opportunity of being together in person for pictures to use on social media
- And making it FUN for you and us by going live together in our membership group and podcast Facebook page (this is one of our favorite things to do when we get together in person!)
If you’ve wanted to know how we make our podcast and monthly membership program work even when we live on opposite sides of the country, you’ll want to check out this episode!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Online summits are a fantastic way to not just get in front of a bigger audience, but they’re also a great way to grow a network of people to collaborate with since you’ll have guest speakers for your virtual event.
In this episode, we’ve invited Oscar Garcia, the online sales automation expert, who is sharing the ins and outs of running a successful summit including how they work, the benefits of hosting them, how to quickly build your email list, and how to generate sales even if you don’t have your own coaching program to sell yet, and much more.
After listening to this episode, you’ll know:
- What online summits are, and the top 3 benefits of hosting them
- The importance and methods to coming up with the perfect theme and title
- How find guest speakers to interview and how many guests are ideal
- How to earn revenue with your summit even if you don't have a coaching program to sell yet.
- Ideas for how to price your summit, including 3 different pricing tiers
- PLUS… Setting yourself up for success by doing 3 key things first
If you’re considered running an online summit or want to learn more about them and how they can benefit your wellness business, tune in now!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Oscar’s website
Lisa Fraley (attorney)
Samcart (for sales and affiliates)
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Sometimes launches just don’t go as planned. After spending hours planning and executing a launch, it can be frustrating when things go wrong, but there’s also so much to learn from it. In this episode, Kathleen gives a behind-the-scenes debrief on what went on during her recent webinar launch.
You’ll be able to learn worked well and what didn’t work well, so you can use what she learned for your own webinar (or program) launch.
Kathleen shares:
- How she filled her webinar (what promotion strategies she used)
- How long she promoted it and how many emails were sent
- Results from her webinar
- What did not go nearly as well as planned
- What valuable lessons she learned for next time
- How her Facebook ads went and who she targeted
- What lesson she almost learned the hard way (that would have cut her sales in half)
Hit play to learn all about the good, the bad, and the ugly of Kathleen’s recent webinar launch!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Health Coaching System
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We’ve always pushed the importance of having a niche and being clear in your marketing message so that you are attracting the right clients to your business and programs.
Building your unique story brand is critical to the success of your wellness business and in this episode, we’re sharing The Simple Story Brand 7 Framework, which is a framework covering 7 specific principles for creating your story brand.
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- Why you need to nail your story brand to attract your ideal clients
- Two critical mistakes most brands make when they talk about their products and services (and how you can avoid this in your own marketing message)
-
The Simple Story Brand 7 Framework, including…
-
Principle #1: A Character
- Principle #2: Has A Problem
- Principle #3: And Meets A Guide
- Principle #4: Who Gives Them A Plan
- Principle #5: And Calls Them To Action
- Principle #6: That Helps Them To Avoid Failure
- Principle #7: And Ends In A Success
The idea behind the Story Brand 7 Framework is that you offer to close a story loop for your customers. If you’re ready to make the solution you provide your clients a core aspect of your brand promise, you won’t want to miss this episode!
Don’t forget to grab your Story Brand 7 Framework Resource Guide that includes a simple exercise to help you start crafting your own story brand!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Freebie – Story Brand 7 Framework Resource Guide
Book – Building a StoryBrand: Clarify Your Message So Customers Will Listen by Donald Miller
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Instagram is quickly becoming an important social media platform for health coaches, nutritionists and fitness pros as a way of attracting and connecting with their ideal clients. To get the most out of Instagram, you need to make sure your bio is fully optimized to attract your ideal clients.
Recently, we did Instagram Bio Audits for members of the Wellness Business Insider’s Club and our members thought our process was so valuable that we decided to share it with you!
You’ll learn:
- The 3 components you must include in your Instagram bio to attract your ideal clients
- How to expertly craft an Instagram bio that converts
- The importance of a bio that has simple, clear and concise messaging with a specific call to action
- …plus 3 extra must-haves that will make you stand out among others on Instagram
If you feel like you aren’t attracting your ideal clients to your IG account, chances are you need to optimize your Instagram bio, so tune in to learn what you need to include in yours!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In this episode, we’re diving into some of your burning questions. We have lots of juicy questions we’re going to answer and they cover everything from how to generate sales during the holidays, to figuring out why someone’s FB ads aren’t working to how to grow your email list and Facebook group from scratch.
This is one of our favorite types of episodes because we love to see what’s on your mind and what you want to know. We’re pretty sure at least one of the questions we answer today have been on your mind too.
After listening to this episode, you'll come away knowing:
- What to include in your online program and how to create it even when you’re not tech-savvy at all!
- The best way to generate sales during the holidays
- Why ads are not a great ROI for all types of promotions (we’re sharing what you should be doing instead!)
- Whether you should create a new Facebook group for your free challenge or use your main group to run the challenge
- How to grow your email list from scratch when you’re just starting out
Be sure to give this episode a listen if you have any questions that you've been itching to ask us, since we may have answered it!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In this episode, we’re covering the top 5 reasons you aren’t getting more clients so you can get some ideas of where you want to focus your time to improve your client attraction strategies - even if you have a limited number of hours each week.
The health coaches that are consistently getting new clients each month are doing a few very simple things that we’re going to share with you in this episode. The main thing is having a plan while focusing on just a few marketing strategies that work for you, rather than chasing every possible marketing strategy out there.
After listening to this episode, you’ll know:
- How to narrow down your offer so that you’re crystal clear about what you’re offering and the solution and transformation you provide (if you don’t have this in place, you’re truly limiting the number of clients you attract)
- How/where to get in front of the right people so that your marketing message is heard by your ideal clients!
- How to be consistent and show up regularly without it taking over your time and life
- How to create a simple way for potential clients to take action and book a call with you
If you aren’t getting the number of new clients you would like to have or you’re not yet earning close to what you want to make, you’re going to love episode, so hit play and tune in!
Links/Resources mentioned on the show:
Acuity
Calendly
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In a constantly changing social media world, it can be difficult to figure out what posts are really going to make you stand out and attract your ideal clients.
That’s why we’re thrilled to welcome Alicia Streger, business coach and the founder of The Content & Social Media Club, to the podcast to share some great tips with you that will help you stand out, get noticed and get more eyes on your posts.
In this episode, Alicia shares 9 types of social media posts that get engagement:
- Facebook Lives
- Engaging questions
- Inspirational stories that people can relate to; Case studies of clients or your story
- Viral videos
- Tips or share-worthy quotes; Memes
- Research posts sharing current information or new studies, include a graphic
- Lead magnet posts to share your freebie and grow your list
- Puzzles, polls and activities (there are fun and light!)
- Holiday posts
- BONUS: Case studies - inspirational, shout-outs, testimonials, before and after photos
Alicia also shares the two rules of thumb for posting anything on social media; you’ll want to ask yourself these 2 questions before you post anything.
If you’ve wanted to create more comment-worthy and share-worthy posts, you’re going to love this episode!
P.S. Subscribe to the podcast, so you don’t miss an episode! You can also listen on your favorite podcast app like Apple Podcasts, Stitcher, GooglePlay, Alexa, GoogleHome and Spotify.
In this episode, we’re sharing the behind-the-scenes of how to successfully run a giveaway on Instagram to increase your following. We’re also breaking down exactly how you can use our simple strategy to grow your Instagram following.
If you feel like your Instagram growth is slow and you want to get an influx of new followers, giveaways are great options! In fact, in just 5 days, Kathleen’s giveaway resulted in 210 comments, 234 likes, and 201 new followers. That’s incredible!!
We’re breaking down:
- What a giveaway is, including what to offer and how long to run your giveaway before announcing the winner
- How you can use giveaways to drive engagement on your posts, which typically leads to more likes and more followers!
- How to determine the best type of prize for your giveaway, including examples for lots of different niches
- Exactly how you can promote your giveaway so you can reach the most amount of qualified potential clients
- …and let’s not forget how to follow Instagram’s rules so you don’t get in trouble when running your giveaway
If you’ve wanted to increase your Instagram following quickly, tune in to learn how you can do that with giveaways!
Links mentioned on the show:
Register for Kathleen’s webinar - 4 Key Ingredients Every Coaching Program Must Have to Quickly Enroll Clients with Confidence
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In this episode, we’re sharing how to create and use blog post roundups to build your brand, reach, and email list. The great thing about these types of blog posts is that it benefits everyone involved: you, your collaborators, and the readers.
Blog post roundups are fantastic for your marketing, too, because you can get a lot of visitors to your website, more opt-ins, more social media followers and more Facebook group members.
In fact, during the week that one of Kathleen’s blog post roundups, her website traffic increased by 117% and she had a big boost in opt-ins!!
In this episode, you’ll learn our 3-step process for writing captivating blog post roundups, plus…
- How to use blog post roundups to be seen as a leader and influencer in your niche
- How to decide on a topic that your audience will actually be interested in
- What to include in your roundup and how to structure it, (we have some juicy examples for you too!)
- How to find and choose the perfect contributors who will resonate with your audience
- What you need to do to get as many eyes on your post as possible
If you’re interested in learning how to use this powerful marketing asset for your blog to get more email subscribers, social media followers, and Facebook group members, this episode is a must-listen!
Plus, be sure to grab your 2 Expert Blog Roundup Email Invitation Templates so you can master your roundup collaboration outreach!
Links mentioned on the show:
Freebie: 2 Expert Blog Roundup Email Invitation Templates
Kathleen’s blog round up
Hautestock
Pexels
Pixabay
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you’ve ever considered launching a program, but you’re not sure how to craft the marketing message to use during your promotion to make more sales, you’re in for a treat in this episode!
In this episode, we’re breaking down an episode Jasmine Star did on the Mind Your Business Podcast a few months ago where she discussed what went wrong during her program launch earlier this year.
We’re also discussing how she successfully dug herself out of her “launch freefall” with a Facebook live that was seen over 13K times within 24 hours… and her sales started to go crazy!
You’ll find out:
- How Jasmine Star’s webinar registrations were higher than normal, yet her conversions were dramatically lower than expected… and how she turned it around to reach her goals
- The importance of bridging the gap between what you’re promoting and what you’re selling so that they’re aligned, (this is a total gamechanger!)
- How to create an offer that is so irresistible that your potential clients can’t say no to your program
The information you’ll hear in this episode will change how you look at your next launch or promotion, so hit play and tune in!
Links mentioned on the show:
Mind Your Business Podcast
Interview with Jasmine Star about Instagram - Episode 117
Social Curator
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In this episode, we are thrilled to welcome Jasmine Star, who is an amazing photographer, Instagram strategist and the founder of Social Curator, to share how you can easily navigate your way through the changes on Instagram.
If you’ve heard the news about ‘likes’ going away, have no fear. As you’ll hear in this episode, Jasmine explains how these changes are actually going to work in YOUR favor and how you can easily transition into these changes.
In this episode, you’ll get the scoop on:
- How to set yourself apart on Instagram and connect with people in a real and impactful way
- The difference between a ‘popular’ vs. a ‘profitable’ Instagram account
- How to actually get your posts seen in your followers’ feeds
- The secret behind tracking how many leads are actually coming from Instagram so you can tell if your strategy is paying off
- How to reach new followers without being creepy
Jasmine is fabulous when it comes to all things Instagram, so if you’ve ever had a question about the changes on Instagram or how to use Instagram as an effective marketing strategy, you’ll want to tune into this episode right now!
Links mentioned on the show:
Social Curator
Jasmine’s Website
Jasmine’s Instagram
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Email is the most effective way to market your business. The key reason we want you to build your email list is so you can connect and nurture your email subscribers whenever you want.
But what happens when you do all the work to build an email list and your emails aren’t being delivered to their inbox? No good, right?
In this episode, we’re diving into how to increase email deliverability. Delivery plays a key role in the success and failure of your email marketing campaigns. After all, no matter how many people are on your subscriber list and how compelling your copy and design is, if an email triggers a spam filter so it doesn’t hit the inbox, your subscribers will never see it!
In this episode, we’re sharing:
- 7 tips for increasing your email deliverability so your subscribers are actually seeing your emails
- How we solved a major email deliverability issue with a challenge we recently ran (you’ll want to know how to avoid this pitfall!)
- How to properly use links, text, and images in your emails
- How to master your emails subject lines to avoid spam-triggered words
We want you to succeed in your email marketing because this is the best marketing tool out there. Go ahead and hit play so you can learn how to increase your email deliverability!
Links mentioned on the show:
455 Spam Trigger Words to Avoid in 2019
Episode 11 – The Importance and Methods to Building an Active Email Subscriber List
Episode 86 - List-Building Troubleshooting: Why More People Aren’t Signing Up for Your Free Offer
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
When we first started our podcast, our main inspiration was Amy Porterfield and her podcast, Online Marketing Made Easy, so you can imagine how excited we are to bring her on to OUR podcast in this episode.
Through her bestselling courses and popular podcast, Amy’s action-by-action approach proves that even the newest online entrepreneurs can bypass the overwhelm, and instead generate exciting momentum as they build a business they love.
In this episode, our guest expert, Amy Porterfield walks us through the 5 Step Blueprint to Identify Your Irresistible Coaching Program Topic:
- Strategy #1: Days of “No Judgement Inspiration”
- Strategy #2: The “Magic Wand” Question
- Strategy #3: The Crowd Sourcing Experiment
- Strategy #4: Examine Your Own Transformation
- Strategy #5: Make 3 “Course Calls” to Gain a Flood of Insight
Figuring out the topic of your course is the very first step you’ll want to take when creating something from scratch so be sure to hit play and listen to this episode!
Plus, be sure to grab Amy’s new high-value freebie, The Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit!
Links mentioned on the show:
Amy’s “Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit”
Amy’s Website
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We often hear from our listeners that their Facebook ads results are less than stellar. One of the reasons this is happening is because you are running ads to cold traffic.
In this episode, we have Zach Spuckler, a Facebook ads expert and founder of Heart, Soul & Hustle, joining us to talk about using an efficient and cost-effective way to run Facebook ads by targeting a warm audience of people who have watched all or some of the videos on your Facebook page.
Video views and look alike audiences are one of the best strategies to include as part of your FB ads strategy right now. This allows you to warm up your audience first which is so important. We know that people need those multiple touchpoints and exposures to you before they take an action, so what Zach talked about in this episode is a great way to do that.
You’ll get the inside scoop on:
- The importance of video views on your Facebook page and why this benefits your FB ads
- Whether you can use this strategy to encourage people to buy your paid program or if you should only use it for email list building
- The typical cost with video view ads
- The power of look-alike audiences and how it turbo-charges the size and quality of the audience that can see your ad
- Whether you can implement these strategies with live or prerecorded videos
If you have ever had any questions about running Facebook ads for your business or how to optimize your existing ads, you’ll want to listen to this episode!
Grab Zach’s 5-Step Facebook Setup Audit!
Links mentioned on the show:
Zach’s 5-Step Facebook Setup Audit
Zach’s website
Zach’s Instagram
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We are thrilled to welcome Paola back on this episode. We love sharing wins from within the wellness coaching community, so you’ll definitely want to tune in to this one to learn what Paola did to generate over $10,000 for her 30-day program during its very first launch!
In this episode, we are diving into the nitty gritty to learn exactly what Paola included in her program, plus what type of support she provided and how she ran her program from a tech standpoint.
After listening, you’ll know:
- How to manage your time in your program so you’re not having to worry about it 24/7
- How to implement the tech side of launching an online program to keep things simple so you can focus on your clients and the benefit your program provides
- What Paola learned from her first launch and what she did differently the second time around (which generated $25,000!)
- How to get testimonials for your online program so it stands out amongst your competition
- How to transition from an introductory program to a next-level program
Hit play so you can learn how Paola created and launched her program and earned over $10,000 during the first launch!
Plus, if you want to simplify your online program creation even more, check out Kathleen’s 30-Day Fit and Healthy Jump Start done-for-you program and get 20% OFF until August 31st with the coupon code: PODCAST113
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
This episode is really special because we are sharing a case study of a nutritionist who launched a 30-day program that generated over $10,000 in the first launch! We’re chatting with Paola to find out exactly what she did to launch her program.
Not only are we giving the scoop on her marketing strategies, from free consultations to email list building, but we will also be diving into how she is able to balance her online program with her full-time job as a traveling clinical nutritionist!
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- A full breakdown of which marketing strategies Paola used to generate over $10,000 from the first launch of her online program (check out the screenshot below)
- How free consultations are key for promotion and lead generation
- How YOU can simplify your online program creation with a done-for-you solution (the exact same one that Paola used!)
If you’d like to learn how you can create and market an online program, tune in so you can learn from what Paola did to earn over $10,000 with her 30-day online program!
Plus, if you want to simplify your online program creation even more, check out Kathleen’s 30-Day Fit and Healthy Jump Start done-for-you program and get 20% OFF until August 31st with the coupon code: WBP112
Links to Resources:
Paola's website
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Wouldn’t you say that Health Coaches are some of the most thoughtful, compassionate, loving people on the planet? After all, Health Coaches exist to help others, which comes with a lot of self-sacrifice as well.
In this episode, we’re revealing our strategies for avoiding (or bouncing back from) burnout. If you implement these strategies, you could avoid burnout altogether. And if you’re already feeling some burnout, these strategies will help you recover much more quickly.
After listening to this episode, you’ll know:
- 5 simple strategies that will help prevent or recover from burnout quickly
- Why you should consider outsourcing so that you can focus more on bigger (and more interesting) projects and self-care
- How to be intentional with your “yes’s” and “no’s” so that you can fully manage and take control of your schedule
- Why you need to build in boundaries and how it will help you create your best life and show up as your very best for everyone else in your life
Tune in so you can learn exactly what strategies you need to know to avoid burnout (or recover from it)!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Social media is a fantastic marketing and client attraction tool, but there are still several health coaches that feel completely drained by it. Whether you’re using Facebook, Instagram, or LinkedIn, social media is definitely a tricky game but giving value and being patient is the key to social media success without the overwhelm.
In this episode, we’re revealing 5 realistic expectations to set when it comes to social media. Whether you’ve felt overwhelmed by social media or as if your strategies and efforts aren’t leading to any results, you’ll want to take a listen to this episode!
You’ll learn:
- 5 reality check-in points that will help you set realistic expectations and keep you on track with your own social media strategy
- How to find support and resources to brainstorm and implement social media strategies
- Why you should rely on a give-only strategy for your social media marketing
- How to get through the natural ebbs and flows of your business and social media engagement
Take a listen so you better manage your own social media expectations with our 5 reality check-in points!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In our second episode of our two-part series, we are talking about pricing your online programs and options for how to deliver your program to your clients.
We’re diving into what you need to do before you launch your online coaching program for best results so you’re not stuck guessing what your clients really want.
Plus, you’ll get our tips for correctly pricing your program and getting people to sign up (hint: it’s less about the dollar amount and more about people paying for a very specific solution) and our simple solution for delivering your program without the tech bogging you down!
We know many of you want to add some aspect of online coaching to your business either in the very near future or somewhere down the road, so this episode will be perfect!
After listening to this episode, you’ll know:
- How to price your online coaching program so that it reflects your solution, niche, experience, and length of program (with specific examples!)
- The best strategies for increasing your program prices
- How to get lot of testimonials for your online coaching program before you even launch it
- How to deliver your program in a simple and efficient way so you can focus on delivering great content and coaching instead of worrying about the tech
Tune in so you can learn how to price and deliver your online coaching program!
Plus, be sure to download this free guide: How to Launch a Successful Online Health Coaching Program
This guide covers:
- How to create a program your audience will LOVE
- Some of the BEST tech tools and resources to use
- Key strategies for launching a PROFITABLE program
- PLUS… Tips for effectively promoting your program even if you DON’T have an email list
Links to Resources:
20% off Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Coaching Program. Use code: WBP108 for your 20% savings through July 31st.
Fiverr
Upwork
Teachable
Kajabi
PracticeBetter
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Did you know that when you add online coaching to your practice, you are opening up a world of possibilities and the opportunity to dramatically increase your reach and earning potential? We know there are many health coaches who want to add a virtual element to their practice by offering online coaching, but they aren’t sure where to start.
It takes a bit of time and planning to launch an online coaching program, but once you have everything in place, you can run it over and over again. In Part 1 of this two-part series (there’s just too much to cover in one episode!), we are going to cover tips for creating your online coaching program and how to decide on a name, plus what to include as part of your program as far as support
You’ll learn:
- How and when to map out your online coaching program
- Exactly how long YOUR coaching program should be with specific action steps to make the decision simple
- How to decide on your online coaching program name
- Which ways you can support your coaching clients and the frequency of your support
Are you ready to start creating a successful online coaching program? Hit play and listen to learn how!
Links to Resources:
20% off Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Coaching Program. Use code: WBP108 for your 20% savings through July 31st.
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We are back with another Ask Us Anything episode, where we are answering some of the top questions about running a wellness business. We often get questions that are just so good we can’t help but share the answers with you!!
Today we’re discussing the importance of having a website and blog, why you should have an email list, how to repurpose your content, and time management.
After listening to this episode, you’ll come away knowing:
- Whether you need a website and/or a blog
- Why you should build an email list even if you coach in-person clients and how to do it effectively
- How to repurpose your paid content into free resources for your potential clients
- How to manage your time and build your wellness business even when you have a full-time job
Be sure to give this episode a listen if you have any questions that you’ve been itching to ask us, we may have answered it!
Links to Resources:
LeadPages
Karen’s done-for-you workshops
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you’re experiencing a lack of clients, you may be surprised to know that your website is likely contributing to you not getting new clients. In this episode, we’re covering the importance of getting your brand specific message right on your website.
First impressions are important, so having a consistent and specific brand message across your entire website is crucial. If your brand messaging isn’t right on your website, your visitors won’t convert to paying clients.
In fact, recent studies have found that a person will make up their mind about staying or leaving a website in as little as 5-7 seconds, so we are sharing how you can easily update your website with a consistent brand message.
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- Why it is so important to have the right brand message on your website (hint: it has something to do with being ideal client specific across your entire website)
- The 2 main problems in brand messaging that we found in 95% of the websites we audited
- A simple 3-step process you can use to audit your website to help you get your marketing message dialed in
Tune in so you can learn how to perfect your website’s brand message with our 3 simple steps!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In this episode, we discuss different strategies that you can (and should!) use when promoting your next challenge. Free challenges are a great and fun way to get clients, build rapport, and position yourself as a trusted expert!
So, how can you fill your challenge with ideal client participants? Having a good strategy to promote your challenge is key. That’s why we dialed in on the 4 most essential ways to promote your next challenge! When you go all in on these 4 strategies, you’ll see more people signing up for your challenge, and that means the potential to have more people enrolling in your coaching program.
After listening to this episode, you’ll know:
- 4 proven and effective ways to promote your challenge and FILL it
- How to make your paid program the next logical step for your participants
- Why challenges are a great way to get clients
Hit play so that you can master the promotion of your challenges and finally turn those participants into paying clients.
If you’d like more ideas to help you fill your challenge, be sure to grab Kathleen’s FREE guide, 10 Ways to Market Your Online Challenge.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Kathleen’s done-for-you 5-Day Menu Planning Challenge
Fiverr.com
Upwork.com
Canva.com
Snappa.com
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We have a fun episode today because it’s a replay of a hot seat coaching session we did with one of our Wellness Business Insider’s Club members a few weeks ago.
Stella was in the host seat and she was trying to troubleshoot a couple of things including:
- Why her email list was not growing, despite her efforts
- Why more people weren’t signing up to work with her
We helped her figure out the missing link and gave her simple action steps that will make a huge difference. We also gave her ideas on how to get in front of a larger audience. Simple, but effective tips and strategies that will help you too!
Join us in the Wellness Business Insider’s Club by June 19th before we close the doors until late 2019.
www.wbinsidersclub.com
Resources mentioned on this episode:
Stella’s website
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In today’s episode, we’re diving into how to systemize your client attraction with a strategy that is simple and will save you time! You don’t need to create hundreds of resources because the MOST important thing is to create resources that identify and solve your clients’ problems.
That’s why we’re sharing how to identify your ideal clients’ problems, how to write the perfect client attraction message, and then finally tying it all together to create resources that your clients ACTUALLY need and want by identifying 5 essential criteria.
If you already have a client attraction system that works for your business, you’ll still come away from this episode knowing exactly what to consider when you create new resources for your ideal clients which will make the process so much easier!
After listening to this episode, you’ll know all about…
- How to identify your ideal clients and their problems
- Figuring out your customer journey (this is KEY!)
- Perfecting your client attraction message
- What resources you actually need to create and how to use them
- Pre-planning your client attraction resources and social media to save time (with specific examples for 4 weeks of topics!)
Take a listen to find out exactly how to simplify (and systemize) your client attraction process!
If you want even more help from us, be sure to join our Free 5-Day Training: 5 Things Every Wellness Business Needs to Get Clients where we’ll be covering ideal clients and how to create high converting free resources, plus so much more!
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you feel like you’re staying busy, but at the end of the day, you aren’t sure what you actually accomplished, you are going to love our conversation today. We’re pulling back the curtain to share some of our own struggles with this, and we share what we’re doing to turn it around.
Most of us are dealing with more distractions now than ever, including social media, and these distractions are derailing our day and our productivity.
Kathleen shares how she was feeling stressed, and what she is doing now that is simple, but life changing. Karen shares what she does when she procrastinates and what she does now to avoid distractions and take control of her schedule.
Being more intentional, deliberate and focused is a game changer.
Tune in to hear an open and honest conversation and see what habits and patterns you may have developed that are sabotaging your productivity, so you can accomplish more and feel less stressed.
Be sure to grab your spot for the FREE 5-Day Training Series called:
5 Things Every Wellness Business Needs to Get Clients
Resources mentioned on this episode:
Social Media Marketing Podcast (episode 346 with guest Brian Solis)
Online Marketing Made Easy Podcast (episode 258 with guest Michael Hyatt)
Book: Life Scale by Brian Solis
Book: Free to Focus by Michael Hyatt
Book: Do Less by Kate Northrup
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Would it surprise you to hear that you don’t have to better than your competition to build a mega-successful brand? Many of us think we can’t compete with others if we don’t have as much experience, as many followers or as many subscribers, but nothing could be further from the truth. What a relief, right?
In this episode, our guest expert, Chris Ducker, explains why being different is better than being better! In today’s online world, it’s easier than ever before to get in front of your ideal clients to showcase your personality, your expertise and how you can help them.
Chris dropped value bomb after value bomb, including:
- Why being different is more important than being better
- How to determine how you’re different
- How and where to share your story, so people get to know YOU
- Tips for overcoming imposter syndrome
- Why you don't need a huge email list to build a successful business
- How to cut through the online noise to get your message out to the people who are right for you (your ideal clients)
Building your personal brand doesn’t have to complicated, and Chris does a phenomenal job of showing you how.
Tune in to discover how to build your personal brand so you can stand out and help more people.
Resources mentioned on this episode:
Chris’s Personal Branding Roadmap
Chris’s website
Youpreneur Summit
[Book] Rise of the Youpreneur
[Book] Virtual Freedom
Links to other resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In today’s episode, we’re sharing a replay of a hot seat coaching session we did for our Wellness Business Insiders Club members. The questions and topics that were covered were so beneficial, that we decided to share it here on the podcast.
The hot seat coaching covered a wide variety of topics and questions such as:
- How do you lead people to your paid programs at the end of a free challenge?
- How to troubleshoot lack of response for people signing up for your discovery calls
- How many Facebook groups should I have and when do I close some of them down?
- How do I narrow down my niche when I’m having trouble choosing just one to focus on?
We’re sure you asked yourself at least one of these questions, so we hope you get as much benefit out of it as our members did.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
This is a special episode because we’re celebrating the big 100!!!! Thank you for being with us on this journey for the past couple of years.
We thought it would be fun to bring on a few of our past guests to answer the question we posed to them which is: "What is your top suggestion or recommendation for coaches that are just starting out or who are struggling in their business?"
Each of these coaches has a unique perspective on what has helped them grow their business, and we know you’ll be inspired by each one of them. What we loved about their responses is that none of them are about bells and whistles or fancy gadgets. Instead, they share the one thing that has truly been the game-changer for them to move them from a struggling health coach to a profitable business owner running a coaching practice that they love.
Listen in to hear what words of wisdom they have to share with you.
To enter for a chance to win a one-hour coaching session with Karen and Kathleen, leave a review of the podcast in iTunes, take a screenshot and post it over on our Facebook page HERE by June 3rd 2019
Links to resources:
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In today’s episode, we’re recapping what we learned at the Social Media Marketing World conference in San Diego. We’re letting you in on what’s happening in the world of social media right now and how you can (and should) pivot to take advantage of the changes.
What was working on social media 1-2 years ago is no longer working, and when you know what is working right now, you can implement the strategies that will help you stand out and allow you to attract your tribe. Organic reach isn’t dead, but you need to know how to use it in 2019 if you don’t want to continue to feel frustrated with your efforts on social media.
Here’s some good news! One of the big take-aways from the sessions we attended is that building a smaller more engaged audience is more profitable and rewarding than focusing on the numbers and vanity metrics.
Another great take-away was the fact that there are 4 main areas that Facebook wants all of us to focus on to build community, and we’re sharing strategies you can use for each of them in this episode.
These are the 4 strategies that will get more engagement, reach and/or interaction:
- Video
- Stories
- Groups
- Private Messaging
Tune in to see how to use each of these effectively and find out what to avoid doing.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Today, we’re sharing a different way to incorporate Facebook groups into your business. This strategy uses a pop-up group which is a temporary group you use for a set amount of time (usually before and during a challenge and/or launch) then it closes down on a pre-determined date. This is different from than having a group you continue to build and keep open indefinitely.
We’re going to share how this can work for you, and we’re giving you an inside look at how we used this strategy with a recent promotion of our own for the Wellness Business Insider’s Club.
If you already have a free Facebook group that you use for everything like challenges and daily posts, you might not need a pop-up group, but this episode will still give you great ideas on how to run a challenge or launch in your current group. Most of the same principles will apply, so you’ll still get a ton of value by tuning in.
We’re breaking down how to use a pop-up group and how to fill it, including:
- What questions to ask before you start a pop-up group
- How we ran our pop-up group and what we did before the live training series even started
- What we did to get crazy high engagement in the group
- How to promote your paid program in your group
- The importance of creating the right cover photo for your group
- What to do with your pop-up group once the challenge or event is over
Whether you want to run a group for a short period of time, or you want ideas for getting more interaction and engagement in your current group, you’ll want to tune in!
Freebie:
10 Step Facebook Popup Group Strategy
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We love to spotlight people who are having success so we can share it with you for inspiration. In today’s episode we’re flipping the spotlight on us so we can share a behind-the-scenes look at our recent 5-day live training series launch.
A few months ago, we did something that we never did before. We created a 5-day live training series as a way to promote our Wellness Business Insider’s Club. Our goal was to add 100 new paying clients to the membership. We had 1,100 people enroll in the free training series and welcomed 117 amazing new members inside the Wellness Business Insider’s Club!
We’re breaking it all down for you to share exactly what we did and how we did it, so you can model this in your business for your next launch or promotion.
We’re sharing how we:
-
Promoted the training series to get 1,100 people signed up
- Added giveaways and prizes to make it fun
- Kept engagement high in the Facebook group
- Decided on what bonuses to include to add urgency to our paid offer
- Promoted our paid program that exceeded our goals
-
Used a Facebook “Watch Party” to boost engagement and sales
-
Had a blast along the way
Plus, some additional strategies we used to help make our launch a huge success.
Listen in to see how you can implement some of this in your business!
**Freebie:**
5-Day Live Training Series Checklist
Links to Resources:
The Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We are incredibly excited to speak with and be inspired by Shannon Hansen, a holistic wellness practitioner who recently enrolled 15 clients in her program in only 45 days. Listen as Shannon tells us the story of how exactly she made it happen!
In this episode, we talk about:
- The simple steps and aha moments that led to kicking off her business
- How Shannon used speaking at conferences as a way to share her message
- Being clear on who her ideal client is, and how to find them
- Structuring her program in a way that will help her clients the most
- Where Shannon’s business was a few short months ago and where it is now
Get ready to be inspired with great ideas you can use in your business!
Shannon’s website:
RESOURCES:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Welcome to another Ask Us Anything episode! Our podcast usually focuses on one major idea each episode, so we love having the opportunity to cover a range of different topics and answer the questions most important to you. Also, we know if one person has a question, someone out there has the same issue!
Today we’re discussing what to do when you’re showing up on social media but still not getting clients, how to stand out on social media, what kind of content new business owners should offer, and how to create topics that grab attention. We know many of you will relate to these issues and hope you find some valuable takeaways!
In this episode, we talk about…
- The importance of sharing content and solutions for a specific pain point of your client
- What it means to send the right message with the right offer to the right audience
- Why you should build your email list before launching a new program
- The benefit of marketing that creates a “fear of missing out” for your audience
- How understanding and using your gifts and talents allows you to stand out
- The difference between a general health coach vs. one who serves a specific audience
- Different ways to create interesting topics to hook your audience
- What it means to show up as a coach who understands what they have to offer
We shared 3 ways to become the go-to person in your niche. Remember, don’t worry about what other people are doing! Focus on who you help and how you help them.
- 1: Be clear and confident about who you serve.
- 2: Provide a clear and compelling message or solution for your target audience.
- 3: Provide valuable free content and offers that lead them to your paid programs.
Resources and Links mentioned on the show:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Book: Rise of the Youpreneur, by Chris Ducker
Today’s episode focuses on content and is another valuable piece of our 5 Day Live Training series. Without great content, your email subscribers will begin to unsubscribe and your business will suffer. We know many of you struggle with creating new and nurturing content and often forget it’s extremely beneficial to repurpose your content. So, we dedicated all of Day 4 to making content as simple for you as possible!
In this episode, we talk about…
- 3 common struggles with content creation
- The difference in marketing to complete strangers versus a warm audience
- 3 types of new and nurturing content that will help warm your audience
- The importance of being intentional with your content and using your own style
- Examples of content strategies and what works for the Wellness Business Podcast
- The value of repurposing content and keeping a master list of your content items
- Action item for increasing your content creation and types of content upgrades
- Common questions and suggestions regarding blog, website, and social media content
Here are 3 types of content to consider when you feel like you have nothing to write about or just feel stuck. Remember, it’s up to you to research and take action to REPURPOSE or create content that will benefit your ideal client!
- Content Type 1: Blog posts: Should be weekly, short, and filled with valuable content.
- Content Type 2: Social media posts: Should definitely inspire, entertain, or educate in order to increase brand awareness.
- Content Type 3: Emails: Send them weekly in order to increase engagement across all platforms—social media, blog post, website, etc.
Links to Resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you want to get more people signing up for your free offers, it’s critical to come up with a compelling title that will grab the attention of your ideal client. The title is often the only thing that helps people decide if it’s right for them or not. The title should take as much (or more) consideration as the actual content of the freebie. You could have the most amazing resource, but if the title doesn’t resonate with your audience, you’re going to have a very difficult time growing your email list.
But no worries!
In this episode, we’re sharing the 3 key strategies to naming your free offer that result in more subscribers!
In this episode, we talk about…
• 3 key components to consider naming your free offer
• The value of focusing on specific problems or struggles your client faces
• Examples of great free offer titles
• Action items to consider when naming your ideal client and free offer
Be sure to give this episode a listen to hear our key strategies to name your free offer that result in more subscribers!
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Welcome back for another episode of the Wellness Business Podcast! We get so many questions about freebies, giveaways, free offers—whatever you want to call them—and how to create an offer that people want AND also grows your email list. Today, we are so excited to have Lori Kennedy return to the show as she shares how a strong lead magnet can provide value to you and your client and give your free offer the boost it needs!
In this episode, we talk about…
- What a lead magnet is and why your audience needs one
- Why lead magnets need to be specific and connect to the problem your program solves
- The significance of the words and language you use to promote your lead magnet
- Lori’s 3 step process for creating a lead magnet
- The value of understanding the client’s journey and providing baby steps of relief
- Suggestions for what to include in your lead magnet
- Recommendations for your email follow-up and nurture sequences
Here are the steps to Lori’s process for creating a successful lead magnet. Be sure to listen as we explain each one, give examples and share some of our top resources to make it easier for you.
- Step 1: Create content specific to the issue your ideal client knows that they have—not what you think it is.
- Step 2: Content should solve an immediate problem and it should be actionable! Clients don’t want to learn about their problem, they want to do-fix-stop-solve their problem!
- Step 3: Your lead magnet should open up to a bigger problem. It introduces the root cause problem and provides a way to make a connection to your program.
Freebie:
Lori’s Free Guide: How to Create a “Must Have-It” Lead Magnet that Converts
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
One of the biggest keys to your success as a wellness business owner is the ability to book discovery calls. However, we understand booking discovery calls is also a key struggle because the calls can feel awkward and too sales-y. We want you to feel as comfortable as possible as you invite clients to these very important calls, so we created a checklist to make the process of discovery calls easier!
In this episode, we talk about…
- Why it’s common to feel resistance to making discovery calls
- How practicing discovery conversations can help build your confidence
- How to reach out to your current email subscribers and offer a discovery call as a way to move their customer journey forward.
- Winning Calls to Action to generate interest and easy ways to connect with you
- Using your Facebook group to invite “warmed leads” to a discovery call.
- And much more!
Freebie:
Checklist-11 Ways to Book Discovery Calls
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Many of you have created Facebook groups but struggle with getting group members to actually post, ask questions, or engage with each other. We’ve been running Facebook groups focused on wellness businesses for several years and want to share our experience to help you build your Facebook group community and increase engagement!
In this episode, we talk about…
- The difference between a Facebook group and a Facebook page
- The importance of being selective of who may join your group
- 5 Tips to help build your Facebook group community
- The value of your Facebook group analytics
- The benefits of the Wellness Business Insider’s Club
- How to use different social media platforms to highlight your Facebook group
- Why your Facebook group needs a title and theme that appeals to your ideal client
Use these 5 tips to help increase engagement in your Facebook group. We encourage you to go back and listen as we give examples and explain each step.
- Be sure your group is set to closed and not public.
- Invite people by sharing your link, but don’t add people without their permission.
- Each post should include a specific and clear call to action.
- Send a monthly email highlighting your group’s hot topics and a link to any replays.
- Show up in your group consistently and set the example.
Freebie:
The Ultimate Checklist for Running a Successful Facebook Group
Links to resources:
CutStory App
More Apps for Instagram
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Most listeners understand the value of podcasts, but few recognize the value of actually being ON a podcast. Today, we discuss why getting interviewed on a podcast is a great way to grow your business. We provide tips on how to contact hosts as well as what to include and what to avoid in your interview pitch. We also share 5 easy steps to help you get as many interviews as possible!
In this episode, we talk about…
- The valuable benefits of being on a podcast
- 5 Steps to help you get booked on a podcast
- What to include in your application/request form
- How to build your podcast guest interview resume
- Suggestions for what to do after you’re a guest on a podcast
- Action items to add to your weekly marketing strategy
Use these 5 steps to get interviewed on a podcast. We encourage you to go back and listen as we give examples and explain each step.
- Step 1: Determine 3-4 specific topics you can easily talk about for an interview.
- Step 2: Find a podcast that’s a good fit for you. Don’t pitch to every podcast!
- Step 3: Listen to previous episodes and research the podcast before your pitch.
- Step 4: Follow the podcast and host on social media and engage with their content.
- Step 5: Contact the podcast host or ask for an introduction through a mutual contact.
Freebie:
5 Steps to Getting Interviewed on Podcasts
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
This episode is Part 2 of our two-part, high-value series so be sure to go back and listen to Episode 87! For Part 2, we’re breaking down which bonuses are right for your program and how to strategically package and position your offer for the greatest number of sales. Just like Part 1, we highly recommend listening to this whole episode once and then listen a second time to take notes and start planning how to use these strategies for your program. Also, don’t forget to click and download the amazing resource we’ve created to help you determine your bonus package for your next program!
In this episode, we talk about…
- 4 Questions to determine if your bonus is intentional and supports your core program
- How bonuses can help decrease buyer’s remorse and refund requests
- 4 Ways clients benefit from the combined resource of your program and bonus package
- Different types of bonuses to use for your sales campaign
- The importance of building your bonuses as your program grows and changes
- Why you should be clear about your bonus delivery schedule
- Options for how to deliver bonuses to your clients
- The benefits of affiliate or joint-venture bonuses
- Action items to help you easily use bonuses in your program
Freebie:
The 4-Phase Blueprint: How To Create “Sales Boosting” Bonus Packages
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
This episode is Part 1 of a two-part, high-value series that we know will benefit so many listeners! You should always be adding bonuses to your sales campaign, so Part 1 focuses on what program bonuses are, why they are a key component to selling more programs, and how to avoid common mistakes people make when adding bonuses to their offer. We encourage you to listen to this episode all the way through and then listen again so you can take notes and brainstorm on how to implement a more robust bonus plan into your next promotion. And as a “bonus” for you—we’ve created an awesome resource to help you determine your bonus package for your next program!
In this episode, we talk about…
- The power of bonuses and how they can turn a maybe into a YES
- The benefits of adding the right bonus to your program
- The 4 common types of bonuses to consider adding to your program
- Common mistakes to avoid when adding bonuses to your program
- The importance of planning your bonuses as you plan your entire sales campaign
Freebie:
The 4-Phase Blueprint: How To Create “Sales Boosting” Bonus Packages
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
For more information on The Wellness Business Insiders Club visit: www.wbinsidersclub.com
If you’ve ever tried to build an email list for your program by using a free offer and were disappointed with results, this episode is for you! Your email list is crucial—email marketing is alive and well and still the number one driver of revenue for many successful businesses. We understand the value of having more subscribers, so today we are addressing 5 commonly asked questions with 5 easy recommendations to help boost your email list building efforts. We want to help you transform your current strategy into a lead generating machine!
In this episode, we talk about…
- What a free offer entails and the value of an email list and email marketing
- Recommendation 1: Be sure offer ONE solution for ONE small problem
- Recommendation 2: Use a clear call to action with simple, direct language on your landing page
- How to test if your offer clearly addresses who it’s for and what problem it solves
- Recommendation 3: Email your list at least once a week and do not worry about unsubscribers
- Recommendation 4: Use software programs to help your landing page get the highest conversion of email list subscribers
- Recommendation 5: Scale down your content, include a specific call to action and use it to attract visitors to your website, freebies and email list
Links to resources:
Aweber
LeadPages
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We are so excited about this episode because quite a few people have requested an episode about podcasting! If you’ve considered launching a podcast or already have one, this episode is full of strategies to help you build an audience and increase your listeners and subscribers. We know what it’s like to create a podcast from scratch and want to show you how to get 10,000 podcast downloads in 30 days!
In this episode, we talk about…
- How the Wellness Business Podcast started
- 3 Critical considerations to review before launching a podcast
- 3 Phase Launch Strategy for podcasts: Prelaunch, post launch, and ongoing
- How to leverage your email list, connections, relationships, and social media followers to increase your listenership
- Simple strategies to gain 10,000 podcast downloads in 30 days
- Impact of listener loyalty
- Why you should outsource as much work as possible for your podcast
- Action items to take if you decide to launch your own podcast
Here are the 3 considerations we shared in the episode. Take some time to review each consideration and listen as we discuss each one and share some of our top resources to make starting a podcast easier for you.
- Consideration #1: Know your niche and know what they want.
- Consideration #2: Pick a podcast name that clearly defines who you are and what you offer.
- Consideration #3: Use a logo and artwork that clearly represents your podcast.
Freebie:
How to Get 10,000 Podcast Downloads in 30 Days
Links to resources:
Free Podcasting Course from John Lee Dumas (affiliate link)
Tech mock-up images
Customized mugs, t-shirts, hats and more
Link to our podcast “preview” episode on YouTube
Podcast editor (Travis Brown at Podcast Buddy)
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
It’s already the middle of January and 2019 is in full swing! We want you to get all that you can out of this year for your business and know many of you struggle with narrowing down your niche and ideal client. Today, we welcome Insider’s Club member Andrea Dahlman to share how she figured out her niche, attracted three new clients in ONE week, how she surpassed her goal of filling her online program and much more!
In this episode, we talk about…
- How the Insider’s Club helped Andrea focus on her ideal client
- The exhaustive nature of trying to be everything to everyone
- What changes Andrea made to narrow down her niche
- The significance of recognizing your expertise
- How Andrea handles one on one clients and promotes her online program
- The power of being committed to action and not being tied to results
- Andrea’s process for successful implementation and using a client portal
- Andrea’s recommendation for investing in your business through the Insider’s Club
- Strategies and skill sets offered in the Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Resources and Links mentioned on the show:
Andrea’s Website
Practice Better (Client Management System) Use code: CLEARDESK20 for 20% off your first 4 months!
The Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
In late 2018, Karen and Kathleen raised their commitment to listeners to an entirely new level by launching the Wellness Business Insider’s Club. Today’s episode is a real treat full of aha moments and valuable content for those really wanting to understand the process of narrowing down your ideal client and marketing message to help build your business.
Enjoy exclusive VIP access as you take a glimpse into the Wellness Business Insider’s Club!
In this episode, we talk about…
- Understanding a specific problem of your client vs. using implied, generic label for client
- Value of knowing search words your ideal client uses
- Market research using Facebook pages, live streams, and targeted ads
- Importance of narrowing your target market to one target audience
- How to know if you should separate or integrate different ideal client identities
- Knowing what sets your coaching apart and what offer/product to lead with
- Clearly labeling what you do for your clients based on your expertise and methodology
- Benefits of joining the Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Resources and Links mentioned on the show:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club - http://www.wbinsidersclub.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group -https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram- https://www.instagram.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Wellness Business Insider’s Club - http://www.wbinsidersclub.com/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Karen’s Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen’s Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
https://www.instagram.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Happy New Year! Welcome to 2019! A new year brings new possibilities, and as a business owner, you have so much of your destiny in your own hands. You have the power to decide how you will take advantage of the opportunities each day brings. To ring in the New Year, Karen and Kathleen have an open conversation and discuss 5 Year in Review questions and 5 Year Ahead questions.
Here are the questions we answered on this episode. Now it’s your turn.
Year in Review:
- What was one of my favorite accomplishments in 2018?
- What are 3 adjectives that best describe last year?
- Did I take some time to celebrate success last year? Give an example.
- What advice would I offer someone else on the basis of a lesson learned this year?
- What’s one thing I was a part of that I will remember for the rest of my life?
Year Ahead
- If I could wave a magic wand and master one skill, what would it be? Why?
- How do I want to show up in my business and in my life in 2019?
- What 3 adjectives describe how I want to feel in 2019?
- What one thing am I curious to learn more about (business or personal)?
- What’s your #1 business goal for 2019?
Links to resources:
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
As a follow up to Part 1 in our previous episode, we continue talking with Heather about how she builds and maintains her wellness business. We strongly recommend listening to Episode 79 and Episode 80 back to back to get the most insight on the ideas Heather shares for both new and experienced business owners.
Heather Woodruff is a certified nutritional practitioner and digestion guru. She loves supporting women to live wild and IBS free through deep digestive healing so they can stop managing and start healing. She’s the founder of Heather Woodruff Nutrition and spends her days coaching clients one-on-one or through online group programs, giving talks in the community, teaching cooking classes, and running health-focused workshops. She is also the creator of the powerfully effective 3 Day Meal Plan for IBS Flare-Ups and The Natural IBS Support Facebook Group.
This is an “Ask Heather Anything” session for those interested in practical strategies that will help grow or market your business.
In this episode, we talk about…
- How to connect with others in your industry
- Ways to discover opportunities to collaborate
- Why you should have clear requirements for collaborations
- The impact of program names that describe end results
- Lessons Heather learned from her recent launch experience
- Tips for and benefits of taking part in live events
- The power of consistency and showing up
Links to additional episodes:
Episode 25 – How to Use Facebook Groups to Grow Your Business
Episode 26 – How to Market and Fill Your Facebook Group
Episode 55 – 3 Simple Steps to more Facebook Page engagement
Resources and Links mentioned on the show:
Heather Woodruff Nutrition
Heather’s Instagram
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Our topic today will give you some great ideas for the new year on how to get in front of people and get clients! Today’s episode is all about workshops. Workshops are how Karen grew her own health coaching business back in 2011. For a straight year, Kathleen hosted workshops once a month, and during that time, she grew her email list from zero to 2,000 ideal client subscribers. It was an intentional strategy that required consistency and it worked really well.
Our guest today has taken the workshop strategy to an entirely new level. Heather Woodruff is a certified nutritional practitioner and digestion guru. She loves supporting women to live wild and IBS free through deep digestive healing so they can stop managing and start healing. She’s the founder of Heather Woodruff Nutrition and spends her days coaching clients one-on-one or through online group programs, giving talks in the community, teaching cooking classes, and running health-focused workshops. She is also the creator of the powerfully effective 3 Day Meal Plan for IBS Flare-Ups and The Natural IBS Support Facebook Group. Heather will share how she has used workshops to generate revenue, grow her email list, and enroll new one-on-one coaching clients into her program.
In this episode, we talk about…
- The benefits of understanding your ideal client, marketing message, and specific niche
- How to use a call to action to begin your workshop
- In person events vs. online events
- Transitioning from free workshops to paid workshops and how to price your workshop
- Value of offering a workshop series and tips for managing your schedule
- Heather’s Top 3 Tips for Workshop Success
- Heather’s mindset and confidence before and after becoming a coach
- Outreach strategy to build your workshop opportunities
Resources and Links mentioned on the show:
Heather Woodruff Nutrition
Natural IBS Support Facebook Group
Heather’s Instagram
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
We’re back with another episode of Ask Us Anything! We’re going to take the questions you submitted and give you both of our perspectives on the answers. We love these episodes because we love hearing from you, and it’s also fun for us to help with specific questions where you might be feeling stuck.
Today, we’re going to cover how to reach beyond your friends and family to get clients, what to post on your Facebook page versus your Facebook group, and how to create the perfect free offer that provides enough value but also doesn’t give away too much information. These are really good questions and no matter where you are in your business, we think you’ll get something valuable from this episode!
In this episode, we talk about…
- Campaigns, challenges, and events you can build to get noticed by other people
- Tips for using Facebook groups to share information and inspiration
- The benefits of using a Facebook business page
- The importance of knowing your ideal client
- Suggestions for creating a simple freebie
- Recommendations for blog posts
Resources and Links mentioned on the show:
Episode 66 – 3 Simple Steps to More Facebook Page Engagement with Amanda Bond Episode 42 – The Only 4 Facebook Marketing Tools Needed to Build a Wellness Business Episode 25 – How to Use Facebook Groups to Grow Your Business Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
If you have a question for us, we want to hear it! You can either post it on our Facebook page at the Wellness Business Podcast, you can DM us there, or you can email us at info@wbpodcast.com.
For this episode, Karen and Kathleen welcome back one of their favorite business mentors, Ryan Lee. He is the author of The Millionaire Workout, Passion to Profits, was featured on the front page of The Wall Street Journal, and has been called “the world’s #1 lifestyle entrepreneur” by Entrepreneur.
Ryan understands what it means to build your business from scratch and shares a behind-the-scenes look for those interested in starting a brand-new business. He defines what a brand entails and discusses how to know whether to establish a personal brand or a company brand first. Ryan also explains the importance of a brand’s vibe and building your brand before you build your product.
In this episode, we talk about…
- Finding the vibe of your brand
- Knowing what niche your brand will serve
- Product testing and listening to the market
- Front-end products that generate customers
- New strategies to build brand awareness
- How to leverage other people’s audiences
Resources and Links mentioned on the show:
Rewind Superbar
Use coupon code: wbp20 for 20% off your order of Rewind Super Bars.
Health coaches interested in offering Rewind Superbars to clients, email Kate@rewindtoday.com
Resources:
What level livestreamer are you?” Quiz and videos
Livestreaming Pros Website
Livestreaming Pros Facebook Page
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Karen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Instagram
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Today’s episode is all about revelling in small wins. We have had this topic in the works for awhile now, because owning your own business, especially a wellness business, can be tricky; everything feels so incredibly personal. Our businesses ARE personal. Your business is a reflection of you and your brand is definitely a reflection of you. This episode is going to help you find a way to separate you the person, from you the brand.
In this episode you’ll get solid strategies on how to small win your way to a successful wellness business. No one goes from zero social media followers to ten thousand followers overnight, just like no one goes from zero clients to a full schedule. A lot of times, we actually think that’s the case, so we’re going to debunk that belief today. We’ve noticed that many of you are white-knuckling your way through building your business. We experienced the same thing when we started our businesses, too, and we want to let you know what you’re experiencing is totally normal.
In this episode, we talk about…
- Overcoming the struggles of building your own business
- What it means to have an “All In” or “Not In at All” mindset
- How little quits add up and sabotage your success
- The power of little commitments and building your way to success
Here are the 10 tips we shared in the episode. Be sure to listen as we explain each one, give examples and share some of our top resources.
- Pick one or two social media platforms
- Set your work schedule
- Delegate
- Focus on actions that bring clients
- Keep a to-do list and review it the night before
- Systematize
- Be selective of your commitments
- Implement what you learn
- Set goals and deadlines
- Schedule down time to recharge
Resources and Links mentioned on the show:
The Wellness Business Podcast Instagram
Fiver
Upwork
MailChimp
Wellness Business Insider’s Club
Trello
Practice Better
Nathalie Garcia
When it comes to livestreaming we’re heard a few very common questions. “What should I talk about on a livestream?”, “What should you lead people to do next?”, “Should I have an outline? Or just wing it?”. If you’ve ever asked one of these questions before you are in the right place!
Our guest today is Luria Petrucci from Live Streaming Pros. Luria is a live video strategist focused on helping you grow your business with professional live videos. She is one of our all-time favorite livestreamers! Going live can be intimidating but as Luria will tell us if you prepare ahead of time and know exactly what you’re doing and why you’re doing it, the whole process will feel a lot more comfortable and manageable.
In this episode, we talk about…
- How to get the best results from your livestreams
- Repurposing topics for multiple types of content
- Setting goals for your stream before you go live
- Reading your audience cues during a livestream
- Planning and structuring your livestream’s flow.
Links to Resources:
Live Streaming Quiz
http://livestreamingpros.com/quiz/
Wellness Business Insider's Club
http://www.wbinsidersclub.com/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
We all want our blog to be a part of our brand awareness but it’s important to understand how to use your blog to build your email list and generate leads. Using your blog to generate leads and sales simplifies part of the marketing process and that’s why we, and today’s guest Zach Spuckler, love it so much!
Zach Spuckler is the owner of Heart Soul Hustle where he teaches business owners how to leverage Facebook ads, launches, and challenges to strategically maximize leads, conversions, and sales and to ultimately profit. Zach has helped his students create sustainable sales funnels that leverage Facebook Ads that allows them to work less and profit more. Your blog has all sorts of hidden potential and Zach is just the person to help us unlock it!
In this episode, we talk about…
- Using blog posts as a marketing strategy
- Creating long form “Ultimate Guide” blog posts as a high-value piece of content
- Promoting your blog posts using Facebook ads
- Creating opt-ins in your blog posts
- Using video ads and targeting your audience to drive people to your blog posts
Links to Resources:
Zach's blog post - The Ultimate Guide to Your First 1,000 Subscribers (in 90 Days) - http://www.heartsoulhustle.com/blogs/how-to-get-your-first-1000-subscribers
How to Install a Facebook Pixel on Your Website - https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/facebook-pixel-install-use-guide-for-marketers/
Zach's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/heartsoulhustle/
Wellness Business Insider's Club -
http://www.wbinsidersclub.com/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Last week we talked about Peter’s story and some mindset shifts that are really important to help you feel confident about the sales conversation during your discovery calls. This week, Peter Frumenti of Sales Team 6, is back for part 2 on overcoming objections during your discovery calls and boy does he share a ton of helpful information!
A lot of people would rather avoid these conversations because it can feel super awkward and uncomfortable when you don’t know what to say or how to approach it. Lucky for us, Peter goes over his 4 step process that helps his clients uncover pain and doubt, connect the dots, and address objections with prospective clients. It not only makes the sales conversation easier, but it can also help you feel much more comfortable leading a discovery call!
In this episode, we talk about…
- The way you frame your mindset and your discovery calls
- Uncovering the situation of your prospective client
- Qualifying your prospective clients to set them (and you) up for success
- Tips and strategies for overcoming objections
Links to Resources:
Peter's Website:
www.onlinesalesteam6.com
Wellness Business Insider's Club -
http://www.wbinsidersclub.com/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
In the past, we’ve covered how to structure discovery sessions but we haven’t gotten a chance to dive into how to handle objections. If you’re not getting a yes from a prospective client, that means that they have some sort of objection. Once you learn how to uncover and address those objections, you’re going to get a lot more clients saying yes to working with you.
This week’s guest Peter Frumenti is the perfect guest for this topic. Peter and his company, Sales Team Six, teach experts how to make more sales through powerful and authentic conversations that move potential clients, take immediate action, and get better results by doing so. For most of us, sales talk feels really awkward, uncomfortable, and “sales-y” but as Peter tell us
In this episode, we talk about…
- The key to a successful sales call
- How mindset plays a part in the sales conversation
- Peter’s own journey overcoming objections
- Providing clarity and listening to prospective clients
- The most important things for coaches to focus on during sales calls
Links to Resources:
Peter's Website:
www.onlinesalesteam6.com
Episode 24: How to Lead a 1-on-1 Discovery Call Results in the Client Saying Yes
http://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode24/
Wellness Business Insider's Club
http://www.wbinsidersclub.com/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
The holiday season is upon us! Not only is it a time for friends and family, but it’s also the most lucrative time of the year for business owners. From the beginning of November to mid-January, consumers and your ideal clients will be shifting their mindset to losing weight, getting good deals, and finding coupons. It’s the PERFECT opportunity for you to show up in your ideal clients’ inbox and social media feed with content that promotes your brand, products, and promotions.
This week, Karen and Kathleen go over their 5 Step Holiday Promotion Blueprint to help you map out your own holiday promotion. It’s estimated that $134 billion dollars will be spent online this holiday season and there’s no reason why you can’t profit from the frenzy as well as coach and support your ideal clients with your programs and services before and after the new year!
In this episode, we talk about…
- Brainstorming promotional materials for the holiday season
- Setting goals for your holiday promotion
- Strategies to warm up your audience and get them excited about your promotion
- Reverse engineering your promotion and launch schedule
- What to include in your promotion
Freebie:
3 Step 'Pre-Launch' Audience Warm Up Strategy -
https://www.karenpattock.com/prelaunch-warmup-strategy
Links to Resources:
Podcast Episodes Mentioned:
12 - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode12/
#13 - https://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode13/
Wellness Business Insider's Club
http://www.wbinsidersclub.com/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
This week’s guest, Shonda Palmer, is a certified health coach, trained mindfulness meditation teacher and qigong instructor. Shonda helps stressed out, overwhelmed caregivers find greater peace, joy and wellness through self-compassion and self-care. Recently, Shonda made some mindset shifts that made a huge difference in growing her health coaching business and she’s here to share with us just how she did it!
In this episode we talk about…
- Shonda’s social media process and strategy
- How Shonda runs her challenges
- Running discovery sessions
- The biggest mindset shifts Shonda has recently made
Links to Resources:
Shonda’s website
Shonda’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Free Discovery Session Call Guide and Script (part of The Ultimate Health Coach Toolkit)
Coach with Confidence Done-for-You 6-month Health Coaching Program
Use coupon code: PODCAST70 for 20% savings through Oct. 31st, 2018
Acuity Scheduling
MailerLite
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
As we’ve mentioned countless times on the podcast, building an email list is crucial towards marketing your business and gaining more paid clients. In fact, creating a free offer is one of the best ways to help your email list grow. However, it’s easy to feel disappointed if your free offer isn’t doing as well as you thought it would. That’s where our guest, Margo Carroll comes in!
Margo Carroll is a copywriter and marketing coach who teaches busy coaches and healers simple plug and play systems for writing persuasive content for websites, program launches and email marketing. She knows exactly what works and what doesn’t work when it comes to free offers and gives us some awesome tips on how to troubleshoot what might not be working so that you can increase your conversion rate.
In this episode we talk about…
- Researching your free offers so you know it will be successful
- Why it’s important to validate your free offer
- Listening to your audience and ideal clients
- The best ways to optimize your free offers to get more conversions
Links to Resources:
Margo’s Website
Margo’s Free Lead Magnet Workbook
SEObook.com - http://www.seobook.com/
Podcast episodes mentioned:
3 – How to Find Your Ideal Clients on Facebook
13 – How to Reach Your Ideal Client and Build Your Brand with Facebook Live
48 – How to Get Your Blog to Rank Higher in Google
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Brand Photography is so important when it comes to building your brand. If done right, it can tell the audience who you are, what you do and why you might be different. However, for a lot of us, the thought of taking pictures can be dreadful or downright scary.
This week’s guest, Mallika Malhotra, is a brand photographer whose mission is to empower women to stop hiding behind their business and confidently become the face of their brand. Mallika brings SO many great tips on capturing the right photos and how to feel like a million bucks.
In this episode we talk about…
- Tips for taking great photos
- What brand photography is and why you need it
- Good examples of visual storytelling
- The best way to find a brand photographer
- How and where to use your photos
Links to Resources:
Maillika's free guide: 6 Images Every Entrepreneur Needs
bit.ly/6brandimages
Mallika's website:
https://www.mikifoto.com
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
In our first bonus episode, we are SUPER excited to share something with you that we have been working very hard on! We are proud to announce The Wellness Business Insider’s Club! The Wellness Business Insider’s Club is a special program that meets you where you are right now and gives you a clear action plan each month to help grow your email list and gain more paid clients. Not only that, but it’s also a community to get support and celebrate your successes with others. Listen in to learn more and find out how you can sign up and get special pricing!
Links to Resources:
The Wellness Business Insider’s Club
http://www.wbpodcast.com/insider
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Today’s topic is one of the most important tactics that we’ve shared on the podcast but it’s not the latest hack or social media marketing strategy. This week’s episode is all about reprogramming your beliefs at a subconscious level. Overcoming mental blocks and diving into your subconscious can be a daunting challenge but that’s why we brought Angela Anderson into the hot seat.
Angela is a PSYCH-K facilitator who has over 20 years of experience helping people radically upgrade their personal and professional lives by helping them reconnect with their deepest desires, reprogram their beliefs at a subconscious level and then taking deliberate and focused action. This episode has a ton of great information on getting into the right mindset and shifting into new beliefs that you don’t want to miss!
In this episode we talk about…
- How beliefs at a subconscious level can interfere with our lives and our ability to have success in our business
- The true meaning of the mind and body connection and how it relates to entrepreneurial success
- How Angela’s approach is a little different from just changing habits and gaining more confidence
- The most common struggles that Angela sees from her clients
Links to Resources:
Angela's website:
http://angelaanderson.life/
Book: Biology of Belief - https://www.amazon.com/Biology-Belief-10th-Anniversary-Consciousness/dp/140195247X
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
When it comes to Facebook engagement, there are so many factors that go into what posts the Facebook algorithm decides to give more impressions to. According to Amanda Bond, this week’s guest, it’s ALL about the engagement on the post. Amanda is the Owner of The Ad Strategist, creator of The StrADegy System® and has been dubbed a “Facebook Advertising Genius” by Entrepreneur Magazine so she definitely knows what she’s talking about!
There’s been a lot of fear-mongering about the new Facebook algorithm but as Amanda will tell us, we have nothing to fear and everything to gain by taking advantage of these changes now! Listen in as Amanda gives us a ton of great advice on how to boost Facebook engagement and how to get a better bang for your buck with Facebook advertising.
In this episode we talk about…
- Building custom audiences on Facebook
- Why getting engagement on your posts is more important than likes and shares
- Finding out what types of posts get more engagement
- How live streaming fits into the Facebook marketing strategy
- Running Ads in Facebook and analyzing the results
Links to Resources:
The StrADegy System®
The Ad Strategist
Amanda's Facebook Page
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page
Karen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Kathleen's Instagram
Karen's Instagram
What does it mean to be an authority? The dictionary tells us that authority is the confident quality of someone who knows a lot about something. It’s easy to get imposter syndrome and feel like you’re not an authority on your topic but chances are that you actually ARE an authority. All of you listening to this podcast probably know a lot about something and that makes you an authority!
Our guest today, T.C. Hale is a celebrity trainer and nutrition specialist from L.A. who has written 6 books, hosts a podcast and is the executive producer of an upcoming weight loss documentary titled, “Why Am I So Fat?”. If anyone knows what it’s like to be and feel like an authority, it’s T.C.!
In this episode we talk about…
- What it means to be an authority
- How to feel like an authority and see it within yourself
- T.C.’s 6 tips to lift your authority
- What kind of topics to pick to lift your authority
- Two major action items to becoming an authority
Links to Resources:
T.C’s Health Pro Results Book – Free access
T.C’s website – Six Figure Health Pro Website and Podcast
Kick It Naturally - Website and Podcast
Episode 56 – Turning Procrastination Into Profitable Action
Episode 55 – Overcoming Imposter Syndrome
Episode 58 – How to Write and Author a Book
Natural Awakenings Magazine
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
There is no one right way to build your business. There are many factors to consider! The same is true for growing your email list. The options and combinations are endless and what worked 4 or 5 years ago may not be relevant today. Right now, one of the latest and most effective ways to grow your email list is by running giveaways.
Giveaways are a newer, modern version of an online contest except for the fact that everyone is a winner! This strategy can result in hundreds, if not thousands of new email subscribers in a short period of time. This week, Karen and Kathleen talk with Maria Saracen, the Queen of Giveaways! Maria helps coaches and business owners DIY their websites and grow their email lists without losing their minds.
In this episode we talk about…
- How to start running giveaways
- What types of tools are needed to run a giveaway
- The top benefits of running a giveaway
- What kind of results Maria has seen while running giveaways
- The best way to market a giveaway
Links to Resources:
Mariasaracen.com - http://mariasaracen.com/
Maria’s free training on how to run your own giveaway - http://mariasaracen.com/besties
Contest Software
Upviral - https://upviral.com/
Viralsweep - https://www.viralsweep.com/
GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) resources
Lisa Fraley’s GDPR webinar replay:
https://bit.ly/2HEQQrf
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Karen and Kathleen are back with another “Ask Us Anything” episode! This week they discuss a wide variety of topics including finding interviewees, getting in tune with your ideal client, growing your social media presence, and so much more. If a previous episode has ever left you hungry for more knowledge you’ll definitely want to tune in and take some notes!
In this episode we talk about…
- Choosing who to interview and what kind of questions to ask
- Getting over the intimidation of starting a social media presence as a coach
- Figuring out what type of challenge to run, how to get people to sign up, and how to promote it
- Planning your schedule out in advance
- How to prevent taking on more work than you can handle
Links to Resources:
Episode 37 – The Right Way to Use Social Media to Grow Your Business
Episode 57 - How to Use Free Challenges to Fill Your Programs & Grow Your Email List
12 Week Year Book
At-A-Glance Wet Erase Wall Calendar
Freebie:
Kathleen’s Free Social Media Planning Guide
Karen’s Free 5-Day List-Building Challenge
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
This episode is all about finance, numbers, and revenue. It may not be everyone’s favorite topic but a lot of coaches are seeing most of their money going out and are receiving very little profit. This week, Karen and Kathleen sit down with Amber Dugger to talk about planning finances to build a profitable business right from the start.
Amber is the found of Budget Alchemy, a holistic system combing personal finance and business cash flow strategies that was developed for health coaches to end the stress and anxiety around numbers. If you want to keep more of your money at the end of the month and have your coaching business become your main source of income then you’re going to want to stick around!
In this episode we talk about…
- What it looks like to have a profitable health coaching business
- What profit first is and how it can help health coaches starting out
- Cash flow management and how is it different from bookkeeping
- What a purposeful revenue goal is and how it can help you become more profitable
- How to set up a strong financial foundation for your business and transition it to full time
Links to Resources:
Ambers Website - AmberDugger.com
Amber’s Facebook group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/sweetlifepurposefulmoney/
Book: Profit First by Mike Michalowicz - https://www.amazon.com/Profit-First-Transform-Cash-Eating-Money-Making/dp/073521414X/
Acuity Scheduling [Affiliate link]: http://bit.ly/2MSgaIM
YBAB (You Need a Budget) software – Get two months free - http://bit.ly/2KYSvWc
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
There are many coaches out there who are introverts. In fact, Kathleen did a poll in her facebook group and over 70% of people who responded considered themselves to be an introvert. Being an introvert can come with some unique challenges as far as how to build your business but that doesn’t mean it’s impossible!
Introverts tend to think they can’t compete with extroverts but that’s far from the truth. There are still huge advantages to being an introvert. This week Karen and Kathleen discuss being introverts themselves and how they run their businesses accordingly. Plus, there’s a blooper reel in this episode that you do not want to miss!
In this episode we talk about…
- How to thrive as an introverted entrepreneur
- How Karen and Kathleen run their businesses as introverts
- Learning what fuels your energy and what drains it
- Protecting your time and making plans to recharge yourself
Links to Resources:
Travis Brown (our awesome podcast editor): https://podcastbuddy.co
Are You More of an Introvert or an Extrovert (BuzzFeed.com Online Quiz):
https://bzfd.it/2ugvRSl
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
It’s time to have a conversation about vulnerability. It’s ok if being vulnerable makes you feel scared and intimidated. That’s perfectly natural. However, it turns out that being more vulnerable can actually help your business grow. This week Kendra Perry shares her story about how she started being more vulnerable and transparent on social media and how her business took off because of it.
Kendra walks us through how she’s been able to use a simple but extremely effective way of having deeper more meaningful conversations by being more vulnerable and not just showing what most of us just think other people want to see. Using this simple strategy has made such a dramatic difference that now she has a completely full coaching practice. Don’t worry, this episode is quite refreshing, enlightening and empowering!
In this episode we talk about…
- How and Why Kendra started being more open and vulnerable with her social media audience
- The top reasons you should be more transparent on social media and how it can help attract the right people
- How being vulnerable on social media improved Kendra’s coaching practice and created more sales
- Coming up with topics to post about on social media
- What steps to take to start being more comfortable with being vulnerable
Other episodes of The Wellness Business Podcast mentioned:
Episode 24 - How to Lead a 1-on-1 Discovery Call that Results in the Client Saying Yes
Links to resources:
Kendra’s website - http://kendraperry.net/
Kendra’s Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/kperrynutrition/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
As we’ve mentioned in episodes before, workshops are an amazing way to find your ideal client and turn them into a paying client. This week we are continuing that conversation with Sandy Nannen who 4x’d her client base in her wellness businesses in only a few months by simply starting to put on workshops.
Workshops dramatically expedite the Know, Like and Trust factor and can create a connection between you and your ideal client right away. Not only can you turn your ideal clients into a paying clients but they will also more likely be quality, easier to work with clients as well!
In this episode we talk about…
- What Sandy’s business looked like before she started doing workshops and how it looks now
- Finding locations to host workshops
- How Sandy got over her fear of public speaking
- What Sandy does to run her workshops and what her typical workshop looks like
- How workshops 4x’d Sandy’s business and also brought her ideal, quality clients
Other episodes referred to on the podcast:
Episode 36 - The Exact Formula to Get Clients from Every Talk You Give
Episode 54 - 7 Steps to a Successful Workshop
Links to resources:
Sandy’s website - www.uncommonlygoodhealth.com
Sandy’s Facebook page - https://www.facebook.com/Uncommonly-Good-Health-1046154902111958/
Karen’s done-for-you wellness workshops - https://www.mywellnessworkshops.com
Use code: PODCAST25 to save 25%
Publishing a book is easier now than ever before. But where do you even start when you want to write a book? What is the process actually like from start to finish? This week Karen and Kathleen talk to Doneane Beckom, a best-selling author and fitness nutrition specialist.
As Doneane will tell us, it’s not hard to write a book. You just need to start! If you have knowledge on a particular topic and you're trying to reach a larger proportion of your niche audience then all you need to do is start writing. Write about what you already know and the rest will fill itself in. If you’ve ever thought about writing your own book, this episode is definitely for you!
In this episode we talk about…
- How long the process of writing and publishing a book takes
- Developing your own writing process that works for you
- Using your own personal experiences to find your topics and your voice
- The process of marketing a publication
- Doneane’s best advice on writing and publishing a book
Links to resources:
Doneane's website
http://fitnessnutritionconsulting.com/
Tips for writing your own book:
https://goinswriter.com/tips-writing-book/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Creating a challenge is a great way to meet more potential clients and grow your email list. Free challenges can open the gates to help people learn more about you in a completely no-risk way to see how you’re the right person to help them solve their problem or reach a goal.
But what is a challenge? What goes into it? Where do I even start? Don’t worry! This week, Karen and Kathleen cover all the basics on creating a challenge, marketing your challenge, and turning challenge participants into paying clients.
In this episode we talk about…
- Using feedback from online communities to build your challenge
- How long your challenge should be
- Choosing a topic for a challenge
- What to include in your challenge
- How to get people involved and keep them engaged in your challenge
Links to resources:
Kathleen’s 7-Day Healthy Habits Challenge – (done-for-you program)
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/7-days/
Use coupon code: PODCAST57 to save 20%
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Do you ever procrastinate in your business? For the most part, we all do for different reasons and at different times. Sometimes we’re too busy or we don’t know where to start. Other times, all of the moving parts that need to be put in place are just too overwhelming. Or maybe it’s a combination of all of these things.
Don’t worry! You’re not alone. Although procrastinating too much can also turn into a nasty habit, there are ways to disrupt the pattern. This week, Karen and Kathleen discuss their own struggles with procrastination and give tips on how to break the cycle and jump into a pattern of productivity and profitable action.
In this episode we talk about…
- Breaking goals down into small tasks and writing them down
- Setting deadlines for yourself and reverse engineering timelines to work off of
- Deciding what work to outsource so that you can focus on your strengths
- Taking action even when it’s not perfect or you don’t feel 100% ready
- Having an accountability partner to keep you in check
Links to resources:
The Secrets to Outsourcing Even if You're on a Tight Budget - http://thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode29
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Have you ever felt like you didn’t know enough about a certain part of your business? Like you were inadequate and an incompetent failure despite the evidence that you ARE skilled and successful? This feeling is typically called Imposter Syndrome and it’s much more common than you think.
This week, Karen and Kathleen chat with Nathalie Garcia from Practice Better and discuss their journeys and experiences dealing with the self doubt and negative self-talk associated with Imposter Syndrome. We put a lot of pressure on ourselves but it doesn’t have to be negative. Setting goals and getting out of your comfort zones are great ways to conquer Imposter Syndrome and improve your growth.
In this episode we talk about…
- Overcoming Imposter Syndrome and negative self-talk
- Personal experiences with Imposter Syndrome and dealing with self-doubt
- Pushing yourself outside of your comfort zone
- Setting goals both personally and professionally
- Focusing on your strengths to help you grow
Links to resources:
Practice Better [Affiliate link]- http://www.practicebetter.io?afmc=6f
New accounts get 20% off for 4 months with this link and coupon code:
CLEARDESK20
Nathalie's email: team@practicebetter.io
Nathalie's Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/practice.better/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Kathleen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
Workshops are an amazingly effective way to convert your ideal clients into paying clients. In fact, one of the greatest benefits of running workshops is that it actually helps speed up the client journey. This week, Kathleen puts Karen in the hot seat to discuss all of the key components in delivering a successful workshop and converting your ideal clients.
We are also announcing the winners from our 50th episode giveaway! Be sure to listen in and see if you’re a winner of one of the awesome prizes are we are giving away.
In this episode we talk about…
- Why workshops are an effective business tool to gain new paying clients
- How workshops speed up the customer journey
- Examples of different workshop topics
- Including a call to action in your workshop
- Building in opportunities for audience engagement
Freebie:
4 Foolproof Methods To Use Workshops To Fill Your Wellness Programs
https://www.karenpattock.com/wellness-program-workshops/
Links to resources:
Karen’s done-for-you workshops - http://www.mywellnessworkshops.com
Use code: PODCAST25 to save 25%
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Pinterest is a place where users go to search out ideas, topics, motivations, dreams, or whatever else they’re looking to discover. It’s also a great place for coaches and business owners to generate leads and clients. This week’s guest, Kate Ahl from Simple Pin Media, is a Pinterest expert and is Karen and Kathleen’s top pick to help you, our audience, understand the basics of pinterest and how to get started posting your own pins.
Kate teaches small businesses and business owners marketing strategies that are actionable and helps them implement simple steps that help business owners move forward instead of feeling overwhelmed. If you’ve ever thought about diving into Pinterest this is the episode for you!
In this episode we talk about…
- Why Pinterest is relevant for health coaches and wellness professionals
- How Pinterest is different from other social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram
- Increasing your reach on Pinterest using images and keywords
- The best image format and sizes to use on Pinterest
- Driving traffic to your website through Pinterest
- Apps and tools to help optimize your Pinterest experience
Freebie:
Free Guide: Ultimate Pinterest Planner: https://www.simplepinmedia.com/pinterest-planner/
Links to resources:
Simple Pin Media (Kate’s website) - https://www.simplepinmedia.com/
Simple Pin Podcast - https://www.simplepinmedia.com/simple-pin-podcast/
Canva - https://www.canva.com/
Tailwind (scheduling app) - https://www.tailwindapp.com
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Karen’s Step Into More Profits Program – https://www.karenpattock.com/step-into-profits-program/
Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Program - https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
Stories are the latest trend on social media platforms. They’re great for getting the word out about what is going on in your business and your personal life. In fact, engagement rates on Instagram stories are just as high as they are on Instagram Live! That’s why Karen and Kathleen sat down with Brock Johnson, a master storyteller who tells exceptional stories on Instagram.
What are stories? When do I post them? What do I post?! This episode answers all the basics on everything you need to know to get started doing your own stories on Instagram and other social media platforms.
In this episode we talk about…
- The best way to get started doing stories on social media
- The top tips and best practices to set your stories apart on social media
- What kind of content works best on stories
- The best times to post on your Instagram stories and how often to post
- Growing your following on Instagram and what techniques work well using Instastories
Links to resources:
Brock's Instagram -
https://www.instagram.com/brock11johnson/
Brock's Snapchat -
Brock11johnson
Brock's 7 Day Content Challenge -
https://www.unwrapstories.com/store/Qe3cJj55
Video editing/clipping app - The Cut Story app is available on iOS and Android
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Karen’s Step Into More Profits Program – https://www.karenpattock.com/step-into-profits-program/
Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Program - https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
This week we bring you a case study of an amazing coach who is growing her business by being consistent. Corrine has been consistently implementing a few simple strategies since December and has seen incredible results in the last 20 days.
It’s easy to get paralysis by analysis but if you don’t overthink, keep it simple, take action and get support you will see results and be amazed at how fast you can turn your business around by just being consistent.
In this episode we talk about…
- How being consistent will bring you results
- Dialing in on exactly who your ideal client is and why it’s important
- Making sure it’s easy for your audience to identify you
- Running a beta program for the first time
- Having consistent messaging across all online platforms
Freebie:
Karen's free 5-day video series:
5 Steps To Create a Free Offer That Grows Your Email List With Your Perfect Ideal Client Subscribers
https://www.karenpattock.com/video-series-automated/
Links to resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Karen’s Step Into More Profits Program – https://www.karenpattock.com/step-into-profits-program/
Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Program - https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
It’s our 50th episode and we have so much to be thankful for - especially you, our listeners! In this episode, we read some iTunes reviews from the past year and share how listening to this podcast has helped other Wellness Business professionals from all over. Karen and Kathleen also dive into 6 crucial tips to running a successful wellness business.
We’re having a 50th episode giveaway contest too! Be sure to listen in to find out how you can win one of 6 awesome prizes, worth up to $500. The winners will drawn at random and announced on June 26th.
In this episode we talk about…
- The six crucial “mindset hacks” to grow a successful wellness business
- Getting out of your comfort zone to get your message out there
- Connecting with like-minded people and finding support
- Documenting your progress to monitor your growth
- How to enter into our 50th episode giveaway
Links to resources:
Karen’s Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen’s Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Karen’s Step Into More Profits Program – https://www.karenpattock.com/step-into-profits-program/
Kathleen’s Coach with Confidence Program - https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/cwcprogram/
As a wellness business owner, a community is so important. A community brings together link-minded people who support your work together. It helps people feel connected to the problem that you’re all trying to solve. But what steps need to be taken to build, strengthen and maintain a community?
This week, Karen and Kathleen discuss the process of creating and maintaining a community with Abigail Hopkins, a community building expert! Abigail is the co-founder of That Clean Life and has created an active and loyal community that has thrived since she first started in 2014.
In this episode we talk about…
- What community is and how it plays a role in your business
- Why building a community is important for your business
- The keys to building a strong community
- Tools and tactics to strengthen your community
- How to keep your community active and engaged
Freebie:
Free e-Book: An introduction to meal planning
https://thatcleanlife.com/books/meal-planning
Links to resources:
That Clean Life Website
https://thatcleanlife.com/
Karen's Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen's Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers
Blogging can be a great way to become known for what you do, position yourself as an expert, and grow your email list. But how do you get your page to appear higher in Google search results and get in front of more people? That is where Search Engine Optimization (SEO) and our guest, Elan Zusman, come in!
As the co-founder of Ziggy Media, Elan helps businesses of all sizes grow their online presence using the latest in online marketing technologies. He’s the perfect person to teach us the basics of SEO and blogging strategies that will help you and your content get in front of more people.
In this episode we talk about…
- What SEO is and how important it is for driving traffic to your website
- How to integrate SEO practices into your blog posts
- Free SEO tools to help you get started
- What keywords are and how to use them
- Figuring out what keywords your audience is searching for
Links to resources:
Elan's website - ZigiMedia
https://www.zigimedia.com/
Zigi Media Tech Mentorship
https://www.zigimedia.com/healthcoach
Kathleen's Health Coach Peer Support Facebook Group
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Semrush (SEO tools)
https://www.semrush.com/
Moz (SEO tools)
https://moz.com/
Google AdWords (free keyword planner)
https://adwords.google.com/home
Rev (transcription)
https://www.rev.com/
Google Speed Checker
https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights
Karen's Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen's Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers
Your homepage is the storefront of your business. It’s the first impression and the message that you are giving to your visitors. It’s more than just a landing page. It lets people know they’re in the right place and gives them directions on where to go. But what does your homepage actually need to be the most effective it can be?
This week, Karen and Kathleen dive into the art of creating a homepage that works for your business. A nice design looks great but what information and content are you providing to your visitors on your homepage? Listen in and learn how to pass The Website Homepage Visitor’s test!
In this episode we talk about…
- What to include on your homepage
- The 5 questions your homepage should be answering for new visitors
- What information should be above the fold on your homepage
- Capturing your visitors’ attention within 7 seconds
Freebies:
How To Pass The Website Homepage Visitor's Test
www.karenpattock.com/home-page
Links to resources:
Karen's Step Into More Profits Program -
https://www.karenpattock.com/step-into-profits-program/
Karen's Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen's Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers
Blogging still matters! In fact, it’s one of the most crucial parts for growing an online presence. Blogs drive traffic to your website, build trust and brand awareness, can help grow your email list and so much more!
Resonating with visitors on your website is important. A blog can reassure a potential client that you are the right fit for them. If you don’t have a blog already, don’t fret! The thought of starting a blog can be paralyzing but Karen and Kathleen break it down and give us all the information we need to get started.
In this episode we talk about…
- How to blog about topics that will resonate with your ideal client
- Growing your email list through your blog
- Tying in freebies and opt-ins to your blog posts
- Promoting your blog posts
- Speaking to your ideal client
Freebies:
How to Use Your Blog to Boost Visibility and Build Your Business
https://www.healthcoachsolutions.net/blogguide/
Links to resources:
Karen's Step Into More Profits Program -
https://www.karenpattock.com/step-into-profits-program/
Karen's Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen's Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers
In this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast we talk about something a little different than normal - your mindset! Today’s guest, Robert Notter, knows all about that. In fact, Robert supports health business and wellness professionals from all over to become their better selves and help take the mystery out of marketing.
If you reach outside your comfort zone, you can find a place much healthier than the space you’ve been in. Remember, you are the master of your destiny and what you focus on and put your energy into dictates what you receive!
In this episode we talk about…
- What a mindset is and what is encompasses
- Reprogramming your brain to change your habits and overall mindset
- What happens in the brain and how beliefs are formed
- What steps to take to form new, positive beliefs
Freebie:
Robert's free eCourse: Mindset Reinvention
www.mymindsetupgrade.com
Links to resources:
Robert Notter
www.robertnotter.com
Karen's Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen's Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers
In this “Ask Us Anything” episode, Karen and Kathleen tackle a multitude of topics from questions submitted by you, our audience! From the basics of marketing to creating sales funnels, we go through quite a bit. We hope some of these topics will resonate with you and possibly answer something that’s been troubling you for a while. There’s a lot covered in this episode so buckle in!
In this episode we talk about…
- The steps to take to start marketing your business
- Online vs Offline marketing
- Creating blog posts and Facebook Live content
- Creating a sales funnel marketing plan
- Managing different groups and running challenges
Freebie:
Free Video Series: 5 Steps to Create a Free Offer That Grows Your Email List With Your Perfect Ideal Subscribers.
https://www.karenpattock.com/video-series-automated/
Links to resources:
Karen's Facebook Group - https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
Kathleen's Facebook Group -
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers
Running Facebook ads that actually generate leads and sales can be challenging. That’s why Karen and Kathleen break it down with Rick Mulready, an industry leading authority on simplifying Facebook ads and online marketing.
Although Facebook Ads can be a complex subject, Rick brings a lot of clarity on the basics and helps us create a better action plan for running ads that actually work for you.
In this episode we talk about…
- The fundamentals of online marketing
- Changes to Facebook’s organic reach
- Finding the best audience using detailed targeting
- How to read and analyze Facebook Ads Manager analytics
Links to resources:
Rick's Freebie:
http://rickmulready.com/fbadsdiagnosis
Rick's website
www.rickmulready.com
The Art of Paid Traffic Podcast
http://rickmulready.com/category/aoptpodcast/
60 Second Facebook Ads Diagnosis Checklist
http://www.rickmulready.com/fbadsdiagnosis
For more information, visit Kathleen’s Website, Karen’s Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
Times are a changin! As you’ve probably heard, there are many new guidelines and algorithm updates coming to Facebook in 2018 that will shape what type of content that will be seen by your followers. Don’t panic! It’s not too late to adapt.
Lucky for us, Kathleen attended the Social Media Marketing World Conference in San Diego and brought back all of the latest tips and tricks that will help your content be seen and heard above the rest. Listen in as her and Karen discuss how to conquer the upcoming “Facebook-Pocalypse”!
In this episode we talk about…
- What changes are coming to Facebook in 2018 and how to use them to your advantage
- The type of content you’re going to want to add to your social media strategy
- Branding tips that tie into the new social media changes
- What kind of content to cover when using Facebook Live Stream
Freebie:
4 Ways to Attract Your Ideal Clients and Generate More Leads Using Facebook.
www.healthcoachsolutions.net/attract-ideal-clients
Links to resources:
Kathleen’s Facebook Group:
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Karen’s Facebook Group:
https://www.facebook.com/groups/emaillistbuildingforcoaches/
For more information, visit Kathleen’s Website, Karen’s Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
People are viewing video content now more than ever which makes it one of the best ways to gain new clients. In this episode, Karen and Kathleen sit down with Jessica, an award winning graphic & web designer and video consultant, to talk about the ins and outs of YouTube.
By 2020 it is predicted that 80% of all content consumed online will be video. Don’t be afraid. It’s not too late to start! In this episode you will learn everything you need to know to get started and create a YouTube channel of your own.
In this episode we talk about…
- What equipment you need to get started
- How to feel more comfortable in front of the camera
- Tips on creating topics for your videos
- Gaining visibility on YouTube
Freebie:
30 Video Ideas for Biz Owners to Start YouTube
https://www.jesscreatives.com/resources/
Links to resources:
Check out Jessica's website for more tips and resources
https://www.jesscreatives.com/
SEO Tips for Health and Wellness Businesses (Google
https://youtu.be/TrBe2m3Y5DI
For more information, visit Kathleen’s Website, Karen’s Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
Growing your email list with quality leads is vital to growing your business. Running a giveaway is a great way to gain email subscribers but you want to make sure that you’re getting the attention of your ideal client. It’s all about quality over quantity.
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen talk with Sarah Niemann who recently ran a giveaway and gained quality 50 email subscribers in just 7 days. Sarah describes what gave her the inspiration to run the giveaway, the steps she took to make it happen, and the results that it produced.
In this episode we talk about…
- How to run a giveaway in order to grow your email list
- Using Facebook live to bring more attention to your giveaways
- Dialing in on your ideal client to produce quality leads
- Deciding what products to give away that would attract your ideal client
Links to resources:
Sarah’s Facebook Page - https://www.facebook.com/Operation.TransformMe
MiniWebTool - https://www.miniwebtool.com/
For more information, visit Kathleen’s Website, Karen’s Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
Accountability breeds success. That’s why Karen and Kathleen sit down with Phil Beene from Nudge Coach, who shares his knowledge in using tools and resources to help clients get better results and improve communication between clients and coach.
You can’t be with your clients 24/7 but communication is important to help you keep them accountable. With digital coaching tools helping to fill that gap, you can be in your clients’ daily lives without actually being IN their daily lives!
In this episode we talk about…
- Providing personal coaching on an ongoing basis
- What digital coaching is and why it is a great tool for a health coach
- Leveraging digital tools to engage clients and keep them accountable
- What types of digital coaching tools can benefit you and your clients
- How digital coachings tools improve the client experience and increases their success
Freebie:
Dr. Steve’s Guide to Digital Coaching
https://nudgecoach.com/academy
Links to resources:
Nudge Coach Website
https://nudgecoach.com/
Premium Nudge Academy Course – How to Create a profitable remote coaching business
https://nudgecoach.com/business
Nudge Health App:
https://nudgecoach.com/nudgeapp
For more information, visit Kathleen’s Website, Karen’s Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
Client testimonials are like gold for your business. Potential clients want to see success stories and pictures themselves in that same outcome! They help build your reputation, the foundation of your business, and should be one of the most important parts of your client acquisition strategy.
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen go over the ins and outs of creating and maintaining a thorough and successful testimonials page to help grow your business and acquire more clients.
In this episode we talk about…
- Why testimonials are so important to the success of your business
- How to ask for a testimonial without feeling awkward
- What to do with a testimonial once you have it
- How to use a testimonial to attract clients and grow your business
- 3 alternatives to fill your testimonial page even if you’ve never had a paying client
Freebie:
The Client Testimonial Acquisition Formula
https://www.karenpattock.com/testimonial-formula
Links to resources:
Kathleen’s Instagram – https://www.instagram.com/kathleenlegrys/
Karen’s Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/karenpattock/
For more information, visit Kathleen’s Website, Karen’s Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
It’s no secret that social media can be tricky! In this episode, Karen and Kathleen try to make it easier by breaking down the 5 most important ways to use social media and get you connected with more potential clients.
Facebook and other social media platforms can connect you with people all around the world. Learn how to get more followers, cut through all the noise of social media and get your voice heard!
In this episode we talk about…
- Common mistakes to avoid on Facebook and social media
- Gaining visibility on social media and cutting through the noise
- Using social media to grow your email list
- Upcoming changes to Facebook
- Tuning into your niche and how to connect with them
Freebie:
Social Media Planning Guide
Links to resources:
The 12 Week Year by Brian P. Moran
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Facebook Group
Virtual Assistant Resources and Social Media Management:
Wellpreneurial
Upwork.com
For more information, visit Kathleen’s Website, Karen’s Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
Need more clients? Of course you do! In this episode, Karen and Kathleen sit down with Alyssa Rushton and discuss how to gain more clients through speaking engagements. Alyssa walks us through her 7 Step Signature Talk Formula that has helped her and her clients grow their businesses beyond their belief!
Stretching yourself outside of your comfort zone can be a good thing! Showing up for one opportunity can always leads to another. With Alyssa’s help, we learn how to get unstuck from behind that computer and in front of an audience!
In this episode we talk about…
-
Getting over your nerves and in front of an audience
-
Avoiding the common mistakes and challenges when giving talks
-
The perfect formula to help you gain clients from your talks
-
How to adapt your talks to a live stream format for social media
-
Selling the “what” instead of the “how”
Freebie:
The 7 Step Signature Talk Formula
Links to resources:
Alyssa’s Website
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Facebook Group
For more information, visit Kathleen’s Website, Karen’s Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On Part 2 of this series, Karen and Kathleen take you through the steps of “how to” beta test your program. Beta testing takes the pressure of your brand-new program or relaunching an old program. This allows you to make your finished product even more amazing!
You’ll learn 10 specific steps you can take to beta test your next program or relaunch, what metrics to measure for success, how to get specific information from beta testers to help you improve your program, and much more!
In this episode, we talk about…
- Ten specific steps to beta test your first program
- The magic number for beta testers
- What metrics to measure for success
- How to get specific feedback from beta testers
- Strategies for offering support to beta testers
Freebie: The "8 Step Beta Program" Mapping Workbook
KarenPattock.com/8-step-beta
Links to resources:
Will it Fly, by Pat Flynn
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Facebook Group
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen dive into the benefits of beta testing and why you want to use it with your programs. You’ll learn what a beta program is and how it can be helpful with launching new programs and rebooting old programs. This a great way to test the waters with your clients!
Beta testing can help you speed up the process of completing a program without worrying about perfection. Test, tweak, implement and repeat. Imperfect action beats perfect action every time. If you are afraid to launch this episode will help you pull the trigger on future programming!
In this episode, we talk about…
- The benefits of beta testing your programs (new + old)
- How to use imperfections to your advantage
- Validate your methods - Testing before going all in!
- Turn beta testing into revenue
- Getting to know your clients better through testing/feedback
- Find weaknesses in your information and where clients might need more support
Freebie: The "8 Step Beta Program" Mapping Workbook
KarenPattock.com/8-step-beta
Links to resources:
Will it Fly, by Pat Flynn
Kathleen’s Facebook Group
Karen’s Facebook Group
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this encore episode, Karen and Kathleen hang out with Kellie Malone of Kellie Lynn Media, a digital creative advisor social media management, and content development strategist who helps entrepreneurs manage their digital footprint.
Kellie shares her best tips and tricks for using Insta-stories, strategies for using the built in tools and filters, using Hashtags in Insta-stories, and other very valuable tips!
In this episode we talk about…
- How many stories to post each week
- How to use boomerangs and other built in filters
- Using Highlights to save important stories to your profile
- How polls can help you see what your clients want to learn
- How to use the LIVE feature
- Hashtag secret strategies
Freebie:
Top Tips to Grow Your Instagram
Links to resources:
Kellie Lynn Media
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Instagram
Canva.com
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen hang out with Kellie Malone of Kellie Lynn Media, a digital creative advisor social media management, and content development strategist who helps entrepreneurs manage their digital footprint. Instagram has 800 million users and can help you find and attract the right customer.
Kellie shares How to get clients from Instagram, What the best Instagram account to start (Business vs Personal), How to let people know there’s a person behind the profile, and a ton more great advice!
In this episode we talk about…
- Why hashtags are important for attracting your tribe
- Leveraging the Explore Tab in Instagram
- If you should use Emojis in your posts
- Instagram accounts to model or inspire you
- The best way to run a contest/giveaway
- The best Third party applications to save you time
Freebie:
Top Tips to Grow Your Instagram
Links to resources:
Kellie Lynn Media
Karen’s Instagram
Kathleen’s Instagram
Canva.com
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen walk you through making the perfect about me page. Potential clients want to know your story and see if there is a connection with you and your brand. Giving the world a look behind the scenes of you and your business is an easy way to make a long-term connection with your audience.
This is a strategic episode that gives you the DO’s and DONT’s of the perfect About Me Page. You’ll learn how to write the hook, connect with their pain points, and convert them to paying customers.
In this episode, we talk about…
- Pulling your ideal client in with a story
- Showing website visitors they are in the right place
- Making a personal connection that makes them take the next step
- Turning your about me page to be all about your potential client
- 6 components to an effective about me page
Freebie:
Karen’s “About Me Page Template” - http://www.karenpattock.com/about-me-template
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen hang out with Leah Kay and talk about how mindset can improve your discovery call conversations with potential clients. Leah shares the secret sauce to gain focus and make confident, purposeful decisions that improve your relationships, your business, and generate your desired income!
Do you have the right mindset for your business and life? Leah shares tips to stay present, the questions to ask yourself, and how to heal your fears. If you are ready to transform you life and business, this episode is for you!
In this episode we talk about…
- The #1 next level business mindset strategy
- How to ask your sub-conscience the right questions
- Maximizing the dialogue of your client interactions
- How to feel good selling your self and services
- Overcoming fear of failure in entrepreneurship
Freebie:
Leah’s Conscious Annual Planner: www.LeahLaprise.com
Links to resources:
Leah’s website - www.leahlaprise.com
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
Just because you can do something, doesn’t mean you should! On this episode, Karen and Kathleen give you the tools you need to outsource tasks for your business even while on a tight budget. You’ll learn how to create a support system to help manage and balance your business without getting overwhelmed in the process.
Karen and Kathleen share why its important to outsourcing, what to outsource, where to find the right person, and some best practices for hiring good help. Outsourcing allows you to work less hours and focus on the tasks you enjoy, and that will bring in more revenue. You wont want to miss the solid gold advice in this episode.
In this episode we talk about…
- What outsourcing is and why it’s important for your business
- Step by step screening process for hiring
- How to provide the right information to make sure your task is completed properly
- The value of off loading menial tasks so you can grow revenue
- Asking yourself: Is this the best use of my time or should I be delegating?
Links to resources:
fiverr.com
upwork.com
99designs.com
thesalescopylab.com
Virtual Freedom by Chris Ducker
For web design:
wellpreneurwebsites.com
Don’t forget to download this week’s free guide: Outsource Like a Pro: 10 Steps to Hiring Virtual Support That Save You Time and Money.
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen break down for you, how to create the perfect free offer for your wellness business! There are five simple steps you should follow when creating free lead magnets for your customers and Karen’s free 5-day video series will walk you through each step. But today Karen and Kathleen discuss the how and why behind it all!
Karen breaks down the different places your ideal clients can be on their customer path within your client experience journey. The psychology behind a free offer or lead magnet is going to be very different based upon where your ideal client is on their own path. You as the business need to decide where you want to meet your clients on this journey to begin the conversation. If you “niche down” you will find which stage your most marketable ideal clients are at. From there you can begin to mold your free offers to fit that group, bringing you more business and leads. This will help you to attract your ideal marketable clients and repel those who are never going to buy from you anyway.
In this episode we talk about…
- The 5 Simple Steps To Create Your Perfect Free Offer
- The 4 Places Clients Can Be On Their Customer Path
- How to Find the Niche Where Your Ideal Clients Typically Are
- Creating A New Free Offer When The Current One Isn’t Working
- The Importance Behind A Free Offer in any Customer's Journey With You
- The Psychology Behind Making Your Free Offer Successful
- Stop Being Afraid To “Niche Down”
Other Resources:
How To Build an Active Email List:
The Wellness Business Podcast Episode 11
The Missing Link - Finding Your Niche:
The Wellness Business Podcast Episode 2
Don’t forget to check out KARENS’ FREE 5 DAY VIDEO SERIES
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen discuss the secrets behind planning a profitable 2018 for your wellness business! The more intentional you are with your planning now, the smoother things will seem to go next year. We suggest listening to this episode, downloading Kathleen’s free workbook, The Profitable Business Planning Workbook and then listening again as you work through those planning stages.
When planning you want to have a snapshot of where you currently are (your past year review) and where you want to go (your realistic but solid goals for the future). With those two cornerstones in your mind you can then being setting the course for yourself and mapping out how you will get from Point A to Point B!
In this episode we talk about…
- Reviewing the Past Year Before Planning Ahead
- The 4 Steps To Follow When Planning
- Setting Yourself Non-Negotiables
- What You Should Be Planning Out in Detail and Why
- The 4 Categories to Focus on Each Month
Be sure to check out The 12 Week (Year) Book
Other Resources:
Hootsuite
Upwork
Virtual Staff Finder
Fiverr
Don’t forget to download this week’s free guide: The Profitable Business Planning Workbook
Refresh On These Topics:
The Wellness Business Podcast Episode 18
The Wellness Business Podcast Episode 15
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this episode, Karen puts Kathleen in the hot seat and continues the conversation about Facebook Groups and how they can benefit your wellness business. Hear from them simple strategies on how to market your Facebook Group and fill it with members! Not just any members, but your ideal clients, helping to grow your overall revenue.
With Facebook Groups you can reach more people and on a more personal level than your page or website or even email content. Having a community where people can come together can be a really powerful tool. Your group gives people the chance to know you and discover who you are and what you’re about which makes the transition from potential client to returning client super easy.
In this episode we talk about…
- Kathleen’s 8 Tips to Grow your Facebook Group
- What to Avoid with Facebook Groups
- Selling in Your Facebook Group Without Being Pushy
- Promoting Your Programs
Be sure to stop by Kathleen's Health Coach Peer Support Facebook Group
Alicia's website: http://fitproessentials.com/
Alicia's Facebook Group:
https://www.facebook.com/groups/fitnessbusinessfreedomformula/
Don’t forget to download this week’s free guide: HOW TO USE THE POWER OF FACEBOOK GROUPS TO BUILD YOUR BUSINESS
For more information, visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen welcome Alicia Streger of Fit Pro Essentials. They discuss how you can utilize Facebook Groups, a free service, to help grow and expand your current wellness business. They discuss the difference between a business Facebook Page versus a Facebook Group, and different techniques you can use in your Facebook Group to set yourself apart from others in your industry.
Benefits of Facebook Groups
- There is lots of competition in the health and wellness industry your Facebook Group is a great way to set yourself apart, be yourself and shine/focus on what makes you and your wellness business different from the others out there.
- There is no better way to build positive relationships than by having real conversations and letting people get to know you and see who you are. Facebook Groups allows this on a larger scale.
- You can keep your group as small and elite as you want, or you can push it to become as big as you can dream. That’s all up to you!
- You can control the flow and conversation in your group.
- Facebook Groups are the perfect way to reach your ideal clients and then turn them into returning customers.
- Facebook Groups accelerate the relationship building aspect of your business more than any other marketing tool out there. Keep in mind that this is a long-term play, but it’s a play worth making.
- You can use your group to hone in on what your ideal clients are really looking for and what types of services they want.
- Gives you a stronger voice to get your group members onto your email list and therefore top of mind.
Strategies for Facebook Groups
-Keep promoting to a minimum, it’s a relationship building strategy. You don’t want to just make your group be sales pitch over sales pitch. This is your chance to show them who you are, give unique and valuable content and then every now and then invite them to learn more about one of your great programs or services.
-Have a strong name for your group. There are so many groups on Facebook, you need to be clear and defined about what you do and who you serve. Don’t be cutesy with it, be very direct about who you are and what you do. Groups evolve over time, so you can change the name if you want without it being a big deal. You can continue to refine your overall business and what you want to offer in this industry.
-It’s not just the numbers, it’s the right type of people in there. You want your target audience in there, not just anybody and you want to be able to control the conversation.
-Keep people engaged and interacting with each other. You must figure out what is the best type of communication with those in your group. What do they respond to the most, what do they really love engaging with. Do surveys and put up Facebook Polls. Find out exactly what your members want to learn about and then create that content.
-Set yourself apart as the expert in your group. You need to maintain that positive level of communication in your group. Remember, you control the flow of the content and conversations.
-Come up with challenges and contests to create excitement and a buzz with members. You can offer up one of your services as a prize which generates more genuine conversations about your products and sales.
-You group is full of people with real feelings and real problems that want some support. In your group, you can talk about something actionable you’ve done to help someone else with that same problem and how that added value to their life. Talk specifically to who your target market is and show them the positive changes you can help them with to change their lives.
-Post up client testimonial, case studies, and webinars or group trainings. That can be how much or as little as you want, do something big every month or every other month to keep your group engaged. Those big monthly events will let you dive deep into specific types of content and on the back end you can invite them to join you and your services, creating a genuine sales conversation.
- Add somewhat controversial posts and get people charged up! It can be as whatever topic you want but it’ll get people talking and energized. Have a stance, take a position and talk about it. That’s another thing that’ll separate you from the rest of the other groups out there.
-Use Facebook Live to help your group members not only get to know and love your authentic personality, but with contests, special sales, or even just a weekly hello. That is a powerful and free marketing tool at your service.
Marketing / Sales
In your group, you’re never selling think of it instead as offering people to take that next step in their life with you. If it’s a good fit for you both then you aren’t going to push them, sell them or force them to do anything that they don’t want to do. But if you can help change their lives in a positive manner, you owe it to them to at least offer them the opportunity to make such a positive change. Not everyone is always going to take you up on that offer, but some people will be ready and want to take you up on it and you can build your client base from there.
You can make the sales conversations in your group fun. It doesn’t have to feel like your group is vising a used car lot, have raffles, use Facebook Live, talk about your services in conjunction with a beneficial webinar. If you’re adding valuable content to your group on a consistent basis you can easily put up “sales” posts without it feeling like you’re just there pushing people into buying. Remember, if you don’t ever offer them an opportunity to work with you, then you’re both missing out.
Tips / Tricks
-Building a big and active Facebook Group is going to take some effort. It’s going to take time, it’s not going to happen overnight. Commit extra time right out of the gate to really build it properly.
-Always welcome your new members. Tag them in a welcome post, ask them a question, get them involved right from the start and feeling like they belong right away.
-If someone is commenting a lot in the group and engaging, send them a PM thanking them for contributing to the overall group.
-Add rules for the group and enforce them. Don’t be afraid to delete and block people if they aren’t following the rules you’ve set forth.
-Monitor who you let into the group, you can be particular about who you let in.
Need help Creating Content?
Check out Alicia’s 52 Week Done For You Facebook Content
Monday – Challenge of the Week post
Tuesday – Engagement Posts (Keep in mind these don’t have to be wellness based.)
Wednesday – Healthy Recipe
Thursday – Tip to help accelerate the weekly challenge
Friday – Mini workout
Weekend Warrior Workouts
Be sure to visit Alicia's Facebook Group and check out the FREEBIE OFFER ALICIA HAS FOR YOU
For more information visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, and The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook
On this episode of The Wellness Business Podcast, Karen and Kathleen discuss just how important 1 on 1 discovery calls are for your business. Learn the secrets behind hosting successful 1 on 1 discovery calls, and start seeing the positive results by your client saying yes, every single time. Karen and Kathleen break down the 7 sales steps you should be following when asking your clients for the sale.
Before listening further, make sure you grab this week’s amazing freebie, The 7 Step Sales Conversation Worksheet.
- Strategy Session Questionnaire
This step should be more about listening to your potential client, listening for clues in their statements rather than a list of questions that feel like an interrogation. Sales come from an emotional connection, so really listening to your client during an initial call is extremely important. Ask your client where they think they are at and where they want to be. Ask what they’re looking for out of this experience and if they have a particular time frame in mind. Another good question is about their budget and what they can work with. Side note: if you can record these initial calls, going back and listening to them later will be a valuable training tool for you to learn and grow from.
- Let the Client Talk
Let the client talk, listen to what they are telling you. Take notes about emotional keywords or statement that they are using so that you can reassure them of those feelings when you turn the conversation to sales. You’ll find that most clients will keep talking and venting to you if you give them the opportunity to. Let them talk through what they’re feeling about where they are at and really be listening to what they’re telling you.
- Recap the Issues
Don’t just recite back the problems the client has shared with you. Continue the conversation, acknowledging that you understand where they are coming from and how you can help them with those issues. This shows the client that you were really listening to them talk, understand their concerns, that you have valuable knowledge to share with them AND reminds them that this will eventually turn to a sales conversation. You don’t have to recap every little thing that they said, but bringing up the biggest emotional topics to them and addressing those issues will help easily transition to a sales pitch for your program.
- Introduce Your Program/Service
Your recap already sets the stage for your sales pitch. So, this should be a natural transition in the conversation from recapping their main concerns. If you complete step number 3 right then you’ll easily take the recap to your sales conversation. This conversation shouldn’t be about what the program is or has. Instead look at your notes and see what were the 3 main problems they vented to you about and tell them how you can help address that for them in your program.
- The Sales Conversation
This is where you ask the client for the sale and the money involved with your program. Consider offering two different payment options, a pay in full with a slight discount or payment plan option. Once you give them the numbers, you stop talking. Let there be a silence while they think about what you’ve just said and be the first to break the silence. They need some time and space to process because it is a financial commitment, it’ll be difficult but let them break the silence.
- Gauge their Commitment
If someone says no to you, they are actually saying no to themselves. If they aren’t willing to work with you, they aren’t going to get the transformation that they want. This puts the ball back in their court, this is the client taking the time to think about how committed they are to themselves and this decision for their live. Ask on a scale of 1-10 where they think their commitment level is. If they’re close to commitment, you can ask what they think the hold up is and work through that together.
- Follow Up
If they are higher on the commitment scale still give them some time to breath. Immediately after the call send an email with all the information they’ll need in the decision-making process and give them a deadline to commit. If they’re anything less than an 8/10 on the commitment scale, they are not ready to make a change for themselves. If they say any number between 1-7 then tell them you’ll follow up in an email with information on a more basic program that could be a better fit for them.
For more information visit Kathleen's Website, Karen's Website, The Wellness Business Podcast on Facebook, and Karen’s Step into Profits Program
Action Items: Practice, practice, practice. If you haven’t had any free clients yet, find at least 2 and work through this entire process with them. If you already have clients, focus on which step you feel would benefit your business the most and practice it over and over.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen have another Ask Us Anything! The Wellness Business Podcast has received lots of great feedback and questions from listeners, but those questions don’t always require a full podcast episode to answer. So today Karen and Kathleen are back to address some of the most pressing listeners questions AND give you a shout out in the process!
Question # 1
If I already have my own private Facebook group, does it make more sense to run a free challenge in my current free group, or set up a separate group for it? When I move into running a paid 30 day online program, can I run it from the main group or should I set up a private group for this event and move them to the free group after the event ends? – Dina of Mind Body Weight Release Community Group
Karen’s Answer: The people who are going through your paid program, probably will have more advanced questions and have higher expectations on access to you. If the private Facebook group is part of the benefit of your program, you need to give them the exclusivity of a private group with only paid members. It’s part of the customer journey and you want to let your customers feel like they really are getting special access to you.
Kathleen’s Answer: Give your current free community group all the love that you possibly can! Really dedicate time towards building one large, focused, and engaged group instead of multiple smaller ones. So long as the free program you want to offer and the content you’re posting is something that fits the target audience of your established group, it will save you time and effort to have it there. The only exception to not hosting the free program in your current group is not very active and it’s fizzled out, then it might be best to start over with a clean slate and work on building an active and engaged group. It’s best to have a separate group for your paid programs, you want it to be more exclusive and have more of a velvet rope feel. They deserve more VIP access to you and to be part of that special paid program feeling.
Question # 2
After almost a year break from business, I’m ready to get back out there. I’ve got a couple of lead magnet freebies and various paid programs. I’m confused with the technology and confused where to begin with all of it. Advertise on Facebook, enter everything into the email marketing platform, create sales pages for the programs, or pop-ups for sign ups? What should I concentrate on first and in what order? – Sandra
Karen’s Answer: Many wellness business owners ask this same question, what do I do first? Always start with what doesn’t make a profitable business: 1) If you are marketing your products to a cold audience 2) selling programs that are a large commitment of time or finances. On the flip side of that, follow up with what does make a profitable business. 1) Have an email list of 1,000 or more people that are your ideal client. 2) Offering programs, like challenges, are free or lost cost entry point into your world. 3)Design your customer journey, starting with what is free and moving them next to something that is $50 or less. We need to really thing about our customer journey. 4) Build your social media following and presence.
Kathleen’s Answer: There are so many great ideas out there to help grow your business, but that can also make it feel overwhelming. Follow those 4 steps that Karen outlined, and you will see a difference in your wellness business. Keep focused and be consistent with that plan.
Question # 3
I’m stuck on what to post on my business page vs my group. - Nyssa
Karen’s Answer: What’s going on with the back end of your Facebook business page can lead you to so many opportunities to reaching new target audience customers. Don’t just throw in the towel on your page because groups are more of a community builder. The business page can offer you many different things that groups can’t to help continue to build your ideal client and offers easy and affordable advertising. Both aspects of Facebook are important and can be used in many different ways to benefit each other.
Kathleen’s Answer: Your business page is where you post content and provide value, but it’s not where people are really spending time. This is where you’ll post to send people to your free offers and content, get them on your email list. You can share other content on your page that you like, plus a look you’re your everyday life! People love getting to know you and it boost the trust factor between you and your customers. Your group is where you get to create a community and get people involved in dialogue around your business. It’s where you can begin to develop relationships with your potential clients and get people engaged with you and each other over the content and programs that you offer. The Facebook Groups is where the magic happens! They’re both important but they serve different purposes.
Be sure to listen to The Wellness Business Podcast Episode 12 and The Wellness Business Podcast Episode 13 for a refresher on how to utilize Facebook for your wellness business!
Question # 4
I’m trying to reconnect with my existing group and attempt to add some new folks to my mailing list. I do write blog posts on my website and then promote through social media. But I get confused about promoting it through my email list. The few times I send it through email I create a newsletter format in MailChimp, link the blog post and add a recipe or another short article. This ends up taking a lot of time and I get stuck in formatting of the newsletter. Can I just link the blog post in a simple email type format and leave it at that? – Anna
Karen’s Answer: Anna is really asking, can I just put my blog post, so I can save time and energy, so I can do other things with my time? When creating additional content for your blog, it should be a piece of high value content to your ideal client. It’s a golden opportunity to send an email to your list saying I’m still here and helping you with this valuable content. You’re reminding your clients that you’re still relevant and that you still have value to offer. Post the new blog to your website, create an email that has just enough information for them to be curious to click over to your website. Then promote it a bunch over the next week to get as many eyes as you can on your new post. This will get your clients into the habit of clicking links in your email, which increases deliverability, and gets them to your website. It also drives traffic to your website which increases your Google rankings. If everything they need is provided in an email, then they have no reason to click over to your website. Which is where all your paid programs are, your paid services are, how they’ll end up buying from you in the future, etc.
Kathleen’s Answer: The days of “traditional e-mail newsletters” are gone, keep it simple, save yourself the time and get people to your website. Building on that trust factor, you can show potential clients all the value that you can offer through various portions on your website. The emails you send don’t have to be this time-consuming thing, spend your time creating high value content for the website and the rest will take care of itself.
Question # 5
I’m planning on hosting some workshops and talks in order to sign up discovery sessions and hopefully clients. I would love to know the best way to get an audience for a live workshop. – Shonda
Karen’s Answer: It’s great to have people singing your praises and getting people on your list, but another thing you should focus on is keeping the momentum going from the time that they sign up until the time of your workshop. How can you build your audience and keep them engaged in wanting to come to the class? You’ve got to keep your momentum going in getting those who sign up for the workshop to actually attend the workshop.
Kathleen’s Answer: Kathleen loves leveraging other people’s clients and customers for something like a live workshop. You want to approach businesses that you know would be a good fit for the type of workshop that you want to offer. Referral partners are not only a great resource for getting more clients, but also for hosting workshops! This gets you in front of new people, helps grow your email list, and also works as social proof that you are being endorsed by this other professional/business.
For a great breakdown on how to find referral partners for your wellness business, listen to The Wellness Business Podcast Episode 19 where Karen gives you a step by step guide!
Action Item: Find the question from today that resonates with you the most, take the strategies from Karen and Kathleen and make the commitment to implement them in your business.
Freebie of the Week: Everything You Need to Know to Start and Grow Your Own Facebook Group
Be sure to stop by The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page, Karen's Website, or Kathleen's Website for more information.
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen discuss the best way to decide how to price your wellness business health programs for maximum benefit. Pricing your health programs properly can be an intimidating challenge. Gain insight from Karen and Kathleen about how to price your programs and what to avoid. Tackle this tedious topic and begin pricing your health programs to match the value you offer!
Karen and Kathleen consistently hear 4 main concerns when it comes to figuring out how to price a wellness program fairly while still being profitable:
- Afraid of pricing too high
- Not sure what the “average” rates are
- Not sure what benefits to offer in a program
- Imposter Syndrome
Karen and Kathleen will give you advice to overcoming those four main obstacles, plus offer beneficial guidance for pricing. In this episode, you’ll learn six major factors to take into consideration when pricing your new wellness program. Plus you’ll hear practical strategies to achieve each of those six items!
Use Quora as an online resource as a place to share and gain knowledge.
Grab Karen’s 7 Day Money Mindset Challenge today!
Have a specific question for Karen and Kathleen? Don’t miss out on the next Ask Us Anything episode! Be sure to visit The Wellness Business Podcast Website or The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page to reach out to Karen and Kathleen with a question!
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen welcome Carey Adam of Running Moms to discuss how easy it is to earn a recurring monthly income. Carey’s monthly membership program consistently generates recurring income for her each month, and it can for you too! Listen for valuable tips on making a membership program bring in a recurring income for your own wellness business.
The remarkable thing about monthly membership programs is that you don’t have to re-sell these customers on a new program every couple of months. Offering free small challenges as a lead magnet is also a wonderful way to get people engaged with your membership community. From there it’s easy to opt them into a membership club.
You’ll learn how Carey started her membership program from the ground up and valuable secrets to get your wellness business on the right track for a monthly membership group. You will also gain valuable knowledge about how to organize this type of program and hear Carey’s advice for getting started. Carey talks about how she started a membership group and offers tips on how to get your membership group started and people engaged within your community!
You don’t have to build a membership community from scratch. For instance, Carey uses Kathleen's Done-For-You Coaching Programs to help guide her own programs and content! Don’t let the technology aspect of running a monthly membership scare you away. The technology behind your membership group can be as simple or as complicated as you want it to be.
People love the community aspect of membership groups, and current members help to build that community further. Stay present and on your client’s minds with consistent communication and content, while also letting the friendships in the community do some of the work for you!
Check out Carey's Running Moms Facebook Page for more about her! And while you’re there, stop by The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page too!
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen welcome Ryan Lee, one of the most influential lifestyle and wellness entrepreneurs. He has been featured on the front page of The Wall Street Journal and authored two bestselling books!
Ryan shares some excellent advice as they discuss how to use the power of membership sites to build and grow your wellness business. He breaks it down for you, step by step, to start implementing a membership site within your wellness business. Start growing your recurring revenue today!
You’ll learn how to utilize a membership site to grow your business, and begin earning a recurring income from those memberships. And how technology you already use, like Facebook Groups, can help your membership site gain traction.
You’ll hear great insights on how to build a community within your membership site. And how building a good community within your membership site can help you to reach more clients, increasing your monthly revenue, and boosting your current client list.
Ryan breaks down the top 4 things to keep in mind when building your membership site, to deliver a great site that your clients will want to be part of. You’ll also gain insight on how to best price your new membership site. Showing potential clients all the value that you will offer them, while boosting your own monthly revenue. In addition, Ryan will tell you the things to avoid when starting a new membership site.
Want to learn more about Ryan? Check out his books The Millionaire Workout and Passion to Profits. And head over to Freedym to learn more about how to make a recurring income by adding a membership site to your business. And check out Ryan's new website to stay up to date with his new and exciting projects!
On today’s episode, Kathleen puts Karen in the hot seat to discuss techniques and tips on how to find good referral partners to help grow your wellness business. Karen will break it down step by step how she managed to get a 50-60% success rate in getting face to face meetings with potential referrals!
Having respected health and wellness professionals singing praises and referring your business to their clients is a proven way to grow and expand your own customer list. Referral partners offer so many different benefits to your company.
- Respected professionals in your area that speak highly of you and recommend you to their clients and colleagues is the best form of word of mouth marketing you can find.
- Your business grows at a much faster pace when many people are marketing your services.
- You’ll be able to use your referral partners as a testimonial for your business.
- You will fill your open client spaces much quicker and with less effort if you have these other professionals recommending you.
- In some cases, referral partners might even provide office space for your use in conducting individual client sessions, group sessions or teaching a class.
Referral partners are a relationship, they can take some time to grow and it’s a relationship that you have to nurture. Some partners might be ready to jump on board right away and some might take some time, you have to be willing to work with both. A referral partner might not be ready to work with you today but in 6 months recommends you to everyone they know. Working relationships can take time and are a two way street. Remember that what you bring to the table has a high value for these referral partners, they’re not doing you a favor. It’s a win-win relationship.
Karen’s Step by Step Guide to Finding Referral Partners
- Don’t approach just anyone, do you research before making initial contact and find the partners who will be the best fit for your passions and target markets.
- Start with people who you know or who are local to your area.
- Once you’ve exhausted your “warm market” of possible referral clients, you’ll have to expand where you find people. For example Karen looked at businesses taking out ads Natural Awakenings Magazine and made herself a list of potential businesses that would be a good fit.
- Don’t overdo it, make yourself a list of potential referral partners and set a reasonable goal for yourself to contact so many per week.
- Compose a unique introductory letter about yourself and your services, then talk about why you chose to reach out to that particular business, how you found out about their services and something personal about them and their business, and how you think you’d be a good fit to support each other’s businesses.
- Download Karen's Referral Partner Letter Template and start making referral contacts for your wellness business!
Karen’s Follow-Up Process
- The referral finding process doesn’t have to eat up a lot of your time. Karen’s initial strategy of finding people to reach out to and sending the letters was only 1 hour per month.
- On average, she had a 50-60% success rate of gaining a face to face meeting, and from there it was another 50% success rate for these businesses to agree to become referral partners.
- Originally, Karen sent out a physical letter in the mail with a copy of her brochure so the business could see what Karen and her services were all about. Giving them a chance to see that she was serious about the field and putting the business in a good frame of mind for a follow-up.
- Karen made it crystal clear in her letter what the next steps for her would be in reaching out about this partnership. 1) They could reach out to her. 2) If she doesn’t hear back by this particular date, they could expect a phone call from her. The critical component of that is you have to stick with it and actually call on that exact date, not before or after.
Action Item: Head to your local grocery store and pick up a copy of Natural Awakenings Magazine or another local natural health publication and start looking for those leads that can turn into great referral partners for your business. Use Karen’s template and physically mail it to 2-3 leads per week. Always place the follow up call on the day you put in your initial letter and handwritten envelopes with an actual stamp will garnish more attention from the business. Give it 90 days and start turning these leads into referrals! Be authentic and ask for the referral relationship.
Make sure to check out Karen's Facebook Group and Kathleen's Facebook Group for more great information!
On today’s episode Karen and Kathleen sit down with Stephanie Joanne, the entrepreneurial enabler, to discuss how to successfully build your brand to stand out and become to go-to expert for your niche.
In today’s digital world, there are so many different opportunities for business owners to build and grow their personal brands. The popularity of social media and the online world has really given a level playing field for small businesses to find and connect with potential clients from all over. The internet has brought about so many free marketing tools available to us as personal brands. Which can also feel overwhelming, but you don’t have to be the “best” at each and every tool out there.
As entrepreneurs we typically gravitate to working only one side of our business depending on our own comfort levels, but you have to work on building both brand and business to really be successful. Work on building the backend of your business first. You can have the perfect brand setup on social media, but if you don’t have the backend set up and a sales process then you won’t be generating any revenue. Building your brand, as a personal brand, will always be a work in progress and your clients like to see that personal evolution happen.
Don’t let the little things soak up your time and stop your progress. Spending too much time on a business name, logo, color scheme, fonts, etc. can eat away hours of your day better spent on the actual business. In the end, people want to work with people, making a purchase is an emotionally driven process, your client is hiring you, the person behind the business rather than the business name. Personal branding is always a good choice for your own business, and if you have a name that you absolutely love, keep it but add “by ______” and keep your name tied with it. Unless you’re building a business with multiple people, keeping your name front of mind for the clients makes the experience more personable.
You have to stop and look at, what do I want people to think when they think of me and my brand? Spending too much time looking at how other businesses are branding themselves can take away from you figuring out what you want to be about, and what you don’t want to be about. Which is just as important. As much as you want to attract people you want to repel people too. Because when it comes down to it, you want to speak to and attract your ideal marketable client.
Branding is a feeling, it’s not just fonts, colors, or having the perfect pictures. When you think of a brand that you personally love, it’s not the logo or the fonts that drew you to them. It’s probably the way that they treated you as a client, the customer service level provided, the connection you made with them personally. It’s being strategic about what you want people to think of you and how you can you create that feeling. You also can use media to further build your brand and separate yourself from those in your field. It’s so important to build two way, strong relationships with various media outlets in your area. You help them by providing valuable content for their viewers and in return you get the credibility of being featured by that media outlet. For a refresher on how to start building those relationships, check out The Wellness Business Podcast Episode 15.
It’s an online world now, it’s no longer just about referrals to grow. Successful businesses in this digital marketing landscape take off based upon what people of think of you. So every small business owner needs to get behind this idea of building your brand to attract the right clients. If you authentically approach your clients with who you are as a brand, the business portion becomes a lot easier.
Don’t be afraid to jump in and start doing. Doing is the only way you’re going to move your business forward. Approach it with an attitude of I’m going to do this the best that I can, but you have to start somewhere. Do regardless and don’t worry about being the perfectionist. It’s really important to overcome the fear of putting yourself out there. The only way that fear is going to get better is just by doing it.
Start doing today by visiting Stephanie’s free training Create and Launch Your Online Business in 60 Days!
Connect with Stephanie Joanne by visiting Stephanie's Website
Or following her on social media:
Facebook Twitter YouTube Instagram Pintrest Google + LinkedIn
On today’s episode, Karen and Kathleen share with you 5 proven ways to market your business to find new, marketable clients. Every business, regardless of what type it is, is also in the marketing business. Marketing is the lifeblood of your business, it’s how your customers are going to know that you even exist. Take a look at these 5 proven ways to market your own wellness business and check out the freebie for this week 10 Ways to Boost Engagement in Your Facebook Group.
-
In Person Workshops – This gives you the opportunity to instantly establish rapport and trust with your audience. Your workshop needs to offer real solid value while still leaving your clients wanting and needing more. At the event invite them to join your mailing list, discovery programs, etc. Here are 6 steps for promoting your next great workshop.
-
Find a host willing to let your use their space/clients.
- Run a Facebook ad about the workshop, be specific with who you target within the workshop radius.
- Promote the event on all of your social media channels.
- Post flyers at local places that are a good fit for your target audience.
- Ask friends to share with their friends and followers.
-
Use a service like Eventbrite so people can sign up and receive email reminders.
-
Webinars - Webinars are a great way to build your business, market your business, and grow your email list without having to have the sales pitch attached. It’s also a fantastic way to make a name for yourself in your business industry and make new contacts in your specific field. For more valuable information on webinars, check out Karen’s Webinar Profits Now.
-
Welcome Phase - first 10 minutes. Welcome your audience, review the agenda, and introduce yourself.
- Content Phase - Next 30 minutes. This is where you’re teaching, sharing statistics about what you’re teaching. Highlight case studies or have a discussion with a guest.
- Promotion Phase – Next 10 minutes. Introduce your program, talk about program bonuses and the different price points, payment options. Give them your call to action.
-
Q & A Phase – Last 10-15 minutes. Answer any audience questions, remind them of your program benefits and your call to action.
-
Host Your Own Facebook Group Short Challenges – Facebook groups are a great way to set yourself apart as a leader and create your very own community of people that share similar goals. Take a moment to visit Kathleen's Done For You Challenge for help on setting up successful challenges for your wellness business. Facebook Groups are different than Facebook Pages, Groups are way more interactive for your marketable clients. You can have a general free group as well as smaller private groups when adding paid programs. Check out both Kathleen's Facebook Group and Karen's Facebook Group.
- Referral Partners – There will be a future episode dedicated just to referral partners, so be on the lookout for that! Don’t only look for referral partners from the obvious sources, anyone who is dedicated to the same niche and passion you are, that you aren’t in direct competition with can be a great referral partner. Referral partners are all about building relationships with colleagues, you bring business to them and they bring business to you.
- Free Content – Blog posts, Pre-recorded Video Series, Facebook Live Videos, Guest Posting on another site, Podcasting, being a guest host on another podcast, these are all great ways to build up momentum with your potential clients. Offering various types of free content to those potential marketable clients who find you online will draw in more clients to your email list and in the future bring you more business overall. Once potential clients are on your email list, there becomes an expectation from those potential clients to see you deliver content to them.
Action Item: Pick one of these marketing strategies to focus on this week and apply it to your wellness business in the next 7 days but stay consistent with it for the next 3 to 6 months.
On this episode, Karen and Kathleen have their very first Ask Us Anything! The Wellness Business Podcast has received lots of great feedback and questions from listeners, but those questions don’t always require a full podcast to answer. So today, Karen and Kathleen are here to give you a shout out AND answer your burning questions during their Ask Us Anything.
Question #1: I have questions regarding blogs and email content. Can you build a business without a blog? Personally, I am not a fan of blogs. I don’t have the time to read them. And find more and more people who are tired of another blog. - Laurie
Karen’s Answer: Not all business techniques feel authentic to every business owner. By identifying that this isn’t a strong suit for you or how you want to compete in the field, you’re taking a step towards making yourself and your business more authentic and individual. Having a blog is not the only way to build a business, but you want to have a way to deliver content to your potential clients.
Kathleen’s Answer: Free content is how people are going to find you and learn more about what you do. It doesn’t have to be in a typical blog format, and it’s a good first step that you’ve realized that type of free content doesn’t appeal to you for your business. If you don’t like doing it you won’t be consistent with it, which is one of the most important things.
Question #2: What are ways to outsource to reduce stress and have better time management? - Thomas
Karen’s Answer: Make sure you know what your expectations are for the outsourced project, communication is key in getting back quality product. The free resource below will help you through every step of hiring someone for an outsourced project so that you can have peace of mind in getting things done.
Kathleen’s Answer: At some point you do have to delegate tasks, otherwise you will start to stall instead of growing your business. A great book on this topic is Virtual Freedom by Chris Ducker. Check out this free checklist for hiring virtual support for your business:
How to Outsource Like a Pro: 10 Steps to Hiring Virtual Support That Save You Time & Money
Question #3: What would you work on first, your freebie and email marketing or setting up your low priced course? - Carrie
Karen’s Answer: This is such an important question, because it boils down to where should you be spending your time and resources when first starting up your business. You need an audience to market your program to, but you also need a program to market. You should always be growing your email list, every single day there should be a way for new clients to find your free offer. For more, check out Karen's Step Into More Profits Program.
Kathleen’s Answer: Everyone is at a different point in their personal journey, so not everyone will be ready to work with your business right now. But the bigger your email list is, the more potential customers you have for your program.
Question #4: I want to do a short term challenge, but I know you suggest having a closed Facebook group for community support for the participants. Since I don’t have a big following, how do I create a successful Facebook group? What if I email people telling them we will have a closed Facebook group for support and then no one shows up? I’m nervous to offer a challenge and have like 4 people join and think what a flop because there was no support system like they expected. Can I offer a challenge with no social media support or Facebook groups? - Jessica
Karen’s Answer: There is a chance that your first challenge, it could only be a few people who show up. But those few (or even just one) won’t be thinking about how lame it is, rather that they will be getting more of your individual attention. Which is a great thing and can be a wonderful experience for those customers.
Karen's Facebook Group
Kathleen’s Answer: It helps to know your audience and what they want, so you can run the program and market it in a way that will grab their attention. Know what your ideals clients are struggling with and how you can help, identify how your challenge will help them with those challenges. A great resource for building your program is Kathleen’s Done For You Program. Kathleen's Facebook Group
Question #5: I’ve tried many opt-in’s and none have worked to grow my list. How do you create an opt-in that will get people on your list. What are the most popular opt-ins? People tell me to survey my list, however I’ve gotten no responses. My target audience is 45-50 year old midlife women who want to lose weight, regain their health, energy and vitality. How do I know what social media sites they’re hanging out on? - Janelle
Karen’s Answer: Unique Selling Proposition. There is a difference between an ideal client and a marketable ideal client. A marketable ideal client is one where you know how to connect with those potential clients. When creating a free offer, you need to think about where your ideal client might be on their own journey. Your opt-ins need to be able to be catered to where your ideal client is, problem aware, solution aware or product aware.
Kathleen’s Answer: If your freebie is a level or two above where your ideal clients are, they aren’t going to be interested in your opt-in offer. It’s a combination of having the right lead magnet for your target audience, the copy on your signup page, the copy in your social media posts, and using the right social media platform to find those ideal marketable clients.
In this episode Karen and Kathleen discuss how to leverage free media coverage for your business with Lisa Simone Richards. Lisa is a visibility strategist for health, fitness, and wellness entrepreneurs and has helped many of her clients skyrocket to new heights.
Lisa’s Three “ABCs” of Publicity
- Awareness - People can’t work with you if they don’t know who you are!
- Buzz - Stand out from the crowd! (Become an industry celebrity or “go-to” right away.)
- Credibility - Show your potential clients that you are really good at what you do!
How to Start Developing Free Publicity
- Have a healthy media mix. We all choose different ways to get our news/information, ask your best three clients how they get their information. From there make sure you are on all of those media platforms or start researching who could be a good contact to get you there.
- Once you have found those contacts, (Twitter, Google, LinkedIn) be really focused on developing those relationships.
- Think about doing contributed content for already established blogs, websites.
- Try and get featured on a podcast or a radio station.
- Start doing Facebook Live and YouTube content to practice your video skills.
- Television and Video!
How To Pitch for Publicity
- Come up with a compelling story idea to pitch, make your business be part of a larger story/conversation.
- Find the right contacts for the type of media outlet you’re reaching out to.
- Understand different “Lead Times”. (The time it takes from being an idea to actually being published.)
Media begets media. Once you get a piece of media coverage, share it everywhere. Because that will open up the doors for more publicity opportunities in the future.
Lisa's "7 Pillars To The Perfect Pitch"
Lisa's "5-Day Pitch To Podcasts Challenge"
Action Item: Pick ONE outlet you really want to be featured in. Create a private twitter list with contacts from that outlet. Check it once a day and start building those relationships.
In this episode Karen and Kathleen share and discuss ten hacks to doubling your productivity and skyrocket your wellness business. Staying productive in your business can be and is a struggle for many wellness business owners. Learn how to combat those lulls and get on top of your growing your business with these ten tips.
- Start with a 30 day plan and break it up into weekly goals.
- Know the number of hours you plan to work each week, but also know your boundaries.
- Other people’s agendas.
- Tiny progress each day, week and month results in big wins.
- Skip the bells and whistles until you have a solid working model.
- Get an accountability partner that will hold you accountable.
- Get away from the house to work in two hour blocks, with no distractions.
- Don’t do anything else, until you complete the 1 big thing each day that moves your business forward.
- Use Single focus instead of multitasking
- Set expectations that are obtainable rather than focusing on a big end goal.
There are three main reasons why business can start off on a rocky road.
- Grandiose ideas of what your business will be, with no real action plan in place for that to happen.
- New business owners don’t set themselves a task list to getting things done.
- Walk the walk before you talk the talk.
If you have a work routine in place already and are ready to take the next step in obtaining an accountability coach, check out Karen's Step Into Profits Program or Kathleen's Done-For-You Programs
Recommended reading:
The One Thing by Gary Keller
Action Items:
The 5-Step Formula for Setting and Achieving Your Goals in the Next 30 Days
Choose just one hack to focus on and implement this week.
Recommended Planning Programs:
Trello
Evernote
SmartSheet
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen discuss step by step strategies on how to start using Facebook Live to build your business.
What exactly is Facebook Live?
It’s a live streaming feature built into the platform of Facebook. With the push of a button you can “go live” and instantly connect with your followers on your business group/page. Not only that, but those followers can interact with you in real time during the video by leaving questions / comments for you to address, liking or even sharing your live video.
Why is that important?
Facebook has over two billion users each month. And Facebook Live videos have three times the amount of views as videos that aren’t done through Live. Facebook users also comment on live videos at ten times the rate of comments on regular videos posted to Facebook.
Why is Facebook Live So Effective?
- It allows you to build trust and rapport with people giving your business a genuine authenticity.
- Your audience is likely already on Facebook with their own profile.
- The reach for Facebook Live is currently so much greater than the reach of regular Facebook posts.
- It’s incredibly easy to use.
Using Facebook Live
- Decide the “what” and “why” for your video before you go live.
- What each episode should include.
- Use an attention grabbing Topic Headline
- Introduce yourself and say what you’ll be discussing. Be short and sweet!
- Have bullet-points for yourself before you go live
- Request your viewers to engage!
- End with a Call to Action Item, share your website information.
- Know your intention for each episode.
- Decide how long you want the Livestream to be.
Gaining Viewers on your Live Videos
- Replay. It is the magic of Facebook Live Stream.
- You can boost the videos after on a very small budget.
- Facebook tracks who watches and interacts with your videos, giving you a custom audience list to promote to next time.
- Host the video on your page and then share from your page to your group.
- Download and re-use your videos for even further promotion.
- Schedule your Facebook Live video ahead of time.
Overcoming the “Fear Factor” of going Live
- Practice your Facebook Live stream first, using the “Only Me” feature.
- Practice in your own private Facebook group as a “test lab.”
- Practice in your own public Facebook group before jumping over to your public page.
- Do whatever you can do to just get started!
Download the Free Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Live Stream Checklist here.
Learn how to schedule Facebook Live Streams ahead of time here.
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen chat with Angie Jones, of Healthy Angie
about how using the Facebook Live Stream feature has completely changed her business. Angie discusses her overall strategy, how she prepares for, and the side benefits her business has noticed after using the Live Stream feature. Overall Strategy
- Just do it! Don’t be afraid of going live. Your streams don’t have to be perfect, it’s all about being yourself. Worst case scenario, delete it afterwards!
- Be consistent when it comes to your live streams. Try and find a day or time each week and stick with it.
- Promote it ahead of time. This is when I’ll be live streaming, and this is what I’ll talk about. Promoting it ahead of time lets your followers know when to tune in AND holds you accountable to follow through.
- Don’t worry about how many people join in on the live portion of your video.
- Repurpose the content! That one video can turn into a weekly email, a weekly blog post, and be shared across various social media pages, keeping your business in your customer’s minds.
How to Prepare:
- Know your opening line. You only have a few seconds to capture the attention of a potential customer. Know your opening hook and have it prepared.
- Have an outline nearby to guide you. Place any products or props you want to show in the area ahead of time.
- Don’t rehearse too much, it’s not about being perfect, but about being you!
- Know your closer and your call to action, the ending is just as important as the beginning.,
- Remember your video will have two audiences, the live audience and the replay audience. Make yourself accessible to both.
Side Benefits:
- Gaining self confidence in who you are and what you stand for.
- Client’s reaching out more often via message or email, they have a better feeling for who Angie is now and are more comfortable reaching out to her.
- Angie’s email list has more than doubled!
Take a look at Angie's Facebook page, and see her past live streams.
Download the Free Facebook Live Stream Checklist Here.
Weekly Action Items:
Download Free Facebook Live Stream Checklist.
Take Angie’s lead and create a live stream for your business this week.
In this episode Karen and Kathleen discuss the importance and methods to building an active email subscriber list. They break down the process into easy digestible steps so to not overwhelm you. Getting people on your email list is critical to allowing them to get to know you and the services you offer. You’ll learn why having an active list can generate 38 to 1 dollars spent on email marketing. If you aren’t using email marketing to grow your business, drop everything and listen to this episode! You’ll learn why social media is part of the strategy but how email marketing allows you to own the contacts on your list. This episode is jam packed with knowledge nuggets! You’ll learn the top 3 reasons you need to build an email list, how to start building your list, how to generate leads, how to automate s you can sell while you sleep, and how to increase email deliverability – increase open rates.
Four steps to build a powerful email list:
Step One: Provide an awesome free resource to entice someone to sharing their email address with you
Step Two: Offer services in a follow up email sequence
Step Three: Promote your freebie on social media
Step Four: Rinse and repeat!
Action Steps: Figure out what freebie you can offer in the next 7 days – Share your ideas in The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Group
Freebie – Signature promotional giveaway outline ßHow to create a free offer that captures attention!
In this episode Karen and Kathleen are joined by Amy Lippmann founder of http://marketingforhealthcoaches.com/ to discuss how to use a short-term coaching program to generate $5k in 30 days.
Amy shares the six reason you should have a short term programs in your health and wellness business. You’ll learn why short term programs get your clients more motivated and committed and will help get them results faster. Find out how short group programs can help you get your feet wet, build rapport with clients and are how easy they are to lead. If you are interested in exposure and buzz build momentum and feel like a professional this episode is exactly what you need!
You’ll learn:
- Six reasons to build short term programs
- How to beat the dreaded “Imposter complex”
- 4 step process to develop your short term program
- Setting realistic goals for your short term program
Amy’s Four Step Process:
Step One: Give some immediate results. Focus on a specific phase of the journey to create momentum but not trying to solve all of their health issues.
Step Two: WOW your clients. By providing incredible value and support allows you to be more personal and leaving your participant wanting more.
Step Three: Hinting at your private coaching. Let clients know you have longer and more involved programs available!
Step Four: Offer a bonus 30 min consultation. These take place after the program has ended and can lead to longer term relationships with clients.
http://marketingforhealthcoaches.com/
Freebie: Private 30-Minute Consultation - marketingforhealthcoaches.com/wellnesspodcast
In this episode Karen and Kathleen share what they call the pinwheel sales framework. This technique can help you to structure your programs, products and services in a way that they can work synergistically with one another to better support your clients and increase revenue.
Let's talk about what the pinwheel sales framework is and why structuring your offers this way is the key to making more sales! Learn how to decide which offering should go in the center of your pinwheel and which offers can support and compliment your core offer. You'll get specific insight into examples of successful pinwheel business models like Amazon and Dollar Shave Club and also get a step by step breakdown on how you can implement this technique in your health and wellness business.
Let's take a quick look at how to get started with your pinwheel:
Step 1: Make a list of all the things you offer.
Step 2: Determine which program, product or service on your list is your main offer. (This is what will be supported by the pedals on your pinwheel.)
Step 3: Brainstorm what would make great supporting options.
Step 4: Put together your own pinwheel framework in a way that would appeal to your ideal client.
Check out the pinwheel sales framework worksheet at http://wwwthewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode9 and increase the value you provide while offering greater support for your clients.
Share your ideas for pinwheeling your health and wellness business on The Wellness Business Podcast Facebook Page <-----
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen welcome Lisa Fraley, an acclaimed attorney, legal coach, speaker and #1 Best Selling Author. Lisa shares some legal love as they discuss need to know legal topics to empower and protect your health and wellness business from liability. You'll learn how to utilize written client agreements, terms of use, liability insurance, and much more. Lisa shares the 5 words you don’t want to use unless you’re a licensed medical professional. You'll hear great insight on laws pertaining to gathering a client’s personal health and recommends instrumental resources like the Center for Nutritional Advocacy who monitors dietetic law. Want to know what to research to stay within the laws and avoid being fined or shut down? Lisa has created DIY legal templates designed to help protect and support holistic practitioners and fitness professionals with ease. Special Listener Bonus: Lisa is offering her 7 days to get legally enlightened e-course for free. Do not consult another client until you listen to this episode!
Lisa’s book Easy Legal Steps…that Are Also Good for Your Soul: 7 Steps to go from Stuck & Scared of the Law to Confident & Empowered can be found on Amazon.
www.lisafraley.com
www.nutritionadvocacy.org
Lisa’s free course:
7 Days to Get Legally Enlightened mini e-course
NOTE: Use coupon code WELLNESS to get this course for FREE (A $197 value)
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen talk about creating systems in your wellness business. You'll find out how to simplify what you should be doing each week, what actions actually matter, and how to move the needle on your business. Take the POWER back and learn the power business model! P- Program - Make sure you have a low priced program that curious potential customers can try out your services. O- Optin - Have a piece of content that someone can download for free, simple and scannable. *The most popular free downloads are currently templates and checklists W - Website - where your ideal clients can find you and learn more about you. You have as little as 2-12 seconds to make an impression. Karen and Kathleen tell you exactly what pages you must have on your site! E - Email Management System - Using premium email platforms with features like automation to stay connected and inform your customers automatically. R - Ramp Up to Weekly Content - being consistent ensures you don't end up in spam. Karen and Kathleen share some strategies to keep creating and sharing content. Download The POWER Business Model Checklist here Karen’s favorite Email Marketing Service: Aweber
In this episode Karen and Kathleen talk about eliminating fear from your mindset and not letting it limit your business growth. You'll learn how to avoid stall tactics, how to start conversations about your services, confidently send it out consistent weekly content, and break free from the "Do I know enough" trap. You'll learn the importance of practice clients and how to test your system as well as how to choose the right free client. How health and wellness professionals are using mainstream media to educate potential clients, turning your "elevator pitch" into general conversation. You'll learn why unsubscribes are good for your business and how to manage the frustration of seeing your email list fluctuate. You'll learn how to handle answering questions you don't know the answer to and how to not suffer from imposter syndrome.
http://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com/episode6/
In this episode Karen and Kathleen sit down with Lori Kennedy, founder of the wellness business hub to discuss the perfect formula for a successful product, program, or service launch. Lori is a mom, nutritionist, lady boss, and brains behind the wellness business academy.Lori breaks down the key elements for a successful pre launch, live launch, and post launch of your product. You'll learn why you need a content calendar, how to use Facebook Live during your pre-launch, why you should "edu-tain" your audience, and maximizing you real time availability. Learn how to use So That/Which Is to attach benefits to your clients success, making associations with symptoms and much, much, more!
Program Launch Guide (55 page step-by-step eBook)
Follow us on Facebook:
https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
In this episode Karen and Kathleen interview Dawn Marrs founder of marrsmarketing.com. She helps entrepreneurs implement powerful automation strategies to grow scalable businesses and maximize your personal freedom. If you have an email list that needs an automation plan you do not want to miss this episode. Dawn breaks down six steps to make sure your emails don't end up in your potential customers spam folder. You'll learn powerful email sequences to create, how to provide added value, why you want replies, making clear call to actions, using "the cliff-hanger", and why you should never use an emoji in you subject line. Listen up because your are going to hear how to crate a 45 day (6 week) follow up sequence. If you have a product or service, you do not want to miss this episode!
Free Email Follow-Up Checklist
www.marrsmarketing.com/wellness
Lead Capture Page and Email Marketing Resources Mentioned
Aweber
GetResponse
LeadPages
Click Funnels
Follow us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
In this episode, Karen and Kathleen teach you how to transform your email list into paying clients using Facebook, using Facebook groups, and Facebook Live videos to grow your brand. This episode is an inside look at how powerful Facebook can be to target an audience using interests that pertain to their lifestyle. They give you a step-by-step outline to take action after the episode. Learn how you can use the Audience Insights tool to figure out where your ideal client is spending time online. Find out the secrets of joining groups to investigate what people are talking about and becoming a resource for your ideal client. Learn why you should start a Facebook group and how you can make sure its a consistent and quality group to represent your brand. Overcome the fear of putting yourself out there with Facebook Live videos and create bonds with ideal clients. Find out why this is a cutting edge way to add value and share information.
Watch the Audience Insights Training Video and take the Facebook List-Building Challenge!
Audience Insights Training Video:
https://vimeo.com/193726619
5 Day Facebook List-Building Challenge:
http://www.karenpattock.com/fbchallenge
Health Coach Peer Support Group:
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
Follow us on Facebook:
https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
In this episode Karen and Kathleen discuss knowing who your ideal client is, how to avoid the frustration of finding them, and making a declaration to stand out from the crowd of wellness professionals. You’ll earn to define a niche for your target audience and find a piece of information to link to their identity on Facebook. Karen and Kathleen walk you through a detailed real world examples of narrowing down individuals that would fall into the niche you are serving. Listen as they make small tweaks to common strategies to dig even deeper to find the perfect client. You’ll learn how to research pages of organizations, events, and other pages that will be applicable to targeted Facebook ads. Become the go-to professional in a specific niche. Find out why the Facebook search bar is a gold mine for your business. Don't miss the three questions you can ask yourself to take your business to the next level!
Download the 5-Part Client Avatar Checklist:
http://www.karenpattock.com/idealclientchecklist1
Follow us on Facebook:
https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast
In this episode Karen and Kathleen give you an idea of what to expect from The Wellness Business Podcast. The goal of this podcast is to streamline the resources behind building a wellness business, help you avoid the struggles and bottlenecks that keep you from succeeding, and give you proven strategies that work. Consider this a one stop location to fast track your success and help minimize any potential overwhelm you may feel during your journey. You will also get access to actionable steps that you can implement to grow your wellness business. Upcoming topics in future episodes include: Getting more clients, Finding your niche or ideal client, Using Facebook to leverage new clients, Fear of getting and coaching clients, How to nurture you email subscribers (with a very special guest), and much more!
What do you want to learn more about? Have an idea for a show?
Email Karen and Kathleen: info@thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com
Follow us on Facebook:
https://www.facebook.com/thewellnessbusinesspodcast/
Health Coach Peer Support Group:
https://www.facebook.com/groups/healthcoachpeers/
The Wellness Business Podcast was created specifically to focus on the core principles of building a profitable wellness business. There are two sides to every wellness business. The heart-centered, change the world part that each wellpreneur has covered and the business side that makes it possible to reach ideal clients and become known as an expert. Karen and Kathleen each had profitable Health Coaching businesses before dedicating themselves to teaching and simplifying the business side of growing a thriving wellness business. Each weekly podcast episode is filled with action steps and case studies dedicated to one core principle of business to get new clients, grow a responsive email list, increase brand awareness, generate more income, launch new products and learn the latest social media strategies. Learn more about tips, strategies and resources to grow your wellness business at http://www.thewellnessbusinesspodcast.com.